Poultry, Fisheries, Apiculture and Sericulture

Ethiopian Institute of Agricultural Research

Livestock and Fisheries

Research Strategies

Poultry Fisheries Apiculture

and Sericulture

(2016 -2030)



Research Strategies


and Sericulture

(2016 ndash 2030)

___________________________

copy EIAR July 2017 rsaquo=OacuteUrsaquo= 2009

Website httpwwweiargovet Tel +251-11-6462633 Fax +251-11-6461294 POBox 2003 Addis Ababa

Editing and design Getnet Assefa

i

Table of Contents

Foreword

iii

Acknowledgments v

1 Poultry Research Strategy 1

List of Abbreviations and Acronyms 3

Executive Summary 5

1 Introduction 9

2 Importance of Poultry Production 12

3 Assessments of External and Internal Environments 23

4 Strategic Issues Facing the Poultry Research 40

5 Research Themes and Strategic Interventions 44

6 The Next Steps 59

7 References 60

8 Annexes 64

2 Fisheries Research Strategy 69

a) Capture Fisheries

69

List of Abbreviations and Acronyms

71

Executive Summary 73

1 Introduction 75

2 Importance of Capture Fishery in Ethiopia 80

3 Situation Analysis 88

4 Stakeholder Analysis 96

5 Benchmarking 98

6 Strategic Issues and Interventions 99

7 The Next Steps 107

8 References 107

9 Annexes 109

ii

b) Aquaculture Research Strategy 115



1 Introduction 121

2 Importance of Aquaculturehelliphellip 124



5 Benchmarking 141



8 References 149

9 Annexes 151

3 Apiculture Research Strategy 153



1 Introduction 159

2 Importance of Apiculture Sub-sector 164


4 Strategic Issues Facing the Apiculture Research 202



7 References 224

4 Sericulture Research Strategy 229



1 Introduction 235

2 Importance of the Sericulture Sub-sector 240


4 Strategic Issues 257



7 References 275

8 Annexes 277

iii

Foreword

In the years ahead agriculture awaits a daunting task of feeding burgeoning

population in a resource constraint world and under the influence of

climate change while keeping society and environment safe Agricultural

research undoubtedly plays a key role for agriculture to fulfill its

objectives This however cannot be addressed through impromptu or with

only a short-term research plan Therefore while addressing instant

problems agricultural research needs to anticipate future needs as todayrsquos

research will guide tomorrowrsquos solutions and approaches in farming and

agri-business This is especially important in view of lag between

conceiving and maturity of research uptake by users and ultimate

translation into development

This national programthematic area-based strategy was therefore drawn

within the context and in conformity with the need and evolving national

and global emerging trends while taking advantage of the current and

emerging opportunities The strategy is framed in alignment to among

others Global Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) the various

Ethiopian Ministries Growth and Transformation Plans(GTPIIs) EIARrsquos

GTPII National Agricultural Research roadmap Climate Resilient Green

Economy strategies and of course under the rubric of the countryrsquos medium

term vision to become a middle income country by 2025

While the strategy is lopsided on primary sector (production end) research

attempt was also made to establish relevant links to the value

networkschains research to the extent it can be stretched

The strategy development was initiated by and is a special contribution of

EIAR to the Ethiopian National Agricultural Research System As such

the strategy has been developed in close consultations with a wide range

of stakeholders Such a broad-based participation of key stakeholders is

thus believed to ensure shared responsibility and ownership of the strategy

EIAR has a strong conviction that the strategy will serve a vital document

that will specify the contribution of the research programtheme to the

overall achievement of the objectives of Ethiopian NARS serve as a

framework to guide the research program planning and implementation

be used to track record of results and as a reference that can be monitored

iv

and reviewed and for mobilizing in resources from national andor

international sources By having a long-term strategy we specifically aim

to focus efforts and fast-track desired outputs as well as achieve research

priorities consistency and sequencing

Indeed laying down a 15 years plan seems a time too distant to accurately

predict But by scanning and analyzing the national and global trends and

possible future scenarios and signals we believe we have captured at least

the coarse portrait of the future Despite this however we by no means

claim that it is a complete document Rather our assumption is that the

strategy will serve a live document and remain dynamic to respond to new

and emerging problems that can be periodically reviewed and refined in

the light of new developments The full text of the original strategy is much

more elaborated than this abridged version and can be retrieved from the

EIARrsquos archive at httpwww eiargovet

On behalf of EIAR and my own I would like to extend my sincere thanks

to all those who invested their time and energy and in one way or

another took part in the process of developing the Research Strategy

Fentahun Mengistu (PhD) Director General EIAR

v

Acknowledgements

These research strategies of poultry captured fisheries aquaculture

apiculture and sericulture were prepared by a core team of the different

research programs of the Ethiopian Institute of Agricultural Research

(EIAR) and researchers from the national research system including the

regional research institutes and universities in their respective fields The

strategies were enriched into its current shape taking into account the

comments given by stakeholders during two stakeholdersrsquo consultation

meetings organized by the institute The financial support of the RESARP

project in this process is duly acknowledged

The following researchers are highly acknowledged for taking the lead and

commitment in preparation of the strategies

1) Etalem Tesfaye Emebet Moreda Tadios Habte Wondmeneh

Esatu Akliku Negusie Alemayehu Amare and Tekaleigh Yirgu

(poultry research program)

2) Adamneh Dagne Aschalew Lakew Kibru Teshome Megersa

Endiebu Yared Tigabu Zenebe Tadesse and Abebe Cheffo

(aquaculture and fisheries research program)

3) Amsalu Bezabeh Alemayehu Gela and Gemechis Legesse

(apiculture research program)

4) Abiye Tilahun Kedir Shifa and Metasebia Terefe (sericulture

research program)

1

Poultry Research Strategy

(2016 ndash 2030)

3


AGRA Alliance for Green Revolution in Africa ATA Agricultural Transformation Agency CGIAR Consultative Group for International Agricultural Research CSA Central Statistical Agency CSA Climate Smart Agriculture CRGE Climate Resilience Green Economy DZARC Debre Zeit Agricultural Research Center EBI Ethiopian Biodiversity Institute EARI Ethiopian Agricultural Research Institute EMDIDI Ethiopian Meat and Dairy Industry Development Industry EU European Union FAO Food and Agriculture Organization FAOSTAT Food and Agriculture Organization Statics GDP Gross Domestic Product GIS Geographical Information System GMP Genetically Modified Product GTP II Growth Transformation Plan II HACCP Hazard Analytical Critical Control Point ICT Information Communication Technology ILRI International Livestock Research Institute IFP Improved Family Poultry Kcal Kilocalories KMT Knowledge Management Technologies LMP Livestock master plan MAS Marker-Assisted Selection MoFED Ministry of Finance and Economic Development MHC Major Histocompatibility Complex MoLF Ministry of Livestock and Fishery NABC Netherlands-Africa Business Council NARC National agricultural research center NVI National Veterinary Institute PHL Post-Harvest Losses PEST+ Political Economical Socio-cultural and Technological PANVAC Pan-African Vaccine Control RARIs Regional Agricultural research institute RIR Rhode Island Red SNP Single Nucleotide Polymorphisms SPP Specialized Poultry Production SWOC Strengths Weaknesses Opportunities and Challenges USAID United State of Agency International Development VDFACA Veterinary Drugs and Animal Feed Administration and Control Authority

5

Executive summary

The accomplishment of National Poultry Program vision and objectives

allied with Ethiopian Agricultural Research Institute(EARI) in

strengthening Ethiopian poultry industry over the next decade will depend

on its ability to attain itself and readily respond to urging demand of

poultry technologies in line with socioeconomic strata of the country

environmental and policy strategy information and knowledge An

endeavor to face the challenges and proficiently to deliver outputs that are

in part with national and regional economic drives for the technological

innovation and adoption EARIwith the National poultry Program is

developing this research strategy cognizant by its visionandmission

alliedwith the governmentrsquos development policy plan The National

Poultry Program Research is among EARIrsquos core commodities of highest

priority for poverty alleviation itsrequirement to trailoutfit in developing

a long-term research strategy that will guide efforts of the program and the

institutes at large as well as those of the research team to deliver

appropriate technologicaloutputs information and knowledge that would

contribute to the anticipated development of the poultry sub-sector and the

nation at large This research strategyis believed to serve for the next

fifteen years (2016-2030) as a blueprint for the national

poultrycommodity research team to advance their effort in generating and

adopting different broiler layer and dual-purpose technologies for the

fifteen projected outputs

This strategy was drafted by building on the experiences and lessons

gained from first strategy developed in 1999 during tenure of the then

EARO wastracked through the last fifteen years The new draft strategy

was expounded and advanced to take its contemporaryprocedure and

content with the National Poultry Program researcher team through the

EARIrsquos initiative in delivering outputs envisioned by GTP-II period and

livestock master plan This strategy is organized in eight major chapters as

conciselydiscussed as follows

Chapter one-Introduction-A section of background information on the

process of preparation of the strategy brief descriptions of poultry

production systems and their current status the importance of poultry and

poultry products as source of household income food securitylivelihood

and GDP descriptions of the rationale for developing a long-term research

strategy spanning over a period of 15 years and the vision mission goal

6

objectives and guiding principles that the National Poultry Research

Program is pursuing and living up to

Chapter two-Importance of poultry production-This chapter provides

an overview of the importance of poultry production in the Ethiopian

agriculture with respect to agro-ecology genetic diversity production and

productivity of (layer broiler and dual purpose) food and nutrition

economy (including local consumption import substitution and earnings

of foreign currency from the export market) and the role of the poultry for

climate smart agriculture and environmental sustainability (ie sustainably

increasing agricultural productivity and incomes adapting and building

resilience to climate change and reducing andor removing greenhouse

gases emissions)

Chapter three-Assessment of internal and external environment - this

part of the document tries to identify internal and external factors which

influence the conception formulation action and implementation of the

strategy The external factors were analyzed using the Strengths

Weaknesses Opportunities and Challenges (SWOC) framework in

conjunction with critical analyses of PEST+ (Political Policy Legal

Economic Socio-cultural and Technological and Environmental)

dimensionselements In addition to this analysis was also made on the

research and development experience of countries which are known to

have a well-developed poultry sector as a bench mark Assessment of the

internal environment is thus about precise identification and articulation of

strengths and weakness based on critical examination of the existing

resources inter- and intra-disciplinary integrations complementarities and

synergies available technologies information and knowledge and system

organization and implementation The results of critical assessments done

on the external and internal environments were finally formulated into a

SWOC to theme matrix of table where the seven research themes 1)

Genetics and breeding 2) Feed and nutrition 3) Poultry health 4)

Husbandry and management 5) Processing and packaging 6) Research

extension socioeconomics and Gender and 7)Crosscutting themes of

Climate Change and Knowledge Management) were analyzed in depth

Chapter four-Strategic issues facing the poultry research commodity

-this chapter presents strategic concerns that have been synthesized by

straining out from different perspective core ideas with disciplinary themes

including breeding and genetics feed and nutrition poultry health

7

husbandry and management processing and food safety and agricultural

economics extension and gender research with analyses of external and

internal environments of poultry development in the country The

differentprinciples used to select a substantialquality of concernsraised

from the assessment of strategic issues with in lack and skilled power

limited research infrastructures lack of suitable genetic materials lack of

feed quality and safety lack of appropriate poultry disease prevention and

control lack of appropriate technologies for husbandry and management

lack of appropriate technologies for processing and food safety limited

information on socio-economics research extension and gender were the

center of emphasis The strategic enquirieswere schematized in the

sevenkey disciplinary themes indicated above and the crosscutting each

core theme in turn has quite a number of strategic issues and sub-

components The significance of correspondingissue was also appraised

whether or not the concern would get the resolution in the short term

medium term and long-term timeframe

Chapter five-Research themes and strategic intervention -this section

discusses the actual enquiryof the strategies to be pursued to tackle issue

of interventions recognized and deliberate to be addressed in

previouschapters Considering the complex nature of the issues identified

and planned to be addressed by the research team most of the research

topics are multi-institutional multi-thematic multi-disciplinary

participatory and need to be implemented in collaboration with the

different stakeholders the poultry valuec chain The short medium and

long-term strategic interventions were planned for each of the strategic

issues identified under the five disciplinary and crosscutting themes to

design appropriate breeding strategies The research system iscurrently

attempting to alleviate this problem by identifying introducing and

evaluation of improved poultry breed that can adapt and perform under the

existing conditions in the country The feed and nutrition theme focused

on conventional and non-conventional feed resources that are cheaper and

locally available with better nutritional contributions for the poultry sub-

sector The poultry health theme emphasize on identification prevention

and control of zoonotic disease to achieve the goal of one health The

socio-economic theme ensures improving marketing adoption pattern

impact of livelihood with promotion and dissemination mechanisms to

enhance production employment and economic growth

9


(2016 - 2030)

1 Introduction

11 Background

Agriculture dominates the Ethiopian economy contributing about 40 of

the GDP (MoFED 2014) about 90 of export and 83 of employment

(Davis et al 2010 USAID 2010)Livestock as integral part of agricultural

sector plays significant role in the countryrsquos economy by providing food

foreign exchange draught power transportation manure income and

security in time of crop failure (NABC 2010)In Ethiopia Poultry

production is practiced in rural and urban areas that play a considerable

role for livelihood of the population The production system is classified

as village small-scale and commercial based on objectives of the producer

type and number of animals and management systems followed (Alemu

and Tadelle 1997) According to CSA (2016) total poultry population of

Ethiopiarsquos estimated about 60 million the majority of which (is indigenous

and mostly kept in villages

Traditional production system dominates the market for birds eggs and

meat However during the past 15-20 years there has been gradual

increase to commercial small- and medium-scale flock production Herein

has been concerted effort to introduce and distribute exotic breeds provide

improved extension advice and services and to generally exploit the

capacity of the sector to boost rural productivity (with the implications

therein for raising incomes providing employment and alleviating

poverty)

In recent years an emerging middle-class urban society with better income

and more buying power has increased the demand for poultry products

This has led to the expansion of poultry production particularly within

urban and peri-urban areas Thus production and productivity of the village

system should be improved through the type of chicken breed used

management and husbandry practices applied In the same manner the

productivity of small-scale and commercial system should be improved

and respond for the emerging demand of livestock products particularly

10

poultry This calls for designing national poultry research commodity

(layer dual purpose and broiler research) strategy aiming to improve egg

and meat production and productivity on sustainable basis improving

nutritional quality import substitution sustainable supply of raw material

for agro industries and broadening the opportunity to exploit the potential

export markets

12 Rational for developing the stratagem

The current agricultural development plan focuses on the

commercialization of smallholder agriculture through the production of

those commodities that are competitive both at local and foreign markets

Moreover there are also critical emerging issues that demand a strategic

approach to deliver innovative research and development solutions

Therefore this poultry research strategy has been developed with the

following rationale

To tackle the current poultry production constraints Despite the large

number of indigenous chicken in the country its production is low The

major poultry production constraints include feed problem (in quantity

and quality) both for indigenous and improved chicken poor

husbandry system and poor animal health management system

To improve the production potential of indigenous chicken Past

efforts particularly recent achievements have indicated that research

has and can contribute to production improvement of indigenous

chicken

To expand intensive poultry farms (improved layers and broiler poultry

farms

13 Vision

To see that the national poultry research commodity is capable of

providing high quality poultry technologies knowledge and information

that contributes to economic transformation improved livelihoods and

sustainable development

14 Mission

To generate develop adapt and promote improved poultry technologies

for increasing poultry production and productivity improving nutritional

quality import substitution sustainable supply of raw material for agro

11

industries and broadening the opportunity to exploit the potential export

markets

15 Goals

to enhance sustainable poultry production and productivity

to ensuring food security

to contribute to economic growth

to gain foreign earnings from poultry product export

16 Objectives

The objective of the strategy is to enhance the feasibility and economic

contribution of the Poultry sector by supporting a profitable and

sustainable production through research This objective will be achieved

by

strong research coordination and development of strong research

community

enhancing the poultry sector with appropriate technologies

providing a suitable poultry technology across the value chain

ensuring quality and safety of poultry product that meet

consumers demand

providing a research framework with which stakeholders can plan

for the future

17 Guiding principles

For the success of implementation of the strategy the flowing principles

were set

For the purpose of this document poultry is defined as chicken

its research programs must be founded on the policies and priorities

of the institute embracing the notions of cost effectiveness and

responsiveness to stakeholders in both the public and private

sectors

the strategy must encompass basic applied and adaptive research

approaches for technology development demonstration transfer

dissemination and adoption for sustainable development and

livelihood improvement

capacity building and institutionalization of integrated multi-

12

disciplinary multi-institutional livelihood-based approaches with

various partners and stakeholders on the basis of comparative

advantages

environmental consciousness

inclusiveness in terms of diversity and equal opportunity for all

and gender sensitiveness approaches to empower women

ensure transparency accountability and devotion to all concerned

actors at all levels and show loyalty and respect to diverse client

needs

2 Importance of poultry production

The poultry meat represents almost one-third of meat produced and

consumed globally and the egg production on a weight basis is almost

80 that of poultry meat production (Scanes 2007a) The basis for the

increasing importance of poultry worldwide has been supported by the

research on genetics nutrition disease control and management

(Havenstein et al 2003a b 2007)The latest estimate of poultry

population in Ethiopia is over 60 million out of which indigenous chicken

comprises about 9433 the rest being the hybrid and exotic (CSA 2016)

Poultry production in the country plays a great role as a prime supplier of

eggs and meat in rural and urban areas It is the smallest livestock

investment a village household can make and can manage as the first

investment step on the ladder out of poverty because of its short generation

interval high rate of productivity quick turnover rate higher feed

efficiency and low labor and land requirements (Ojedapo et al 2008)

21 Adaptability genetic diversity production and productivity

Adaptability

Ethiopia has diverse agro-ecology and landscapes that supports the

existence of different animals and plants Poultry is being kept by village

farmers who live in all agro ecologies of Ethiopia The feathered

chickensgenotypes are predominant in cold climate being supported by

feathers to help in insulation and protection against losing body heat The

13

warm and hot climate is dominated by naked necks and frizzle feathers

expression caused by incomplete dominant genes Na and F respectively a

feature that allows better heat dissipation Local chicken Ethiopia also in

other countries like Nigeria Botswana Kenya Malawi and Sudan showed

great variations in morphological characteristics and production

parameters (Kingori et al 2007) Some of these variants are due to the

presence of major morphological marker genes which increases the

adaptability of these breeds to tropical climatic environments

Genetic diversity

Poultry populations can be categorized into wild populations indigenous

and local breeds that are unselected but domesticated selected breeds for

morphological traits mostly by fanciers selected lines for quantitative

traits such as industrial layers and broilers and experimental research lines

(Weigend and Romanov 2001) The villages of Ethiopia largely consist of

the indigenous non-descriptive breeds They vary in plumage color comb

type body conformation and weight and may or may not possess shank

feathers (Halima 2007) Recent advances in molecular genetics and

genomics has given more insight into the diversity of indigenous chickens

Molecular characterization of indigenous chicken in Ethiopia Uganda

Sudan and Kenya showed wider diversity among chicken population in the

countries (Mwacharo et al 2007) The diversity was further shown in

immunity traits (Ngeno et al 2014) In recent study in Ethiopia indigenous

chickens namely Horro and Jarso showed variations (single nucleotide

polymorphisms) potentially associated with two major poultry diseases

(Psifidi et al 2014)

Production and productivity

Better production and productivity of poultry can be achieved with the

application of inputs better management nutrition and disease prevention

and control The production and production of indigenous chicken was low

not only due to the failure to use inputs but also their genetic potential was

low The mean annual egg production of indigenous chickens is estimated

at 40-60 small eggs with thick shells and a deep yellow yolk color (Emebet

2015 Alemu and Tadelle 1997) The carcass weight of local chickens at

maturity varies from 1045 to 1292 gm for male and from 642 to 874 gm

for female (Halima 2007) About 40-70 of the chicks hatched die during

the first 8 weeks of life (Tadelle and Ogle 2001) mainly due to disease and

predation About half of the eggs produced have to be hatched to replace

chickens that have died (Tadelle 1996) and the brooding time of the laying

14

bird is longer with many brooding cycles required in order to compensate

for unsuccessful brooding It is estimated that under scavenging

conditions the reproductive cycle consists of 21-day incubation phase 2

to 4 clutches and finally a 56-day brooding phase (Halima 2007 Tadelle

and Ogle 2001) Similar to the indigenous chicken the performance of

high producing exotic lines could not reach their maximum potential due

to failure to provide optimum production environment Whatever

performance evaluations in available literatures show evaluations in sub-

standard management condition

211 Layers Layer farming is the raising of egg laying chicken egg production Layer

chickens start laying eggs commercially before they reach 18 weeks of age

and continue until they reach 72-78 weeks of age in most cases In a highly

commercialized poultry producing countries egg layers are kept to 13

months in production The breeds are regarded as efficient by producing a

kilogram of egg with a feed not more than 25 kg There are two types of

egg layers the white and the brown egg laying hens The white egg laying

types of hens are comparatively smaller in size relatively eat less food

and the color of egg shell is white The brown egg laying hens are relatively

larger in size eat more foods compared to white egg layers lay bigger

eggs than other laying breeds and lay brown shell colored eggs

The annual estimated production of eggs in Ethiopiarsquos 41 thousand tons

which is by far below and contribute 01 share of the global production

and 97 of East Africa (Table 1) As showed in Table1 since 2000 there

have been varying egg productions over time

Tabel 1 Production status of annual poultry eggs hen in shell

No Country Production in tons Ethiopia share

1 Ethiopia 41000 _

2 East Africa 420850 97

3 Africa 3082367 13

4 World Total 68262486 01

Source (FAOSTAT 2016)

15

Even if there is no recorded evidence indicating the exact time and

locations of introduction of the first batch of exotic breeds of chickens into

Ethiopia for genetic improvement it is widely believed that the

importation of exotic breeds of chicken goes back to the early 1950sYet

with large poultry population (more than 60 million) (CSA 2016)

Ethiopian layer industry remain highly undeveloped and unorganized with

annual egg production not more than 96 million (CSA 2016) Attempts

have been made to introduce different exotic layer breeds to small holder

farming systems of Ethiopia because of low performance of indigenous

chicken with the aim of improving poultry productivity different breeds

of exotic chickens (Australorp New Hampshire White Leghorns RIR)

since the 1950rsquos Up until now there is no layer strains developed specific

to egg laying capacity rather indigenous breed improvement program

started very recently at Debre Zeit Agricultural Research Center (DZARC)

since 2008 Starting 2008 the research center introduced three layers

strains (Lohmann silver from Germany dominant CZ from Czech

and Bovan brown from the Netherlands) testing their performance both

under research station and village production environments

The Lohmann Silver did not well adapt to the village production system

(Wondmeneh et al 2011) In 2010 again a layer grandparent (GP)

breed was imported and tested for the first time The layer grandparent

was generally found to be adaptive and suitable under on station conditions

at Debre Zeit In 2015 more exotic breeds known for their wider

adaptation and high performance were tested at DZARC Three layers

(Lohmann brown dominant Sussex and Novo brown) breeds are being

kept at the center and being evaluated for one and half years under research

station and on farm conditions The on farm test on those different lines

will be performed in different agro-ecologies and management conditions

Cross breeding will also be conducted among the strains in a bid

to identify the best cross for future use in Ethiopia

212 Broilers Broiler products dominate the international poultry trade (Moore and

Morgan 2006) Trade in poultry meat is projected to increase at a faster

rate than production and consumption (FAO 2007) Almost all of the

broiler breeds are imported from abroad as parent stock Small scale

commercial broiler farms source day old broiler and grow them for the

period of about two months The annual estimated production of poultry

meat in Ethiopia is 61840 tons which also represent represents 01 share

of the world production and 117 of East Africa (Table 2) Ethiopian

16

Livestock Master plan set a great plan to increase chicken meat production

to 164000 tons and eggs to 39 billion by the year 2020 through improved

family poultry (IFP) and expanded specialized poultry Different

institutions including EIAR and large commercial private poultry farms

are importing broiler breeds Some of the imported breeds adopted in our

countries are Hubbard-JV Hubbard-classic Rose-308 and Cobb-500 There is no any broiler breeds improved and developed in the country The country

spends huge amount of hard currency for importing grandparent and parent

breeds of broilers

Figure 1 Trends of egg production (tons) in Ethiopia

Tabel 2 Status of annual poultry meat production


1 Ethiopia 61840 _


3 Africa 4731771 13



y = 49608x - 957754

Rsup2 = 04735

Eg

g p

rod

uct

ion

in

to

nn

s

Years

Hen eggs production

17

Population growth urbanization and life standards of the society resulted

in increasing demand of broiler meat Therefore adopting best performing

broiler breeds of chicken need to be considered while focusing more on

genetic improvement of our indigenous chicken breeds of meat type in the

long term

213 Dual purposes Dual purpose chickens were well adopted under small holder farmer

conditions They are most appropriate for poultry producers who are

interested in both egg and growth traits equally Their better adaptations to

wider agro-ecologies and less management requirement made them the

right choice in villages The most widely used dual purpose chicken in

Ethiopia was RIR It was used as paternal line with ISA brown layers to

produce a cross bred with both traits Fayoumi breed has been imported

with the expectation of better productivity adaptation and disease

resistance than the other exotic breeds in rural setting of Ethiopia Fayoumi

was alert adaptive layer chicken lived for many years in the warm areas

of Egypt In recent years Koekoek was widely distributed across the

country and highly liked by village producers Recently dual purpose

Koekok breed performed well and adopted by most of small holder farmers

in the country There is also an effort done for dual purpose indigenous

Horro breed improvement through a mass selection (Wondmeneh et al

2015)

The Ethiopian Livestock Master plan set a priority of GTP-II target for

transforming traditional (scavenging) family poultry to improved (semi-

scavenging) family poultry system During this period the number of

chicken in the traditional family poultry (TFP) drops from 57 million hens

with follower to 34 million hens which account 41 drop Similarly the

number of day old chicks (DOCs) in the improved family poultry (IFP)

subsystem grows from 30 million in the base year to 104 million in 2020

a 246 increase

22 Food and Nutrition

Human population in Ethiopia shows an increasing trend with alarming

rate which in turn increases the demand for food especially of livestock

origin (Hadera 2002) The rural and urban population of Ethiopia is

estimated 805 and 195 respectively (FAO 2016) Ethiopia has

shown some progress in reducing malnutrition in recent years towards

improved food and nutrition security over the past decade The depth of

18

the food deficit (Figure 2) is lowered from 673 to 236 kcalcapitaday over

the past decade (FAOSTAT 2016) There is widespread consensus that

going forward farmers must produce more food per unit of land water

and agrochemicals To do so however they simply cannot continue

producing in the same way They will have to do this while facing climate

change volatility shifting nutrition needs and the increasing scarcity of

most of the physical factors of production Agriculture is at the threshold

of a necessary paradigm shift (Daniele et al 2012) Global health depends

on good nutrition Good nutrition in turn depends on agriculture to

provide the foods (FAO 2012) Further improved nutrition has a potential

impact on GDP through improvement of productivity and indirectly

through prolonged life expectancy (Speedy 2003) Individuals must

consume sufficient amounts of not only calories but also protein fats

vitamins and minerals to support growth and development throughout

their life cycle Although tremendous progress has been made in meeting

the worldrsquos food demand many parts of the developing world continue to

suffer from under-nutrition that is deficiencies in energy protein and

essential vitamins and minerals (Shenggen and Joanna 2011)

Source FAOSTAT (2016)

Figure 2 Depth of food deficit (kcalcapitaday)

Poultry meat and eggs were relatively cheap and affordable sources of

protein for most consumers compared to other animal products such as

beef Consumption of poultry products is more common in urban than in

19

rural areas Poultry consumption in Ethiopia is commonly high during

holiday periods The national poultry meat and eggs consumption is

estimated on an average to be 77000 and 69000 tons per annum

respectively (ILRI 2000) According to Daghir (2009) the current growth

of poultry production and consumption makes a good case for the need and

desire for future growth of the poultry industry


Figure 3 Average supply of protein of animal origin (gcapitaday)

23 Economy

Poultry has a potential to be economic development engines of the country

The country designed livestock development master plan along with GTP

II by giving focal attention to poultry dairy and meat production as they

are key instruments in ensuring food security and nutrition Poultry eggs

and meat is one of a livestock sector yield enjoying top attention that helps

in addressing food and nutrition shortages (The Ethiopian Herald

September 17 2016 edition httpwwwethpressgovetherald Accessed

date September 25 2016)There are emerging small and large commercial

farms make a great contribution to meet the rapidly growing demand for

poultry products especially in urban peri-urban and growing regional

cities (Emebet and Kidane 2016) The commercial poultry production

system contributes nearly 2 of the national poultry population in

Ethiopia In Ethiopia there is significantly lower contribution of poultry

20

production to the overall national economy than that of other African

countries (Alemu and Tadelle 1997)

231 Import substitution

Ethiopian trade in poultry and poultry products is limited to the import of

live birds The private and public large scale intensive poultry farms are

mainly dependent on the import of day old chicks from abroad In 2005 a

total of 736000 day old chicks had been imported from the Netherlands

Saudi Arabia Egypt UK Germany and Kenya (Goutard amp Magalhaes

2006)

Large amount of poultry product particularly broiler meat is imported

from abroad for international star hotels and Ethiopian airlines Due to

quality standards and disease problems the country forced to import large

amount of broiler meat annually Import value of chicken showed that

(Table 3 and4) the country spent 106 thousand US dollar in 2013 and more

than 650 thousand in 2015 These large amounts of foreign currency need

to be substituted either through adopting appropriate technologies andor

generating technologies like breed improvement and producing

international quality standard poultry products There are various

opportunities available to commercial poultry producers for processing

hatchery expansions and maximize production bases to develop exports to

neighboring countries and the world Attractive investment policy of the

country can help to boom the industry through supply of raw materials

equipment medication and vaccines which can contribute safe and quality

poultry products

Tabel 3 Ethiopia Import Value of Chickens (1000 US$)

Year 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013

Value 35 36 76 534 0 0 60 59 106

Source UN Comtrade (2016)

21

Tabel 4 International trade in poultry meat import in Ethiopia during 2015

Partner Trade Value in

USD Net Weight (kg)

World 329786 115550

Areas nes 155389 60580

Brazil 68061 24093

Ukraine 56582 21432

Turkey 27762 5769

France 8070 1036

South Africa 7686 766

USA 5585 1780

Norway 651 95

Total 65957200 231101


232 Export market and foreign currency earnings

The poultry industry in Africa has grown and developed steadily over

recent years Ethiopia is now become one of the top countries in Africa for

chicken industry investment (Africacom) Even though major projects of

large commercial poultry operations are planned in our country the export

of poultry meat is almost nil (Table 5) Agricultural researches need to

generate technologies to ensure food security enhance income generation

and promote foreign exchange earnings through sustainable natural

resources management (Ethiopian Academy of sciences 2013) Poultry

has enormous role in the countrys economic development so tangible

efforts are strongly needed to make the sector one of the means for foreign

currency earnings Extensive research commitment and skilled manpower

in the sector will make Ethiopia much beneficiary

Tabel 5 International trade in poultry meat export of Ethiopia during 2015

Partner Trade Value in USD Net Weight (kg)

World 134 80

Saudi Arabia 134 80

Total 26800 160


22

24 Role of chicken production for climate smart agriculture and environmental sustainability

Climate change is now becoming a serious issue The three pillars of the

Climate Smart Agriculture (CSA) concept are sustainably increasing

agricultural productivity and incomes adapting and building resilience to

climate change and reducing andor removing greenhouse gases

emissions where possible (FAO 2013) Poultry is one of the livestock

sector that can help achieving food security and serve as smallholder

income sources that required small capital and land The lsquobest fitrsquo approach

to apply practices and technologies for climate smart poultry production is

through increase productivity resilience and food security while

simultaneously reducing emissions post-harvest losses and food wastage

(AGRA 2014) Also reduce post-harvest losses and food wastage along

value chains at the current levels of emissions Efficient harvesting and

early transformation of agricultural produce can reduce post-harvest losses

(PHL) and preserve food quantity quality and nutritional value of the

product It also ensures better use of co-products and by-products either

as feed for livestock to produce renewable energy in integrated systems or

to improve soil fertility (FAO 2010) Food processing creates jobs and

income opportunities especially for women The small scale and available

commercial farms of the country be aware about poultry production

processing and waste management in environmental friendly manner

sustainably

Source ---------------

Figure 4 The role of poultry production in fighting against global warming

23

3 Assessments of External and Internal Environments

Sound Strategic Plan starts from identification and analysis of forces and

factors that need to be considered in the conception formulation action

and implementation External and internal affect the process The external

factors are not under the direct control of the research team whereas the

internal factors are within the research system The resources and

experiences readily available to the research team can be listed under the

internal factors

The SWOC-analysis (Strengths Weaknesses Opportunities and

Challenges) is the strategic planning tool used to evaluate and determine

the chances of success The analytical framework would help to identify

and analyze the greatest challenges and find out the most promising

opportunities The SWOC analysis helps to identify the major external and

internal factors with both positive and negative influences on our

decisions Positive influences from external factors create opportunities

their negative influences would present challenges Similarly the positive

influences from internal factors show strengths of the team while their

negative influences reveal the weaknesses The results from the analysis of

the external and internal factors with the SWOC are the basis for

identifying critical issues that the strategy is aimed to address Descriptions

of the factors are shown below along with summarized details of the

opportunities challenges strengths and weaknesses

31 Assessment of external environments

The external factors were analyzed using the SWOC framework PEST

PoliticalPolicyLegal Economic Socio-cultural and Technological) and

critical considerations of current state of affairs trends of needs and

requirements The current state of affairs is discussed under general

external environments trends and needs under operational external

environments and experiences of countries advanced in the research and

development of poultry are considered Summaries of the external analysis

are therefore given in a table below (Table 7)

24

311 General external environments (PEST+) Political dimension In this section assessments were made whether the

strategy is aligned with the national sectorial and institutional policy

strategy and regulatorylegal frameworks and government priorities

Poultry production has been identified as a pro-poor intervention In the

past 5 decades the public extension system implemented a poultry

production improvement package based on imported dual purpose chicken

(RIR) In recent years the earlier scheme was evaluated less successful

Slow improvement in productivity due to poor adoption of the technology

increased demand for poultry products as a result of population growth and

increased income forced the government take a different approach

The Livestock master plan envisages the increase of poultry bay 10000

percent overall by putting in place to achieve this goal In general two

production systems were recognized the specialized poultry production

(commercial layer and broiler production) using imported high producing

lines and improved family poultry using improved local strains and

imported dual purpose chicken Overall target for 2020 through Improved

Family Poultry (IFP) and expanded specialized Poultry (SPP) is to reach

about 170000 tons of poultry meat and 39 billion eggs The existence of

this ambitious plan coupled with the emphasis given to poultry as low gas

emitter in the climate resilient green economy creates an excellent

opportunity to further work on this to realize food self-sufficiency import

t substitution and export of quality products goals Conceivable features of

the opportunities to make use of and challenges to be aware of or need to

be addressed from the perspective of the policy dimension were assessed

and sorted out in a matrix of opportunities and challenges presented in

Table 6 below

Economic Currently the selling price of red meat is increasing at an

alarming rate The same also applies for poultry and poultry products

However poultry could be an option in the fitted to village set up as it can

be established by a resource poor farmers with flock size fitting to this

resources Rural women have a relatively better decision making power on

poultry until when the income attracts the attention of their husbands Over

all poultry plays a very great role in the livelihood of rural household and

contributes greatly to the overall GDP of the country The current level of

productivity cannot further bring a significant income as village poultry is

operating in the low-input low-output concept Meanwhile being fast

growing and potential contributor to the economy and its potential of

25

being transferred into an industry the future of poultry industry in Ethiopia

is bright These are again detailed out in Table 6

Socio-cultural dimension Ethiopian farmers have reared poultry since

time immemorial Poultry has always been source of family protein and

immediate cash at hand The traditional ldquoDoro Wotrdquo has always been

respected dish served as holidays and prepared for respected guest Eggs

from local chicken possess yellow yolks Yellow yolked eggs are widely

believed as more nutritious and tastier by wider Ethiopian society The

tougher meat from local chicken also fetches higher price and has higher

demands However the egg and meat production from local strains is low

as compared to exotic strains The availability of relatively simple feed

technology to make any yolk yellow can increase the demand of eggs from

exotic chicken The meat from dual purpose chicken and the potential use

of male commercial cocks and spent layers would increase the demand of

exotic chicken Cultural taboos if any should be considered in the

strategy as a trainingawareness topic

Technological dimension poultry production is now a lucrative industry

in the world In the US only the egg industry alone provides 123100 jobs

$61 billion in wages and $258 billion in economic activity and $21

billion in government revenue Meanwhile the Ethiopian Poultry industry

could not fulfill the egg requirement of the nation According to a recent

study there are approximately 25ndash30 medium to large scale integrated

farms that keep poultry and that process and distribute their products

themselves However the level of technological usage both at the primary

production and processing level is low and needs to be developed

Information regarding the number of standard poultry slaughter houses is

limited Although most of the breeder farms own hatcheries their

performance is low which again emanates from poor knowledge base

International poultry equipment suppliers are now looking at the Ethiopian

market which is quickly advancing The demand for automatic poultry

equipment will increase An example can be a feed premix producing

company Feedco a new feed company is now looking at 50000 tons a

year of which 25000 will be pelted 15000 will be crumbs and the rest

will be mash The machinery of the compound feed is already built in

China they are also have machines from Denmark for production

premixes which is already installed For pre-mixes (for the next 18

months) the company is planning to produce 2000 tons of premix per

year The installed capacity The existing poor technological usage appear

26

as a challenge and its availability at the world market is an opportunity So

there lies a bright future ahead for the industry to grow

Environmental dimension wide agro ecology of Ethiopia can support

the cultivation of cereals pulses or their byproducts which can directly or

its byproducts indirectly be used as feed ingredients for poultry

Additionally though not properly studied wider area of the country can

support a higher productivity of broiler layers and dual purpose birds

Even where the average ambient temperature passes beyond the

physiological comfort zone the reduction in the productive might be

compensated by the lower investment on the house construction to suit

warm environments Research on production environments and their

ability to support optimum production should be considered Areal

recommendations for new poultry business startups need to be revisited

312 Operational external environments Operational external environment deals with the analysis of stakeholders

in the poultry value chain Identification of value chain actors their role

and demands from the research system are elaborated Further

assessments were made what opportunities the research team could make

use of and what challenges they present The opportunities and challenges

coming from Stakeholders and collaborators were analyzed and captured

A brief account were given for the stakeholder identified and presented in

Annexes 1and 2

313 Benchmarking Benchmarking was given due emphasis to serve as an important reference

to evaluate where we are now and where we can aspire to reach in the

future Countries that have already reached advanced level of poultry

research and industry were considered In this regard European countries

with highest level of technological output that enabled efficient and high

tech poultry industry were used As can be seen from the table below we

are far below in all parameters considered for comparison We have huge

opportunity to tap and a big gap to fill It should also be noted that such

performance in European countries were possible with the use of all

available technological inputs that need to be placed in order the poultry

strains express their full genetic potential We need to either consider the

maximum performance in our condition or need to compete by availing all

necessary inputs

27

Table 6 Technical performances of poultry in some advanced countries as compared to Ethiopia

Broiler

NL FR ES UK ET

Feed price (euro100 kg) 338 328 346 354 38

Day old chick (euro cent) 306 311 316 367 96

Live Weight (g) 2200 1920 2700 2300 -

Feed conversion (kgkg) 167 175 195 175 -

Prices and technical performance for broiler production in selected EU countries Competitiveness of the EU poultry meat sector PLM van Horne and N Bondt LEI Report 2013-068 ISBNEAN 978-90-8615-664-1 65 p fig tab app

Layers

NL FR ES UK ET

Feed Price ((euro100 kg) 302 294 299 327 42

Pricehen at 20wks (euro 411 433 440 491 60

Laying period (days) 420 369 410 392 365

Egghen 363 322 345 340

Egg weight (g) 614 623 640 625 60

Feed conversion (kg feedkg egg mass)

201 213 207 215 -

Mortality () 80 50 70 60 -

Starting points for egg production in some EU countries in 2013Horne PLM van 2014 Competitiveness of the EU egg sector International comparison base year 2013 Wageningen LEI Wageningen UR (University amp Research centre) LEI Report 2014-041 36 pp 16 fig 7 tab 9 ref

32 Assessment of Internal Environments

Assessment of internal environments were conducted to look back and

examine the physical and human capacities within the EIAR and can

readily be used The available capacity were considered the strength of the

team but the capacity required but unavailable were considered the

weakness of the team Assessment of the internal environment indicated

the strengths and weakness of the research program Capacity in this regard

28

includes institutional capacity (available or lacking human physical and

financial resources) technological capacity and organizational capacity

(functional integrations within and between disciplines) Below are briefly

discussed the elements of internal environments examined to synthesize

summaries of the Strengths and Weakness provided in Table 7

321 Resources The available human resource and level of capacity financial and the

physical resources available and shortages were assessed and presented as

strengths or weaknesses

322 Inter- and intra- disciplinary integrations complementarities and synergies

The poultry research needs to collaborations and synergies with

departmentssections to achieve the goals Agricultural-Biotechnology

Research Agricultural and Nutritional Research Laboratory Technology

Multiplication and Seed Research Climate and Geospatial Livestock

Research and ICT are related to poultry research in one way or the other

interacts with the team Assessments were therefore made to indicate if

poultry research can be integrated with these compelling areas of research

323 Technologies Poultry research in Ethiopia was started in 1950s Although poultry

research was lately considered in a national agenda (since 1996) some

outputs were registered and benefited the producers But the majority of

research outputs came into picture and use after EIAR led the research and

its coordination at the national level The poultry research has generated

several research outputs in the area of poultry breeding and genetics

health feeding and nutrition and husbandry and management The

research team has been an important partner in adaptation and

dissemination of dual purpose and layer breeds Several recommendations

are now being used by the industry The team developed and tested an

alternative poultry production package that increases economic benefit of

farmers The research is now the only institution in the country with a

running breeding program involving indigenous chicken A synthetic

breed which is at the final stages of multi-location testing witnesses a

reasonable technical and physical capacity built at the center Although we

still have a huge expectations to fulfill the teamrsquos contribution in reducing

the impact infectious diseases like Newcastle introduction of AI technique

into the production system were significant The gap between the outputs

29

and expectations were assessed to identify and build on the strengths and

design improvement from the weaknesses

324 Organization implementation and geographic coverage

Organizational strengths and weaknesses were analyzed from the center-

level institutional level and national level perspectives

30

33 Strengths weaknesses opportunities and challenges by the research themes

Table 7 Summary of analyses of external and internal environments reflected in terms of strengths weaknesses

opportunities and challenges pertaining to the different thematic research areas

Research Theme

Strengths Weaknesses Opportunities Challenges

General

Moderate working facilities (poultry houses modern hatchery feed mill) at coordination center level

researchers at the core team still lacks international research and collaboration exposure

National focus on transformation of the poultry sector in the livestock master plan GTP II and climate resilient green economy

Slow growth in commercial poultry as most inputs are imported and require foreign exchange and heavily taxed

Multi-disciplinary team at the coordination center

Lack of appropriate day old chicks transportation and field vehicle

Encouraging incentives by the Government for those who want to start poultry business

Lack of national vaccination program based on available strains

The team has got re cognitions by top managements of EIAR and policy makers for its contribution to the sector

Lack of adequate poultry farm machineries and equipment

Increasing demand for poultry production in line with the increasing cost of red meat and fast reproduction and return from poultry

Lack of quality control mechanism for importing vaccines medicaments and other poultry inputs

Strong working relationship among regional and federal

Lack of well-organized poultry research standards and protocols

High producing lines are being imported currently there is a huge potential for

lack of sufficient funding and organized poultry development activities

31

Research Theme


research centers institutes and universities

import substitution if appropriate lines are developed in the country

Strong team sprit between and among researchers and research supporting staff

limited office for research and support staffs

High demand for poultry products from indigenous and dual purpose breeds

Long procedure for financial assistance for poultry

Strong review system for prioritized problems

Poor linkage of the research program with other research teams within EIAR

Ethiopian poultry producers and processors association is now established to foster and support commercial poultry

poultry research is being

started in universities and regional research institutes

Genetics and breeding

Wide experience in importation and evaluation crossbreeding of exotic lines

Limited standard breeding and evaluating facility and inadequate pure line evaluation

Availability of several indigenous ecotypes adapted to various agro ecologies of the country

importation of exotic genotypes and various types of vaccines pose threat of introducing diseases and new vaccine strains into the country

Breeding and genetics

Some ecotypes phenotypically and genetically characterized

Limited genetic information (eg gene actions and inheritance of traits) to base on and plan

There is increasing demand for poultry products

the country being a tropical maximum potential of genotypes may not be realized

32

Research Theme


genetic gains to be attained in order to meet yield targets

There is an ongoing breeding program aimed to generate improved indigenous and synthetic breed

breeding programs not yet supported by modern techniques

Livestock master plan GTP II puts high emphasis to increase productivity through the use of high performing genetic materials

No CGIAR centers dedicated for poultry except very limited interest recently

lack of appropriate breedstrain

developed for our production environment

Lack of breed registry and

release mechanism

Inadequate strain and breed

crosses for best combining ability

Lack of poultry breeding policy

to control uncontrolled crossbreeding

Lack of identification of unique

major genes of commercial importance in local stains

low genetic potential of

indigenous chicken for commercial system

Nutrition and feed

experience in generation of several feed and nutrition technologies and preparation of manuals

lack of lab that analyses nutritional content beyond crude values (CP) available

expansion of feed mills in the country

export of oil seeds create shortage of oil cakes

ample experience in feeding trials evaluation of different feed stuff and ration formulation

alternative feed resources not thoroughly mapped studied and documented across the country

the byproduct of flour mills can be used as poultry feed ingredient

importation of vitamin premixes synthetic amino acids drains huge foreign currency reserve

33

Research Theme


not enough feed formulations

that aimed at reduction of feed cost available

availability of large area of land for the cultivation poultry feed ingredient

Lack of proper feed storage poses risk of afla-toxins

Limited studies on dietary

manipulations for producing meat and egg

Development of agro industries that can produce poultry feed ingredients as a by-product

Competition between human and poultry as both use cereals (feed-food completion)

Low quality poultry feed

Lack of mandatory feed quality

control mechanism

Lack of knowledge among farmers on nutrient requirements of different breedsclasses of poultry

Increasing feed cost and

seasonal fluctuations in the cost of feed ingredients

Poultry Health

Special emphasis is give to poultry health by the research institute and the government

Lack of advancement in poultry health research lab

presence laboratories (NAHDC and NVI) which can diagnose poultry diseases and assist the research program

Failure of some vaccines to provide protection against some diseases

Presence of qualified researchers at the national program

Limited knowledge on current distribution of economically important diseases

A growing investment on importation of poultry medicine

Poor emphasis given to poultry health topics at higher learning institutions

34

Research Theme


Presence of small scale poultry diagnostic lab

Lack of standard poultry diseases diagnosis protocol

the presence of vaccine producer and vaccine quality lab (PANVAC) in the country

lack of proper quality control on poultry vaccine importation

no customized vaccination strategy matching revolving strains and agro ecologies available

An outgrowing number of trained veterinarian in the country

Poor diagnosis of poultry diseases due to high cost of imported standard reagents and diagnostic kits

Limited effective disease

prevention and control system available

Lack of surveillance system for

circulating strains of major poultry diseases

Poor emphasis given to ethno

veterinary medicine that can complement modern treatment

limited knowledge and skill on vaccination (absence of nation-wide applicable vaccination standards and protocols

lack of poultry diseases

specialists

Inadequate implementation of bio-security measures

Lack of awareness about

poultry diseases treatment (use of human antibiotic)

Lack of surveillance and

reporting monitoring system in the country

Poor prevention and control of

emerging and re-emerging poultry diseases

35

Research Theme


Lack of zoonotic disease

surveillance and control mechanism

Husbandry and management processing and food safety

Some research outputs made available by the core team and collaborators

Less priority given for husbandry and management research activities

Expansion of poultry industries demanding better management knowledge thereby causing further development

Failure to apply recommendations by users resulted in poor performance and high mortality

Regular poultry husbandry trainings are designed at the coordination center

Shortage of affordable housing feeding technologies

Interest from experienced foreign poultry investors to invest in the country (technology transfer)

Importation of poultry drinkers feeders etc drains foreign currency

Shortage of management guides for available breedsstrains fitting to the different agro ecologies

Lack of awareness among

producers on HACCP or GMP

Inadequate research on

environmental effects of poultry production

High cost of poultry housing for

commercial setup

Experience on the meat quality ( carcass characteristics) of some exotic broiler and local stains of chicken

Lack researches on various recipes of poultry products

Demand for properly processed and packed poultry products is increasing

Inadequate cold chain and transport facilities to distribute high quality eggs and dressed poultry

36

Research Theme


Egg quality researches are being given emphasis in recent years

Researchers only focus on production but not on utilization

Due to the preference of some people to more tougher meat there is potential to use male of commercial layers for meat production

Lack of regular monitoring and control of harmful residues in poultry products

Lack of dedicated and skilled

researcher on processing

Eggs can be stored for some time without sophisticated equipment

Few varieties of poultry products available and lack of easy to market value added poultry products

Establishment of EMDIDI ( Ethiopian meat and dairy industries development institute) to support processing industry

Lack of processing and storage facilities for poultry products (Lack of improved packaging and preservation of poultry products)

Food science research

program is established in recent years

High cost and poor quality of domestic poultry products as compared to imported ones

Failure of processing industry to

comply strict export standards

Importation of cheap poultry

meat currently and in line with potential membership of

37

Research Theme


Ethiopia to the world trade organization

Socioeconomics research extension marketing and gender

weak integration of and cooperation with socioeconomics and extension researcher

Recognition of poultry as a pro-poor intervention by policy makers and development institutions

Limited adoption rate of poultry technologies by producers

Presence of strong socioeconomics and extension research program in the institute

lack of documented information on the contribution of poultry to the household incomelivelihood and national economy

Availability of Newcastle disease vaccine in a small pack which can save losses due to the diseases and improve the extension system

Culture of poultry preparation and consumption other than ldquoDoro Wotrdquo is poor

Limited information on poultry marketing and value chain analysis (market integration price dynamics input-output marketing agribusiness development commercialization etc)

High demand for improved poultry technologies

Poultry regarded as holiday food affects consumption ( occasional eating habits + religious taboos)

Lack of information on adoption

rate and impact of improved poultry technologies

Poultry products can be packed into small packages

Lack of autonomous national poultry research and training institute halted fast expansion of the industry

38

Research Theme


Lack of tailor made poultry extension packages based on gender income status and farming system

Emphasis by the government to develop specialized poultry investment

Requirement of better transport facility to villages

Lack of intervention approaches

for demonstration popularization and pre-scaling up

Lack of proper organized market

facilities for poultry and poultry products

involvement of middlemen in

the market arbitration

High investment requirements for large scale production and requirements of sophisticated infrastructure to realize maximum potential of strains

Uncontrolled and unrecognized

marketing structure with unhygienic outlets

Poultry associated to women

who have less decision making power on the expense side

Physiology and reproduction

Some experience artificial insemination activities to produce offspring from unlatching parents conducted

Lack of stress management researches

Expansion of poultry industry demands better management knowledge there by causing further development

Reduced productivity due to heat and cold stress

39

Research Theme


Experience on the essential microorganisms to support normal gut health

Lack of researches aimed at timely onset of egg laying and achieving peak performance

Possibilities of importations of closed housing system that can provide ideal production environment

Most of commercial producers opt warm environment for commercial poultry that cannot support genetic potential to the maximum

Limited works on artificial

insemination of poultry

Most of our environment temperature is beyond physiological comfort zone of poultry

Lack of information on the

alternative methods and use of molting

40

4 Strategic issues facing poultry research

The strategic issues presented and discussed under this section are

synthesized by filtering out those which can be addressed by the research

team and for which a strategic planning could be developed by the team

Those issues which are outside the technical domain of the team as

important as they are for the success of the subsector are not included in

this section It is felt important though to consolidate and present to the top

management in the future with the view that there would be organized a

forum where they could be discussed separately for the benefit of

promoting the poultry sub-sector The strategic issues selected are

organized in seven disciplinary themes and one general crosscutting topic

The disciplinary themes include (1) Breeding and genetics (2) Feeds and

nutrition (3) Poultry health (4) Husbandry and management (5)

Processing and food safety and (6) Agricultural economics research

extension and gender Issues of gender equality climate change and

knowledge management are presented as crosscutting themes under the

seventh category These are presented hereunder in Table 8

Table 8 Strategic issues facing the poultry research commodity and their relevance in the short (1 -5 years) medium (6-10 years) and long (11-15 years) terms

Strategic issues Relevance in the

Short term

Medium term

Long term

41 General

411 Lack of skilled man power in modern tools of poultry improvement

- Limited skill of modern tools of poultry breeding nutrition health and livestock extension

- High attrition rate of experienced researcher

x x x

412 Limited research infrastructure (lab facilities standard poultry houses feed processing plant and vehicle (field travel and chicken transportation)

- Lack of standard poultry houses for breeding selection and evaluation

- Lack of standard vehicles and equipment for chicken transportation

- Lack of self-contained nutrition and health lab

x x x

41


Short term

Medium term

Long term

413 Poor linkage of research system with other stakeholders along the value chain

- Limited Poultry stakeholders platform

- Preparation of regular consultative meeting with stakeholders

x x x

42 Breeding and Genetics

421 Lack of suitable genetic materials

- Lack of improved chicken breeds suitable for family poultry production

- Lack of strict breed importation protocols and quarantine system

- Lack of improved chicken breeds for specialized poultry production

- Limited genetic information on tropically adapted chicken breeds

x x x

422 Limited genetic capacity of indigenous chicken ecotypes

- Limited information on phenotypic and genotypic characterization of indigenous chicken eco-types

- Limited information on local genetic pool

- Lack of indigenous chicken selection program

x x x

423 Prolonged span of time for developing pure-lines executing cross breeding programs and follow through multi-location breed evaluation

x x x

424 Lack of a national poultry breeding policy x

43 Feeds and Nutrition

431 Shortage poor quality and high cost of poultry feed

- Limited utilization of alternative feed resources under the different production system and agro-ecological zones

- Inadequate and poor access to concentrate feed (premix Lysine and Methionine etc)

- Inadequate and poor access to formulated feed for different poultry production systems

x x

432 Lack of feed quality and safety protocol and standards

- Lack of indicators and rapid tests for measuring the nutritional value andor quality of feed ingredients and formulated rations

- limited Information and data base laboratory analysis and animal evaluation of poultry feed

x

433 Lack of feeding optimization study on commercial chickens x x x

42


Short term

Medium term

Long term

44 Poultry Health

441 Lack of prevention and control strategies and interventions for major poultry disease of economic importance

- Limited information on prevention and control of major diseases

- Lack of vaccine for economically important poultry disease

- Poor vaccination scheme for different poultry production systems

- Poor disease control and prevention strategy

- Lack of quarantine system to prevent introduction of new disease

- Poor control system on introduced live vaccine

x x x

442 Poor Surveillance system of endemic emerging and zoonotic disease in Ethiopia

- Poor knowledge in the epidemiology of the disease

- Occurrence of newly emerging disease

- Lack of surveillance system for circulating strain of major poultry disease pathogens

- Molecular characterization of major poultry disease

- Lack of periodic disease surveillance system

x X x

443 Lack of information and data base on ethno-vet practices and standardize scientific scheme for generic application

- Limited information on Ethno-vet practices and development of standardized scientific scheme for generic application

x X x

444 Poor diagnostic capacity x X x

45 Husbandry and Management

451 Lack of skill and knowledge on improved poultry production x X x

452 Lack of appropriate technological packages for different poultry production systems

x X x

46 Processing and Food Safety

461 Lack of diversity of poultry products and packaging - Lack of standards and guidelines for poultry product processing

and packaging - Limited cooking and serving skills in relation to chicken meat

and eggs

x x

43


Short term

Medium term

Long term

462 Lack of program addressing consumerrsquos expectations pertaining to safe food production and animal welfare

- Lack of standards and guideline to address the issue of food safety

x x x

463 Challenge in managing the environment for sustainable development

- Lack of standards and guidelines to address key environmental issues which include odor management and litter disposal

x x x

47 Socio-economics Research Extension and Gender

471 Limited information on the current status of poultry production and marketing

- Limited information on poultry value chain status

- Limited information on costs of production and cost benefit analysis for different poultry production systems

x

472 Limited information on adoption status and impact of improved poultry technologies

- Level of technology adoption and determinants for adoption of improved poultry technologies is not clearly known at the national level

x x x

473 Inadequate promotion and dissemination of improved poultry technologies

- Lack of tailor made technology dissemination and promotion schemes

- Weak extension service on poultry production

x x x

474 Weak marketing system and promotion

- Seasonal demand fluctuations leading variations in chicken meat and egg supply

- Lack of developed market distribution systems and retail outlets for poultry products

- Attitudinal and behavioral challenge towards consuming eggs and meat of hybrid and exotic chicken breeds

x x

475 Lack information on the role of gender on poultry technology dissemination

x x x

48 Additional crosscutting themes

Gender x x x

Climate Change x x x

Knowledge Management x x x Note The mark lsquoX lsquodenotes that the issue is relevant and needs to be talked

44

5 Research themes and strategic interventions

Considering the complex nature of the issues to be addressed by the

research team most of the research topics are multi-institutional multi-

thematic multidisciplinary participatory and need to be implemented in

collaboration with farmers extensionists and a wide range of other partners

to be involved in the whole spectrum of the poultry sub-sector Aligned to

the goals and priorities of EIAR and guided by the current national

agricultural growth and transformation framework livestock master plan-

poultry sector growth road map the research strategy is believed to benefit

farmers agro-processors traders and others involved in the value chains

and the nation at large There are seven research themes briefly discussed

hereunder and the strategic interventions designed for each of the strategic

issues elucidated under section IV above and spanning the short medium

and long terms of fifteen years (2016-2030) are presented in Table 8

51 Research themes

511 General The second five-year Growth and Transformation Plan (GTP II) of

Ethiopia projects that the agriculture sector will still play a decisive role to

transform into industrialization Besides the livestock master plan - poultry

sector development road map also emphasizes that poultry is expected to

satisfy local consumption and contributed to national GDP In this regard

the poultry sector work hard to meet chicken meat and egg demands for its

growing population and produces export surpluses achieve the CRGE

target of increasing the share of chicken meat consumption to the total meat

consumption by substituting read meat that comes from larger high

emitting ruminants Nonetheless the limited supply of chicken breeds

associated inputs and appropriate support from and emphasis of

stakeholders across the sector hinder improvement of production both in

geographic coverage and input application and shortage in supply of

chicken and chicken products to a nation at large As a result the country

is in shortage of purchasing power parity of animal protein supply and

some organizations tend to depend on the importation of large amount of

chicken meat and egg mainly incurring a large amount of foreign

currency It is therefore vital to have a strategy of suffices local demand

and substitution In order to pursue such an important agenda of national

urgency the research should focuses on two important issues that (i) the

45

poultry research should be strengthened in terms human resources (ie the

researchers engaged in poultry research should be equipped with modern

techniques and methods of poultry improvements) and research facilities

(ie standard poultry houses lab facilities standard poultry houses feed

processing plants) and (ii) the stakeholders involved in the poultry value

chain in general need to have a strong functional influential and

sustainable forum that will shape up the future of poultry research

development and product processing and consumption

512 Breeding and Genetics Despite the benefits and huge population of chicken the total output of this

sector has remained very low due to diverse reasons Genetic limitation is

one of the major bottle necks for the development of the sector Very little

has been done to achieve an in depth assessment of local stocks under

either traditional or improved conditions In general what has been

accomplished so far is not enough to show the relative effects of genetic

and non-genetic factors on the performance of the local stocks and to

design appropriate breeding strategies

The expansion of the commercial poultry production is limited by

inadequate supply of high performing chicken breeds locally Research

system is currently attempting to alleviate this problem by identifying

introducing and evaluating improved poultry breeds that can adapt and

perform under Ethiopian situation However the efforts made so far could

not meet the demand for improved chicken breed across different

production systems Hence this theme is crucial to address the need for

improved poultry breeds in the growing poultry industry of the country

513 Feeds and nutrition The productivity of poultry has been limited by scarcity and consequent

high prices of the conventional protein and energy sources in Ethiopia

Feed is the prime input in commercial poultry production representing 70-

85 of the total cost of production Poultry producers in Ethiopia are

always complaining over the high cost high tax of feed inputs and poor

quality of poultry feed on the market This necessitates investigations for

conventional and nonconventional feed resources that are cheaper locally

available and have better nutritional value

46

514 Health One of the most effective ways to make poultry production more efficient

is to achieve sustainability and reduce disease related loss whose

dynamics are shifting as a result of climate change and poor disease

prevention and control In this regard the research will focus mainly on

developing strategies on prevention and control of endemic emerging and

re-emerging poultry diseases based on their epidemiology in the country

It also focuses on identification prevention and control of zoonotic disease

to achieve the goal of one health The other main researchable areas are

identification and evaluation of traditional medicine

515 Husbandry and management Economically visible and sound poultry husbandry and management

practices are key towards developing improved poultry sector and optimize

the production and productivity Improvement in the management

practices and construction of poultry house in the sector open the way for

optimal expression of genetic potential of chicken in different production

system and agro-ecology Tackling the issues identified under this theme

are thought to address poultry management interventions awareness

creation and improve husbandry practices of different production systems

in the country

516 Processing and food safety Seasonal demand fluctuation and attitudinalbehavioral challenges towards

producing and consuming chicken meat and egg are currently considered

to be the major challenges facing the development of the poultry sector in

the country (LMP 2015) Hence it highly crucial to intervene with

appropriate poultry product processing technologies which provide quality

and safe food to consumers and at the same time addressing the issue of

sustainable environmental management

517 Socio-economics research extension and gender Poultry sector development in Ethiopia is highly constrained by poor

understanding of the farming system lack of institutional linkage and

support inadequate training and poor extension services As a result

research and development efforts made for the last five decades had not

brought a significant impact in the livelihood of poultry producers In this

regard strategic planning ensures improving marketing adoptions

patterns gender mainstreaming promotion and dissemination mechanisms

47

to enhance production employment and economic growth The themes

are the key to attain the success that the research teams envisage

518 Additional cross-cutting themes Gender Addressing the issue of gender inequality in every development

agenda is believed to bring sustainable development Whereas unequal

gender access and control over improved poultry technologies often makes

women more vulnerable to poverty and climate change If the gender gap

were eliminated FAO asserts that total agricultural output would increase

Cognizant of this the strategy upholds integration of gender concerns into

research objectives technology development extension and evaluation

frameworks

Climate change In Ethiopia climate change is already having an impact

on the livelihoods of different communities in different corners of the

country Therefore the poultry research strategy will place due

considerations to availing technologies that would help the poultry value

chain actors to respond to climate change through adaptation andor

mitigation approaches

Knowledge management (ICT) Through KM interventions aided by

new information technologies it is possible to help improve smallholdersrsquo

access to resources that help them improve their farm productivity and

competitive ability KM will also help to create research products in a more

collaborative manner that makes them more suitable for diverse audiences

For this purpose the research team will make results more readily

available spearhead formations of multi-stakeholder platforms that

facilitate interaction and promote learning for change mentoring and

networking

48

52 Strategic Interventions

Table 9 Strategic interventions planned to address critical issues broilerlayer and dual purpose research commodities

in short- medium- and long-terms

Strategic issues Strategic intervention

Short-term (1-5 years) Medium-term (6-10 years) Long-term (11-15 years)

521 General (Relevant Across Themes)


Short-term training on-

- Poultry breeding nutrition health extension and husbandry

- Utilization of modern equipment for quality analysis

- Utilization of modern poultry house equipment and facilities

- Researchers and technicians trained or specialized on poultry production breeding nutrition and health



- Establishment of modern poultry houses

- Renovating the existing poultry nutrition and health laboratories

- Availing field vehicle and modern chick transportation van

-

- Establishment of modern poultry nutrition and health lab

- Establishment of modern poultry feed processing plants

- Continue to modernize the lab facilities poultry houses and equipment to attain state of the art in poultry science


- Strengthening the existing poultry sector development platform (EARI and MOLF should take the lead to be sustainability)

- Continue strengthening the poultry sector development platform


49



- Strengthening the linkage between research and stakeholders

- Continue strengthening the linkage between research and stakeholders


Expected outputs from strategic interventions on general issues

Capacity built resulting in well-qualified researchers equipped with modern techniques of poultry improvement and quality analysis

Modern poultry research infrastructure (poultry house laboratories and feed processing plant) and equipment established

A strong and functional poultry stakeholder platform established and catalyze the development of poultry industry



- Importation and evaluation of tropically adapted broiler chicken breeds under different production systems

- Importation and evaluation of tropically adapted layer and dual-purpose chicken breeds under different agro-ecologies and production systems

- Establish quarantine system to control introduction of disease to the country

- Identification of economically important traits to be utilized in broiler breed development

- Identify economically important traits to be utilized in layer and dual-purpose chicken breed improvementdevelopment

- Conduct participatory selection of local chicken ecotypes for meat and egg production traits




- Importation and evaluation of tropically adapted broiler chicken breeds

- Importation and evaluation of tropically adapted layer and dual-purpose chicken breeds

- Design and launch a breeding program aiming at production of layerbroiler parent stock locally

- Optimize bio-tech protocols and procedures for breed development

50



- Develop and evaluate synthetic dual-purpose breeds

- Develop a national poultry breeding strategy






- Conduct phenotypic and genetic characterization of indigenous chicken ecotypes to identify economically important traits for layer broilerdual-purpose breed development

- Undertake selection breeding of local eco-types of chicken for meat and egg production

- Develop appropriate management guide and package to improve productivity and survival rate


- Design and launch a breeding program aiming at developing pure lines locally

- Develop national data base on economically important traits of indigenous chicken

- Undertake selection breeding of local eco-types of chicken for meat and egg production (applying biotechnological tools)

51


Short-term (1-5 years) Medium-term (6-10 years) Long-term (11-15 years) ecotypes to utilized for future breeding program


- Apply biotechnological tools such as marker-assisted selection (MAS) procedure to identify economically important traits without necessarily conducting on-farm selection


24 Lack of a national poultry breeding policy

- Organize stakeholder consultation platform to identify issues that the poultry industry considers roadblocks with regard to improved chicken breeds

- Develop scientific national poultry breeding standard and guideline for policy implication

- Quantify benefits and risk of developing national poultry breeding policy

Expected outputs from strategic interventions on Breeding and Genetics

Suitable genetic materials availed for different poultry production systems (family and specialized poultry production)

Traits of economic importance identified breeding procedures and methods established and suitable breeds for different production systems developed



- Assess the scavenging feed resource bases in terms of scavenging flock bio-mass and carrying capacity quantification and evaluation on seasonal and regional basis

- Develop appropriate supplementary feeding scheme for villagefamily poultry based on locally available feed ingredients

- Develop best-cost and tailor based broiler rations for different classes of chickens

52



- Generate information and data base on availability seasonality and utilization of local conventional and non-conventional poultry feed resources



- Develop best-cost and tailor based layer rations for different classes of chickens




32 Lack of feed quality and safety control and standards

- Develop indicators and rapid tests for measuring the nutritional value and or quality of feed ingredients and formulated ration

- Develop protocols and standards to assure safety on microbial quality of feed

- Avail bio-technology tools that improve feed utilization efficiency (use of enzymes and feed additives etc)


- Optimize laboratory procedures and protocols for poultry feed quality analysis (amino-acid profiling test for mico-toxins etc)





53



33 Lack of feeding optimization study on commercial chickens

- Develop a net energy system or other approaches to enable nutritionists to formulate more efficient or economical diets

- Optimize the range quantities and quality of available feed ingredients





Expected outputs from strategic interventions on Feeds and Nutrition

Conventional and non-conventional poultry feeds and feeding packages for different poultry production systems identified

Feed challenges in the development of the poultry sub-sector reduced

Enhanced use of local feed resources in feeding systems of various classes of poultry

Feed quality and safety control protocols and procedures developed

524 Poultry Health


- Develop different vaccination schemes and administration mechanisms for improved family production system

- Create awareness about disease management and biosecurity

- Investigate biosecurity risks and develop mitigation options and strategies


- Identify the major challenges related to poultry husbandry and management practices

- Develop intervention protocols procedures and tools to improve the husbandry and management practice to enhance production and productivity

- Develop alternative preventative measures and treatments for infectious diseases of layers broilers and breeders (with respect to food safety - residual effects of antibiotics)

- Use state of the art to on the development of prevention

54



- Develop appropriate zoonotic disease prevention and control tools

(quarantine system) for economically important disease

- Identify disease resistant traits for genetic resistance


- Identify dynamics of endemic emerging and reemerging diseases as outbreak management

- Study the current status and distribution of poultry disease

- Investigate economically important endemic diseases and devise appropriate interventions preventive measures

- Study the epidemiology of major poultry disease

- Identify dynamics of emerging and reemerging diseases as outbreak management

- Design appropriate disease surveillance program

- Develop updated husbandry and management practices for pure lines and cross breeds

- Apply bio-technological tools to study the prevalence of economically important diseases

- Apply bio-technology and GIS tools on disease surveillance


- Generate information and data base on ethno-vet practices and standardize scientific scheme for generic application

-

514 Poor diagnostic capacity

- Develop field applicable diagnostic tools

- Conduct strain level identification of economically important poultry diseases

- Develop advanced diagnostic protocols and procedures


55


Short-term (1-5 years) Medium-term (6-10 years) Long-term (11-15 years) - Conduct strain level

identification of economically important poultry diseases

Expected outputs from strategic interventions on Poultry Health

Increased interest to raise poultry and improved production and productivity due to reduced disease loss

Better prevention and control of major poultry and zoonotic diseases in different production systems will be established

The effect of pathogenic infection reduced

Advanced disease diagnostic protocols developed

Easily applicable and effective vaccination scheme will be developed


52 Lack of skill and knowledge on improved poultry production



- Create awareness on improved poultry husbandry and management practices




- Develop updated husbandry and management practices (grandparent and parent stock mgt)


56


Short-term (1-5 years) Medium-term (6-10 years) Long-term (11-15 years) Expected outputs from strategic interventions on Husbandry and Management

Skill and Knowledge on modern husbandry and managements practices of poultry producers improved

Up-to-date recommendations on husbandry and management practices availed


61 Lack of diversity of poultry products and packaging

- Studyidentify poultry product processing and packaging options

- Develop standards and guidelines for poultry product processing and packaging


- Review and communicate leading edge overseas food safety standards and protocols

- Develop standards and guidelines to assure food safety

- Develop alternative preventative measures and treatments (vaccination biosecurity hygiene and nutrition) for infectious diseases of layers broilers and breeders


- Evaluate poultry farm and processing plant waste management options (costs and benefits of alternative treatment and dispersal technologies and the feasibility of engineering solutions for odour management)

- Develop standards and guidelines for odour management and litter disposal

Expected outputs from strategic interventions on Processing and Food Safety

Appropriate poultry product processing and packaging standards and guidelines developed

Efficient and effective poultry farm and processing plant odour management and litter disposal standards and guidelines developed

57




71 Limited information on the current status of poultry production and marketing system

- Study production and marketing system dynamics (gap analysis current status contribution to GDP etc)

- Develop policy advices addressing dynamism of the sector


- Study the adoption rate of improved poultry technologies

- Study the impact of improved poultry technologies on the livelihood

- Recommend appropriate policy suggestions






- Develop tailor made poultry technology dissemination and promotion schemes

- Modernize the existing extension system


- Develop market distribution systems and retail outlets for poultry products

- Enhancing the feeding habit and marketability of poultry products through promotion and evaluation of poultry product preparation practices

- Promote technologies which can increase the shelf life of poultry products (cold chain egg powder etc)


- Enhancing the feeding habit and marketability of poultry products through promotion and evaluation of poultry

58


Short-term (1-5 years) Medium-term (6-10 years) Long-term (11-15 years) product preparation practices


75 Lack of information on the role of gender on poultry technologies dissemination

- Limited information on gender disaggregated technology dissimilation adoption and impact assessment for poultry production

Expected outputs from strategic interventions on Socio-economics Research Extension and Gender

Information on the current status of poultry production and marketing generated

Poultry and poultry product marketing challenges improved

Update information on the adoption status and impacts of improved poultry technologies

The role of gender in poultry value chain will be understood through mainstreaming

751 Additional Crosscutting Themes

Gender Consider gender equality and ensure that women get their fair share of the benefits of research results since climate change is becoming a challenge ensure that research programs would adequately address the challenge to increase resilience of vulnerable communities and consider modern facilities of ICT are instrumental in knowledge and information transfer process

Climate Change

Knowledge Management

59

6 The next steps

This strategic document of the national poultry research program will be

presented to stakeholders for further improvement and approved by the top

management of EARI Following the approval it is essential to prepare the

implementation plan without which this strategy is not going to achieve

its goal The implementation plan document will come out as Volume II

of the research strategy which will serve as the blueprint to guide the

National Poultry Program for the next fifteen years (2016-2030) The

major contents of the implementation plan will revolve among others

around the following topics

Develop implementation plan

Develop monitoring and evacuation plan

Develop impact assessment plan

Develop reassessment plan for the strategy

In order to expedite the development of the implementation plan it will be

important to develop a common guideline that will serve the EARI

Planning Monitoring and Evaluation Directorate to provide guidance to

the research teams The guideline will contain important considerations in

planning a project(s) from the developed strategic plan including building

research teams of various roles and levels In general the main purpose of

the implementation plan is to strengthen the poultry research capacity with

trained manpower adequate finance research facilities and supplies to

conduct the planned experiments evaluation and pre-demonstration

activities and pursue the fulfillment of the research objectives with

corresponding indicators and means of verification It helps researchers

planners and evaluators to become familiar with the guideline to prepare

successful projects as well as provide realistic estimates of resource

requirements for implementing the strategic interventions projected for the

short- medium- and long-term timeframes The Guideline will therefore

be prepared with the intention of providing a common structural and

conceptual framework that can be followed by the respective teams of

research program for preparing the implementation plans of their

respective strategies

60

7 References

Alliance for a Green Revolution in Africa (AGRA) 2014 Africa agriculture status

report Climate change and small holder agriculture in Sub-Saharan Africa

Nirobi Kenya

Alemu Y and D Tadelle 1997 The Status of Poultry Research and

Development in Ethiopia pp 40-60 In Fifth National Conference of

Ethiopian Society of Animal Production (ESAP) 15-17 May 1997 Addis

Ababa Ethiopia

Apuno A A Mbap S T and Ibrahim T 2011 Characterization of local chickens

(Gallus gallus domesticus) in shelleng and song local government areas of

Adamawa State Nigeria Agriculture and Biology Journal of North America

2(1) 6-14

Besbes B Thieme O Rota A Guegraveye E F Alders R G Sandilands V and Hocking

P 2012 Technology and programs for sustainable improvement of village

poultry production In Proceedings of the 30th Poultry Science Symposium

University of Strathclyde Glasgow Scotland 2011 (pp 110-127) CABI

Bett H K Musyoka M P Peters K J and Bokelmann W 2012 Demand for Meat

in the Rural and Urban Areas of Kenya A Focus on the Indigenous Chicken

Economics Research International Volume Article ID 401472 10 pages

CSA 2014 Agricultural sample Survey Report on livestock and livestock

characteristics Vol II Statistical Bulletin 573 Addis Ababa Ethiopia


characteristics Vol V Statistical Bulletin 578 Addis Ababa Ethiopia

Dana N Dessiea T van der Waaija L H and van Arendon J A M 2010

Morphological features of indigenous chicken populations of Ethiopia

Animal Genetic Resources Information 46 11-23

Davis K Swanson B Amudavi D Daniel Ayalew Flohrs A Riese J Lamb C

and Elias Zerfu 2010 In-depth Assessment of the Public Agricultural

Extension System of Ethiopia and Recommendations for Improvement IFPRI

Discussion Paper 01041 December 2010 Eastern and Southern Africa

Regional

Officehttpwwwifpriorgsitesdefaultfilespublicationsifpridp01041pdf

Dinh Xuan Tung and Rasmussen S 2005 Production function analysis for

smallholder semi-subsistence and semi-commercial poultry production

systems in three agro-ecological regions in Northern provinces of Vietnam

Livestock Research for Rural Development Volume 17 Article 69 Retrieved

October 24 2016 from httpwwwlrrdorglrrd176tung17069htm

61

Emebet Moredaa and Kidane G Mesekel 2016 Importance of Traditional Small

Scale and Commercial Poultry Production in Ethiopia A Review British

Journal of Poultry Sciences 5 (1) 01-08

Emebet M 2015 Phenotypic and genetic characterization of indigenous chicken

in Southwest Showa and Gurage Zones of Ethiopia PhD Thesis Addis

Ababa University Ethiopia

FAO (2010) Breeding strategies for sustainable management of animal genetic

resourcesFAO Animal Production and Health Guidelines No 3Rome

FAO (2010) ldquoClimate-Smartrdquo Agriculture Policies Practices and Financing for

Food Security Adaptation and Mitigation

httpwwwfaoorgdocrep013i1881ei1881e00pdf Accessed 24 October 16

Food and Agriculture Organization (2013) Climate-smart agriculture

sourcebook Copenhagen Denmark FAO pp 570

Hako Touko B A Keambou C T Han J M Bembideacute M Robert C Skilton A

Ogugo M Manjeli Y Osama S Cho C Y and Djikeng A 2015 Molecular

typing of the major histocompatibility complex B microsatellite haplotypes in

Cameroon chicken Animal Genetic Resources page 1 of 8 copy Food and

Agriculture Organization of the United Nations

Halima H 2007 Phenotypic and genetic characterization of indigenous chicken

populations in northwest Ethiopia PhD Dissertation University of the Free

State Bloemfontein South Africa pp 176

Khobondo J O Muasya T K Miyumo S Okeno T O Wasike C B

Mwakubambanya R Kingori A M and Kahi A K 2015 Genetic and nutrition

development of indigenous chicken in Africa Livestock Research for Rural

Development Volume 27 Article 122 Retrieved October 24 2016 from

httpwwwlrrdorglrrd277khob27122html

Khobondo J O Okeno T O Lihare G O Wasike C B and Kahi A K 2014 The

past present and future genetic improvement of indigenous chicken of Kenya

Animal Genetic Resources 125

Meseret M 2010 Characterization of Village Chicken production and

marketing system in Gomma Wereda Jimma Zone Ethiopia Master Thesis

Jimma University Ethiopia

Meuwissen T H Hayes B J and Goddard M E 2001 Prediction of total genetic

value using genome-wide dense marker maps Genetics 157(4)1819-1829

MoFED (Ministry of Finance and Economic Development) 2014 Ethiopia

population and development indicators Addis Ababa Ethiopia

Moges F M Abera and D Tadelle 2010a Assessment of village chicken

production system and evaluation of the productive and reproductive

62

performance of local chicken ecotype in Bure district North west Ethiopia

African J Agri Res5(13) 1739-1748

Moiseyeva I G Romanov M N Nikiforov A A Sevastyanova A A and

Semyenova S K 2003 Evolutionary relationships of red jungle fowl and

chicken breeds Genetics Selection Evolution 35 403-23

Moreda E S Hareppal A Johansson T Sisaye and Z Sahile 2013

Characteristics of Indigenous Chicken Production System in South West and

South Part of Ethiopia British Journal of Poultry Sciences 2(3) 25-32

Mwacharo J M Nomura K Hanada H Jianlin O Hanotte O and Amano T 2007

Genetic relationships among Kenyan amp other East African indigenous

chickens Animal Genetics 38 485ndash490

Mwacharo J M K Nomura H Hanada J L Han T Amano and O Hanotte

2013 Reconstructing the origin and dispersal patterns of village chickens

across East Africa insights from autosomal markers Molecular Ecology 22

2683ndash2697

NABC (Netherlands-Africa Business Council) 2010 Fact sheet Livestock

Ethiopia Livestock in Ethiopia and opportunity analyses for Dutch

investment

Ngeno K van der Waaij E H Megens H J Kahi A K van Arendonk J A M and

Crooijmans R P M A 2014 Genetic diversity of different indigenous chicken

ecotypes using highly polymorphic MHC-linked and non-MHC microsatellite

markers Animal Genetic ResourcesRessources geacuteneacutetiques animalsRecursos

geneacuteticos animales available on CJO2014

doi101017S2078633614000484

Okeno T O Kahi A K and Peters J K 2012 Characterization of Indigenous

Chicken Production Systems in Kenya Tropical Animal Health and

Production 44601-608

PLM van 2014 Competitiveness of the EU egg sector International

comparison base year 2013 Wageningen LEI Wageningen UR (University amp

Research centre) LEI Report 2014-041 36 pp 16 fig 7 tab 9 ref

PLM van Horne and N Bondt 2013 Competitiveness of the EU poultry meat

sector LEI Report 2013-068 ISBNEAN 978-90-8615-664-1 65 p fig tab

app

Psifidi A G Banos O Matika D Tadelle R Christley P Wigley J Bettridge O

Hanotte T Desta P Kaiser 2014 Identification of SNP Markers for Resistance

to Salmonella and IBDV in Indigenous Ethiopian Chickens Proceedings 10th

World Congress of Genetics Applied to Livestock Production

Reta D Negussie D and Alemu Y 2012 Comparative production performance of

two exotic chicken breeds under two different feed regimes in three agro-

63

ecologies of central Oromia Ethiopia - a step forward for distribution or

contract rearing of day old exotic chicks under rural setting Livestock

Research for Rural Development Volume 24 Article 153 Retrieved October

25 2016 fromhttpwwwlrrdorglrrd249dugu24153htm

Tadelle D and B Ogle 2001 Village poultry production in central highlands of

Ethiopia Tropical Animal Health and Production Journal 33(6) 521-537

Tadelle D 1996 Studies on village poultry production systems in the central

highlands of Ethiopia MSc Thesis Swedish University of Agricultural

Sciences

The Ethiopian Herald September 17 2016 edition

httpwwwethpressgovetherald Accessed date September 25 2016)

USAID ( 2010) Audit of USAIDEthiopiarsquos Agricultural Sector Productivity

Activities Audit Report No 4-663-10-003-P

Weigend S and Romanov M N 2001 Current strategies for the assessment and

evaluation of genetic diversity in chicken resourcesWorld‟s Poultry Science

Journal 57 275-288httpwwwthepoultryfederationcom 2012

64

8 Annexes

Annex 1 Stakeholder analysis

Stakeholders Expectations Likely reaction

if the need is not fulfilled

Institutional response

Ministry of Agriculture

Problem solving and feasible poultry technological packages

Strong bonding and networking between research amp development

Policy inputs

Identify problems why fail to generate technology and propose appropriate solutions

Generate problem solving amp market oriented poultry technologies suitable for different poultry production systems

Technology shopping testing and adopting

Suggesting appropriate policy issues

Veterinary Drugs and Animal Feed Administration and Control Authority (VDFACA)

Policy inputs to monitor product quality feed quality drugs vaccines etc

Unable to design effective quality monitoring mechanisms


Poultry multiplication centers

Recommended poultry breeds with management guide

Technical support and trainings

Failed to multiply and supply of chicken to end users

Testing and recommending appropriate breeds Preparation of management guides and training manuals

RARIs

Technical and financial support

Research inputs (eg breeds)

Structured leadership through NARS

Weakened institutional linkage and collaboration

Creating strong linkage and coordination

Provide the required support (technical and financial)

Ministry of finance and economic development

Proper financial amp technical planning

Timely report on proper utilization of allocated budget

Fail to allocate and release the requested budget

Proper planning Respect the finance

rules amp regulations Timely reporting and

balancing

65




Rural smallholder chicken producers

Manageable Problem solving amp applicable poultry technology packages in sustainable ways

Improved livelihood

Less adoption of poultry technologies and reluctance in cooperation

Continue to use their traditional practices

Generate and develop easily adopted poultry technologies and information

Follow participatory technology generation and evaluation

Create awareness on new poultry technologies

Small and large scale commercial chicken producers

Sufficient and market oriented technologies

Technical support

Assess other options

Generate and introduce feasible poultry technologies

provide training and advisory service

Input suppliers (veterinary supplies feed equipment etc)

Research outputs for Policy recommendations

Research output and information exchange

Clear order (specifications)

Inadequate input supply and weakened partnership

Provide relevant research output and information

Strengthen partnership

National Veterinary Institute (NVI)

Exchange of information on disease prevalence and incidence

Lack of collaboration

Poor information on existing disease condition

Develop strong linkage

Conduct joint research on animal disease control and prevention

66

Annex 2 Collaborator analysis

Collaborators Field of collaboration Relative advantage

Ethiopian Public

Health Institute

Zoonotic disease

identification

Laboratory analysis

Reducing the risk of

zoonotic diseases

Facilitate feeds and nutrition

research

Small and micro

enterprises offices

Collaborate in

broadening poultry

enterprises

Facilitate poultry technology

adoption

Facilitate credit service to

establish small scale poultry

enterprises

Ethiopian poultry

producers and

processors

association

Technical support and

information exchange

Policy inputs for the

development of poultry

sector

Support in creating

conducive policy

environment

Easily uptake of poultry

technologies

Cooperativesunions

and financial

institutions

Collaboration in

broadening poultry

enterprises through

input supply credit

service and technology

multiplication


establish poultry enterprises

Insurance service

Agro processors



Market linkage between

producer and processor

Develop technology that can

ensure quality products

Increased poultry products

marketing and technology

up take

Contribute to the

development poultry sector

Donors

Extension of promising

technology package

Funding of innovative

researches projects

Find extra budget for

entitled project

Can generate demand driven

technologies

Higher learning

institutes

Joint research work

Technical support

Practical research

attachment

Information exchange

Good collaboration and

networking

Improve skills and technical

gaps

update on current situation

Regional and

national animal

health laboratories

identification of

endemic emerging and

reemerging disease

conditions

improved disease

surveillance system

develop technical

information

67


technical information

exchange

collaborative research

improve disease diagnosis

prevention and control

mechanisms

Ethiopian

biodiversity

institute (EBI)

technical support

joint research


improve technical capacity

on genetic material

conservation

generate supportive

information

ILRI

joint research


technology

increase research fund

improve information

exchange and technology

dissemination

Ethiopian

agricultural

transformation

agency (ATA)

joint research



improve information


dissemination

Ethiopian meat and

dairy industry

development

industry (EMDIDI)

joint research


improve intake of

technology

develop technologies that

can improve product quality

69

2 Fisheries Research Strategy

a) Capture Fishery Research Strategy

(2016 - 2030)

71

List of abbreviations and acronyms

DHA Docosahexaenoic acid

EPA Ecosapentaenoic acid

MoLF Ministry of Livestock and Fisheries

MUFA Monounsaturated fatty acids

PUFA Polyunsaturated fatty acids

SAFA Saturated fatty acids

73

Executive summery

The 15 year strategic document highlights the research roadmap of the

capture fishery in Ethiopia Objectives are developed to achieve the

envisaged goal in collaboration with different stakeholders The document

provides the overall mission of the research system to generate and adapt

technologies and scientific information which will enhance capture

fisheries production to the maximum sustainable yield through ecosystem

based management of lakes and rivers of the country

This strategy document is divided into five major chapters Chapter one

provides background information on the process of preparation of the

strategy history of fishery research descriptions of the rationale for

developing a long-term research strategy and the vision mission goal

objectives and guiding principles for the capture fishery Chapter two

explains the importance of the commodity focusing on the status of capture

fishery and potential in relation to food and nutrition economy and

environmental sustainability The third chapter is about situation analysis

which addresses two crucial factors (internal and external) by considering

the current political economic socio-cultural and technological and

environmental (PEST+) dimensions The internal factors were analyzed in

the strengths and weaknesses while the external factors were described

under opportunities and challenges in SWOC analysis In the SWOC

analysis the document has analyzed the current strength and limitations of

the capture fishery research The opportunities in the sector include the

availability of huge water resources high endemic fish faunal diversity

different fish eco- regions and construction of big dams and reservoirs

However there are also a number of anthropogenic and natural calamities

which threaten the fishery including pollution catchment degradation

climate change and high population growth rate leading to over-

exploitation of the resource For clarity the strategic issues were organized

into three groups namely general research and cross-cutting themes

Under general theme the major human capacity research infrastructures

and organizational structure are identified The research theme is

organized under five major intervention thematic areas that include

Fisheries resource management Aquatic ecology and monitoring Fish

post-harvest and gear technology Aquatic pollution and climate change

and Socio economics and extension The GIS biometry and ICT as a

74

major tool to map the fishery resource and analyze data in coordinated

manner and gender for effective research are included as cross-cutting

themes The major limitations of the research such as absence of more

accurate maximum sustainable yield (MSY) of major lakes and rivers

limited scientific studies on capture fisheries socio-economic across the

value chain neglect of the riverine fishery and other aquatic resources the

expansion of alien invasive species and poor dissemination and extension

of the limited knowledge available so far are to be mentioned Chapter four

details strategic issues raised in chapter three with their intervention

measures Intervention strategies for each theme are described in the

strategic document for consideration during development of

implementation action plan and project proposals Finally chapter five

provide key elements of actions that need to be taken immediately

following approval of the strategy by the EIAR top-management The

major once include developing implementation plan monitoring and

evaluation plan impact assessment plan and reassessment plan for the

strategy

This strategy will serve as a guide for research activities on fishery and

their environment for the next 15 years to generate adapt and popularize

information and technology in coordinated manner in order to achieve the

vision and goals of the research program Quite large number of research

out puts are expected to be delivered during the short (2016-2020)

medium (2021-2025) and long term (2026-2030) of the strategic years The

implementations of this strategy require considerable input in terms of

human resource and research capacity infrastructure and finance

Moreover It is understood that the mission and vision of this strategy

document will be achieved when all stakeholders in the research system

mainly the Ethiopian Institute of Agricultural Research (EIAR) Regional

Agricultural Research Institutes (RARIs) Higher learning institutions

(Universities and colleges) and different research institutions in different

ministries work in synergy for the benefit of the country and bring the

commodity to its maximum development Moreover the contributions of

others such as the private sector CGIAR professional societies and policy

makers cannot be overlooked

75

Capture Fishery Research Strategy

(2016 - 2030)

1 Introduction

11 Background

Ethiopia had initiated a series of five years strategy plans aiming at

improving the livelihood and income of its citizens in the last two decades

Some of these include Plan for Accelerated and Sustainable Development

to End poverty (PASDEP) from 20056 to 200910 Growth and

Transformation Plan (GTP) I from 201011 to 201415 and currently GTP

II from 201516 to 201920 In these all strategies agriculture has been

given the priority and expected to serve as an engine of growth for the

economy The agriculture sector contributed some 40 of the countrys

GDP and over 85 of the people are engaged in this sector Moreover

global initiatives like Millennium Development Goal (MDG) have also

been successfully implemented since the beginning of the millennium

which complemented the national strategy plans of the country All those

development plans focus on the commercialization of smallholder

agriculture through specialization in agricultural commodities that have

high demand in local and export markets

The livestock sector is one of the priority areas of the government as it is

clearly stipulated in the strategy and policy of the country Considering its

importance the Ministry of Agriculture has recently made structural

transformation and elevated the livestock and fishery sector at Minister

level Since the reform a Livestock Master Plan of the nation has been

developed focusing on major commodities such as dairy large and small

ruminants and poultry However the strategic document lacks the fishery

commodity and we expect that it will be incorporated in the final draft of

the document

The history of research on fisheries dates back to the 1930s associated with

the Italian invasion More systematic research involving Ethiopian

scholars was associated with the opening of Graduate programs at the

Addis Ababa University and associated doctoral research was made in the

1980s and 1990s Lake Fisheries Development project (LFDP) which was

76

initiated by the Ministry of Agriculture contributed in training and capacity

building of the lake fishery in the country (LFDP 1996 1997) For the

first time in the history of research fishery has been recognized as one of

the research commodities in the Ethiopian Agricultural research system in

1997 under the then Ethiopian Agricultural Research Organization

(EARO) through the Proc No 791997 With this consideration a 15 years

strategic document (2000 -2015) was developed to undertake strategic

researches focusing on lake fisheries management and sustainable

production Although there are many challenges hindering its proper

implementation including limited trained manpower and research

facilities admirable achievements have been made with respect to the

generation of information on fish production potential of major water

bodies diversity of fish in major drainage basins biology of commercially

important fish mainly Tilapia the ecological status of some lakes and

rivers and fish post-harvest in major lakes The research output including

recommended options were successfully communicated to different

stakeholders through scientific publications public media newspaper and

various training and up-scaling programs (eg Dirk amp Tesfaye Wudineh

1997Zenebe Tadesse 1998Zenebe et al 2003 Golubstov amp Mina 2003

Yared et al 2010 Redeat Habteselassie 2012 Fasil et al 2013 Gashaw

Tesfaye and Wolf 2014 Aschalew and Moog 2015)

In order to increase fish production from the lotic and lentic water bodies

of the country in a sustainable manner a strategic research that considers

the governmentrsquos GTP II plan and that of the research institute is required

Accordingly this strategic document for capture fishery commodity is

developed In preparing this strategy document quite large number of

documents mainly GTP I results GTP II action plan and National

Agricultural Research System road map scientific publications and gray

literature produced by the Governmental Institutions and international

organizations Higher learning Institutes and Federal and Regional

research Institutes have been used as in puts and source of information

Moreover the draft document has been repeatedly reviewed and comments

and inputs suggested have been incorporated at different levels It is

understood that the mission and vision in this strategy document will be

achieved only when all stakeholders in the research system mainly the

Ethiopian Institute of Agricultural Research (EIAR) Regional


(Universities and colleges) and the extension division of the research and

different ministries work in synergy for the benefit of the country and bring

the commodity to its maximum development

77

12 Rationale

Agricultural research plays prominent role in increasing production and

productivity to ensure food and nutrition security and provide agricultural

inputs for agro-processing industry The agricultural development plan

also focuses on the commercialization of smallholder agriculture through

the production of those commodities that are competitive both at local and

foreign markets In Ethiopian Agricultural Research roadmap fish is

among those commodities believed to play substantial role as means of

food and nutrition security and means of income generation Moreover the

fishery sector is benefiting from the countrys development projects such

as construction of big dams for hydropower and irrigation which can be

used to enhance fish production at the same time However there are many

critical issues that demand strategic research to meet the expectation from

the sector Thus this strategy document has been developed with the

following rationale

1 Despite the areal expansion of water bodies due to damming there

are critical issues that require strategic research for sustainable

fishery development Many studies showed that fish production

from some lakes is declining at an alarming rate due to over-

exploitation and resource miss-use (Zinabu Gebremariam et al

2002) Many of the fisheries in the country lack adequate data on

which to base management decisions Some of the data problems

require applied research while others imply monitoring and

evaluation of the status of commercial fisheries and the impacts of

the management measures These activities are constrained by

limited technical capacity research infrastructure and lack of

proper attention to the fishery research

2 Fish production is possible only in the presence of water bodies

with minimum required water quality parameters and habitat

availability Degradation of fisheries and the lake resources usually

starts with over-population followed by over-exploitation of the

resources Increasing anthropogenic activities and climate change

impacts resulted in increased waste production and pollution of

aquatic ecosystems that leads to the loss of the fish habitat and

fisheries Until recently management of the lake environment

(physical chemical and biological) was not considered to be an

important component of fisheries management Changes in

physical chemical and biological processes in lake put huge

78

pressure on the fisheries and the functioning of the supporting

aquatic ecosystem Current ecosystem changes in most of the

Ethiopian lakes are not well documented because basic data that

link biological production to water quality and hydrological

variability had not been(and are not being) acquired on regular

basis Thus multi-displinary research followed by proper data

acquisition and analysis should be in place to sustain the aquatic

ecosystem in general and fishery in particular

3 Although per capita consumption of fish is generally very low in

Ethiopia there is steady growth in demand for food fish which is

attributed to growing human population intensive economic

activities and rising incomes a shift in preferences and increasing

tourism On the contrary poor fish post-harvest management is

identified as major problems affecting fish trade Improving quality

and sanitation issues during fishing handling and processing is

critical for improving marketing opportunities across the country

as quality standards are becoming an important requirement for

trading fish across borders Regionally harmonized quality

standards should increase competitive access for traders and help

to ensure improved quality of fish for consumers Therefore

adaptation of proper technologies and generation of information

that ensure the supply of safe and quality fish products should be

developed through strategic research

4 It is clear that physico-chemical biological and socioeconomic data

are required for proper management and optimum use of fishery

resources in different water bodies However most information and

technologies generated elsewhere are not adequately available to

end users due to poor extension and communication constraints in

fishery Impacts of the lake on the livelihoods of intended

beneficiaries like farmers fishers and domestic water consumers

have not been evaluated at all for all Ethiopian water bodies

Therefore basic information on socio-economic importance of

fishery sector along the value chain is considered as the major

research theme to facilitate proper extension in the future

This strategic document is prepared with the vision of creating the road

map of the fishery research in the coming fifteen years The document is

developed to implement in three phases where the first phase coincided

79

with the GTP II (2015-2019) The medium term which covers the second

five years (2020-2024) focused particularly on enhancing fishery

production through sustainable utilization and protection of lakes

reservoirs and rivers The third and last component of the strategy (2025-

2030) has aligned with the countryrsquos development strategy which targets

to elevate the country as one middle income countries by 2025 through

ecosystem based sustainable aquatic resource management


In order to accomplish its mission and achieve its goal capture fishery

commodity will have the following guiding principles

Promote multi-disciplinary multi-institutional livelihood-based

approaches with various partners and stakeholders on the basis of

comparative advantages

Give due attention to inclusiveness in terms of diversity and equal

opportunity for all (merit-based) must use gender-sensitive

approaches to empower women

Engrain high commitment to excellence knowledge sharing and

access to data and information

Ensure monitoring mechanisms and evaluation criteria from

inception of its projects and activities

Be free from all forms of malpractices ensure transparency

accountability and devotion to research ethical standards at all

levels

Commitment to quality of national research projects

Establish strong linkage with research partners and the fishing

community

Have positive attitudes and perception towards researchers and

supporting staff

Adapt to the existing operational environment such as

institutional national and global situation

Strategic research approach that enables climate change resilient

capture fishery development

80

2 Importance of capture fishery in Ethiopia

21 Capture fishery

As one of the main commodities of the livestock sector the capture fishery

contributes a great deal in providing cheap protein source and means of

income and livelihood for the people The annual fish production from the

capture fishery has increased by nearly four to five folds from less than

10100 tonsyear in the 1990s to over 50000 tonsyear in 2015 (MoLF

2016) On the other hand the fish production potential of the capture

fishery from major lakes reservoirs small water bodies and rivers was

recently reported to be 94500 tonsyear (Gashaw ampWolff 2014) Official

report by the ministry also showed that over half million people are either

directly or indirectly engaged in the fishery sector as a means of their

livelihood nationwide However despite its increase in fish production and

economic importance the per capita fish consumption in Ethiopia is still

quite low (lt05 kgyear) compared to the global per capita fish

consumption (184 Kgyear) and the mean per capita consumption of

Africans (91 kgyear) (FAO 2014) Ethiopia is one of the least fish

consuming countries by any standard This could be because of the meat

consumption habit of the people which is around 84 kgyear On the other

hand the fish consumption habit of the people in the Rift Valley and major

rivers like River Baro in Gambella area is quite high (8-10 kgyear) This

indicates that food habits of local communities are governed by the

availability and supply of fish in the market

211 State of the aquatic ecosystems Being a land locked nation inland freshwaters are the major source of

currently fish supply in Ethiopia Therefore Ethiopiarsquos inland water

resources consists of over 7440km2 of lake some 1447 km2 of reservoirs

and a total area of some 4450 Km 2 of small water bodies with an area of

less than 10 km2 Small water bodies include lakes and manmade

reservoirs or micro-dams ponds and irrigation canals with an area of less

than 10 km2 swamps and floodplains as described by Marshall and Maes

(1994) All major rives in the country stretch over 8056 km long (Gashaw

amp Wolf 2014) (Table 1) The country has 12 river basins with a mean

annual flow (runoff) estimated as 122 billion m3 (Awulachew et al 2007)

and a total length of all rivers estimated as 8065 km (Table 1) All the rivers

are international but no perennial flow crosses into the Ethiopian river

81

drainage system (NWDR 2004) Rivers Awash and Omo-Gibe terminate

into Lakes Abbe and Turkana which are shared by Ethiopia with Djibouti

and Kenya respectively The Baro-Akobo basin connects to the White

Nile The Blue Nile originates from Lake Tana joins the White Nile at

Kartum the capital of Sudan and forms the great Nile River which crosses

Egypt and flows into the Mediterranean Sea (Figure 1)

Major lakes and reservoirs are found clustered in the Ethiopian Rift Valley

which extends north to south across the country except Lake Tana which

is located in the northern part of the country In addition to Lake Tana

important Rift Valley lakes such as Ziway Langano Hawassa Chamo and

Abaya serve as important source of fish for the local and urban

communities (Fig 1) The lakes are variable in size ranging from lt1 km2

of the small crater lakes to the largest Lake Tana (3156 Km2) The lake

Shalla is over 260 meter deep while the mean depth of Lake Ziway is

around 24 meter The lakes also differ in terms of primary secondary and

fish production and productivity Thus the conducive climatic condition

and availability of ample water resources in the country is believed to

enhance the fish production and productivity by integrating with

aquaculture This in turn could complement the wise utilization and

mitigation of the depleted stock of the capture fishery However these

inland lentic and lotic water bodies are threatened by a number of natural

and anthropogenic factors including domestic and industrial pollution

catchment degradation siltation excess water abstraction etc which

negatively affect the water quality and productivity of water bodies

Table 1 Fish production potential estimates from water bodies of Ethiopia

(Modified from Gashaw and Wolff 2014)

Major water bodies Area (km2)

Length (km)

Potential Yield (tonyear)

Major lakes 7740 38727

Major reservoirs (area gt10 km2) 1447 8059

Major rivers 6665 15974

Miscellaneous small rivers 1400 5426

Small water bodies(area lt10 km2)

4450 26314

Total 13637 8065 94500

82

Figure 1 Map of Ethiopia showing major rivers and lakes (Source Gashaw amp Wolff 2014)

212 Fish diversity Over 200 different fish species have been reported from the country of

which some 40 are endemic to the country and 10 are exotic species that

are introduced into the country (Shibru Tedla amp Fisseha Haile Meskel

1981 Golubstov amp Mina 2003 Redeat Habteselassie 2012) (Table 2 See

also the list in the annex) These fish inhabit rivers lakes and small water

bodies situated in different agro-ecologies ranging from the extremely

desert like climate in Lake Afambo (-150 m below sea level) to the Bale

highland rivers such as River Woyib where the water temperate is

conducive to raise and propagate the exotic temperate species like trout

fish Therefore the presence of such diversified climatic conditions and

aquatic habitats enhance diversification of fish adapted to different

ecological conditions Although diversity of fish in the country is quite

large only hands full of fish species are commercially important Some of

the fish species that contribute to the capture fishery include the Nile

tilapia (Oreochromis niloticus) African catfish (Clarias gariepinus) the

Nile perch (Lates niloticus) Labeobarbus spp the common carp (Cyprinus

83

carpio) etc Major bottle necks and research gaps in the capture fishery

have been reported to be overfishing use of destructive and illegal gears

aquatic pollution soil erosion and siltation excessive water abstraction

limited knowledge on the biology and production potential of commercial

fish etc (LFDP 1996 1997 Rientjens amp Tesfaye Wudineh 1997)

Table 2 The diversity of fish species in major river basins of Ethiopia (Golubstov amp Mina 2003)

213 Production systems and beneficiaries The capture fishery in Ethiopia is mainly artisanal which is conducted using

traditional wood and reed boats There are also few motorized commercial

based fisheries in Lakes Chamo Tana awassa Ziway and Langeno

supported by the Lake Fisheries Development Project (LFDP) launched in

the 1990s The gears used are mainly gill nets of different stretched mesh

size (60 mm-200 mm stretched mesh) Beach seine hook and line and caste

nets are also used in some lakes and rivers Destructive gears such as

monofilament gill nets beach seine and Gancho nets were reported from

lakes Tana Ziway and Chamo Especially the Gancho net in Lake Chamo

has been reported as culprit for the collapse of the Nile perch fishery in Lake

Chamo which indiscriminately removed the juvenile fish from the lake This

has collapsed the Nile perch stock of the lake in less than two yearsrsquo time in

the late 1990s (LFDP 1997)

There are over 67000 people who are directly engaged on the capture fish

for their livelihood In addition some 337000 people are known to benefit

indirectly from this sector (Hussien Abegaz et al 2010) Especially the

business men who are actively involved in the processing transport and

Drainage basins Family Genera Species Endemic Exotic

Atbara-Tekeze 9 22 34 3 2

Blue Nile Basin 15 37 77 24 1-3

White Nile Basin 24 59 111 6 -

Rift Valley Basin 10 18 28-31 5 4

Wabe-Shebel-Juba 11 21 33 10-17 2-3

Omo-Turkana system

19 41 76-79 8

Total 70 181-200 40 10

84

marketing of fish products across the vale chain indirectly benefit from the

sector (Gahaw Tesfaye amp Wolff 2014) For example the 38000 tons of fish

harvested from the capture fishery in 2014 generated over four billion Birr

If the capture fishery is managed properly in a sustainable way the

production and income of the community can be doubled in the next decade

In addition to local market it is possible to produce quality fish like Nile

perch for export market as it was reported in the 1990s where some 600 tons

of fish were sold in markets abroad (LFDP 1997)

In general the capture fishery contributes and plays significant role as a

means of food security food availability and improves access to nutritious

and healthy food for the rural poor It also plays an important role in poverty

alleviation as it provides employment opportunities to millions of people

both in the sector itself as well as in support services

214 Potential and exploitation level There are a number of models used to predict fish production potentials

including empirical surplus production and analytical models The

precision levels of these models vary considerably depending on the raw

data input and biological information required for the models Using the

simplest empirical models Gashaw Tesfaye and Wolff (2014) estimated

the fish production potential based on one morphometric parameter lake

area The resulting estimates of potential yield for lentic ecosystems (lakes

reservoirs and small water bodies lt10 km2) ranged from 70722 to 75550

with a mean of tonsyear a mean of 73100 tonyear For the lotic

ecosystem (riverine fishery) the fish yield estimate ranged 18855 to 23954

tonyear with a mean of 21400 tonsyear The overall fish production

estimated ranged from 89577 to 99504 tonsyear with a mean of 94500

tonsyear (Gashaw Tesfaye amp Wolff 2014)

In addition to Lake Tana Rift Valley lakes such as Ziway Langano

Hawassa Chamo and Abaya serve as important source of fish for the local

and urban communities of the major cities including the capital Addis

Ababa Among the major lakes Chamo Ziway and Tana provide some

65 of the total catch where as Lakes Abaya Hawassa Koka and Langana

contributed 7-8 each of the total catch In terms fish species the Nile

tilapia Catfish Labeo barbus spp and Barbus species are the most

important ones that contributed to the yield following their order of

contribution In particular the Nile tilapia is number one fish making up

about 50 of the total fish catch over the past two or more decades

(Gashaw Tesfaye amp Wolff (2014) The commercial fish harvest comes

85

mainly from the Ethiopian RIft valley Lakes Koka ziway Langano

Hawassa and the southernmost Lakes Chamo Abaya and Turkana and of

course from the north Ethiopia Lakes Tana Haiq and Ardibo The riverine

fishery in most cases is used for family consumption except for River Baro

where some level of commercial fishery is practiced (Hussien Abegaz et

al 2011)

However the actual volume of fish production reported over the past

twenty years ranged from below 9000 to 51000 tonsyear reported last year

(Fig 2) The fish productions over the years have increased considerably

However the highest catch recorded last year (5100 tonyear) amounted to

only 54 of the estimated potential fish production This indicates that

there is still a chance to increase fish production from the capture fishery

On the other hand there is already report of decline in fish landing of

commercially important species in the 1990s such as the Nile tilapia Nile

perch etc in some major Rift valley lakes including Lakes Ziway Langeno

Hawassa and Chamo (Reintjens and Tesfaye Wudneh 1998) Therefore

management bodies should make decisions in light of the authenticity of

reported catch data as well as the crude nature estimates obtained from

empirical models

However considering the fast growth of human population and the

growing demand for fish in the country the capture fishery alone cannot

meet the demand Therefore the only viable option to cope with the need

for fish protein is aquaculture which is based on farming fish under

controlled conditions Currently the production from aquaculture is lt20

tonsyear which is negligible as compared to the huge potential and

conducive environment existing to enhance culture fish production in the

country

86

Figure 2 Total yearly fish production from major water bodies in Ethiopia from 1981 to 2015(Source MoLf 2016)

22 Food and nutrition

221 Nutritional content Fish meat is nutritionally rich in protein minerals and high quality lipids In

particular fish lipids are known to contain high levels of the omega 3

polyunsaturated fatty acids (PUFA) such as eicosapentaenoic acid (EPA)

and docosa hexaenoic acid (DHA) (Zenebe Tadesse et al 1998a 1998b

2003 Zenebe Tadesse 2010) Omega 3 PUFA is medically important in

preventing cardiovascular diseases and improves the flow of blood

circulations in humans Regular consumption of fish is also vital to improve

normal development and functioning of the brain especially in infants and

children

222 Health and nutrition security In addition to high contents of protein fish is known to be rich in different

kinds of Polyunsaturated (PUFA) monounsaturated (MUFA) and saturated

fatty acids (SAFA) (Zenebe Tadesse et al 1998a 1998b) In particular the

high level PUFA in fish makes it healthier food than either poultry or beef

This has been attributed to the adaptation of fish to the aquatic habitat The

omega 3 and omega 6 PUFA are crucial for healthy development of brain

for children

0

10000

20000

30000

40000

50000

60000

19

98

19

99

20

00

20

01

20

02

20

03

20

04

20

05

20

06

20

07

20

08

20

09

20

10

20

11

20

12

20

13

20

14

20

15

Tonsyear

Year

87

23 Economy

The contribution of the fishery sector to the Countryrsquos GDP is generally

low accounting less than 01 (MoFED 2011) However fishery plays

major role as means of food security creation of job opportunity and

means of income to large number of families in cities close to the Ethiopian

Rift Valley and around major drainage basins like the River Baro in

Gambella Region A recent report indicated that over 80 private investors

have obtained to invest on fisheries and aquaculture business in the country

with a capital of close to 05 billion Birr in 2011 These investment projects

were reported to generate for over 3500 temporary and 4000 permanent

jobs for the local community and professionals in the field (FIA 2011)

However most projects were not implemented as planned for various

reasons

24 Environmental sustainability

The Ethiopian fresh water bodies harbor a diversified fauna and flora

These water bodies by virtue of their diversity play key role as habitat for

breeding and nursery ground for the aquatic organisms ranging from the

microscopic bacteria and algae to the giant animals like the Nile perch

crocodile and hippopotamus In particular the Rift Valley Lakes Abijata

and Shall are popular for their large population of the greater and lesser

flamingos Theses lakes also serve as breeding and feeding grounds for

migratory birds coming from Europe and elsewhere Lake Tana (3156

km2) the largest lake in the country also serves as landing sites for

migratory birds as well

Moreover fish and other organisms living in rivers and lakes are reported

to feed on a variety of planktonic and benthic invertebrates (Zenebe

Tadesse 1999 2011) The larvae and juvenile stages of nearly all fish are

carnivores and feed on insects and zooplankton The larval stages of

terrestrial insects undergo their metamorphic developments inside the

aquatic environment The algal communities like terrestrial pants are the

primary producers in the aquatic ecosystem by fixing carbon to be used by

the rest heterotrophic communities Therefore in light of their large

biomass and short generation the algae contribute considerably in carbon

sequestration and mitigate the problem of greenhouse effect and global

warming

88

3 Situation analysis

31 External environment (PEST+)

311 General external situation Capture fishery is still the predominant source of fish product in Ethiopia

The production is mainly based on the major lakes the Ethiopian Rift

Valley Lakes and the highland lake such as L Tana and Lake Hyke Its

production largely consists subsistence and to some extents artisanal Both

legal fishing cooperatives and illegal fishers operate with catches being

transported to markets in bigger cities Fish products from Gambella and

Lake Tana have enjoyed export market in neighboring Sudan at limited

extent although not properly regulated and documented The extractive

nature of capture fishery makes it different from aquaculture and its

significance to the national GDP largely depends on sustainable extraction

of the resource As a result external factors that govern sustainable

capture fishery development and research fall in the following overlapping

dimensions

312 Policy dimension The country has brought in mega development plans such as the GTP-II

which includes an element of ensuring nutrition security in addition to food

security through boosting production and productivity For this fishery

aquaculture and livestock sectors have been elevated to a state ministerial

level However institutional arrangement and support system to promote

sustainable capture fishery development and research did not cascade to

the lower units Furthermore existing policies related to land and water

resources are likely to govern the prospect of attaining maximum

sustainable yield of the capture fishery Exclusion of capture fishery in the

livestock development master plan is a drawback in terms of attracting

both international and nation support frameworks The research systemrsquos

effort is severely undermined among others by the existing generic

purchasing and import regulation which indiscriminately hinders purchase

and acquisition of quality scientific equipmentrsquos inputs supplies and

logistics In addition to negatively influencing the quality of information

management tools and man power trained the existing regulations will

further discourages scientists from actively engaging in innovative

research

89

Capture fishery is an ecosystem service whose viability depends on

regulated exploitation level at MSYrsquos This requires managing the fishery

using management tools ranging from fishing gear selection to limiting

fishing efforts This in turn requires law enforcement among the different

actors using available information on MSY MEY and CPU

Unfortunately poor law enforcement has led mismanagement and hence

collapse of fisheries of Lakes Haike and Ziway and near collapse in Lakes

Tana and Chamo

313 Economic dimension The current 51000 ton annual capture fishery production is believed to

offset the existing demand by saving significant imported products It is

also employing some half million people Since MSYrsquos of fisheries cannot

be indefinitely extended future demands are only to be met through

increased potential as new larger water bodies come to existence

Significant amount of the annual production is also lost due to post-harvest

handling and poor market linkage Besides price and demand fluctuates

seasonally Particularly MSEYrsquos of smaller water bodies that far exceed

the carrying capacity (MSY) suffer from irregular production and hence

market linkage In spite of lucrative investment incentive packages there

are few private actors in capture fishery processing and marketing In fact

some players went to closure after major declines in catch of Rift Valley

Lakes Ziway and Langano Capture fishery is an extractive agribusiness

based on ecosystem service hence operates entirely under enormous

opportunity cost Therefore from economic point of view both current

and future of capture fishery in Ethiopia is entrapped in the tradeoffs

between MSY-MSEY supply-demand and additional resource base

314 Socio-cultural dimension It is clear that vast majority of Ethiopians prefer to obtain protein from

other livestock while communities residing near major lakes and rivers

have developed long tradition of consuming fish Nevertheless there are

mounting evidences in which improvement in literacy increased

awareness and globalization are leading to rapid socio-cultural changes

leading to increased fish consumers When capture fishery is dealt major

fish species such as Nile tilapia and common carp are the most preferred

species in the general market Communities residing near the major

fisheries have their own set of preferred species For instance Labeo

barbus sp are highly consumed species around L Tana next to tilapia In

Gambella and Arbaminch Nile Perch is produces in good quantity yet

considered a luxury for local consumption owing to its higher economic

90

value But less common species such as Bagrus Synodontis Citharinus

Auchenoglanis Mormyrus are consumed by the local communities

One long existed fish eating tradition in Ethiopia is the stereotyping related

to Orthodox Christians fasting period The fasting period is known for its

high fish consumption and demand leading to excessive production of

species like Nile tilapia a species with pick reproduction between January

to May This has been challenging the fishery management for years

315 Technological dimension As mentioned earlier some economic socio cultural and policy

challenges and opportunities affecting the capture fishery commodity

greatly overlap with a set of technical aspects For instance key

commercial fish species like tilapia have their pick spawning season

coinciding with pick demand for fish ie the Orthodox Christianity main

fasting period Fishermen and traders would like to increase their output

to benefit from the market This will put pressure on the reproductive and

recruitment capacity of fish stocks as spawning fish are also caught due to

increased fishing effort At times illegal fishing gears are employed to

maximize catches thanks for loose gear control On the other hand lack

of improved fishing vessels and fishing gears have limited the exploitation

of Lake Abaya fish stocks due to presence of aggressive Nile crocodile

There exists total lack of record keeping culture Management tools such

as MSY and MSEY are based on catch effort and length-weight data

collected on regular basis shared amongst research institutions and other

actors Without such data collection and monitoring mechanism there will

be daunting prospect of providing up to date information and management

tools to sustain the capture fishery

316 Environmental dimension Capture fishery is one of commodities that are highly vulnerable and

directly impacted by environmental degradation As mentioned earlier

capture fishery is an ecosystem service Fish productivity and stock size

depends on the quality and state of the supporting ecosystem base in this

case the aquatic environment Changes in rainfall and temperature regimes

due to climate change as well as direct and indirect anthropogenic

disturbances are negatively affecting aquatic ecosystem functioning

Eutrophication and pollution are notable disturbances leading to changes

in aquatic ecosystems and the resulting declining trend in major fisheries

Developing adaptive mechanisms to cope those impacts should be

considered in the capture fishery research and development

91

317 Internal environment In the past two decade progresses have been made in research and to some

extent technology transfer However shortage of professionals adequately

trained in fishery science is challenging quality and quantity of research

outputs Inadequate financing shortage of logistics research facilities have

limited the scope of research and its impact Lack of inter and intra

disciplinary cooperation is characteristics of the research system which has

led to inefficiencies in terms of resource allocation utilization and other

opportunities Multiple institutions in the federal-regional levels and

higher learning institutions practice lack synergistic effort leading to lack

of responsibility redundancy and wastage of resource Despite such

shortcomings some research centers have moved forward in terms of

creating national and international linkages in which efforts to train a few

researchers in core disciplines have been made At the moment one federal

and two regional research centers are actively engaged in capture fishery

limnology and aquatic ecology research A remarkable research culture is

gaining momentum which calls for massive support if it is to meet its

ultimate goal The overall internal operational situations in the research

themes human physical and financial resources research culture

synergies among stakeholders and institutional arrangements have been

summarized in the SWOC analysis (Table 3)

92

25 SWOC analysis

Table 3 Internal and external situation analysis on capture fishery commodity

Research theme Internal External

Strength Weakness Opportunities Challenges

General

Recent recognition of fishery commodity in the research system

Limited support in research facility and capacity building

Recognition of the sub-sector at ministerial level

Inadequate structural setup for the fishery research

Availability of core research team representing the different disciplines at coordination center

Lack of sufficient number of staff in each discipline

High staff turnover

Lack of skilled and competent support staff in sufficient number

Absence of central database system on fishery and aquatic resources

Availability of HLIrsquos in the field of fisheries and aquatic science

Availability of policies and legislations on aquatic resources management

Availability of ICT technology

Graduate with poor practical knowledge

Poor implementation of rules acts directives and regulations on water and fishery resources management

93



The culture of research collaborations at national and international levels

Establishment of professional society in the field

Lengthy and tedious custom procedures for imported research inputs and supplies

Research themes

Fisheries Resource management

Availability of empirical based fish production potential of lakes and rivers

Lack of continuous fish biological data collection mechanism for analytical models

Lack of continuous catch effort and economic data

Increased high demand for fish

Absence of national fishery development master plan

Cross-border cross-regional conflict of interest

Availability of recommended fishing gears for major species and water bodies

Availability of indigenous fish management practices in some water bodies

Availability of policies and legal issues at Federal and regional level

Illegal fishing

poor implementation of legal policies and legal issues

Use of destructive and illegal fishing gears

Weak controlling system of illegal fishing materials

Aquatic ecology and monitoring

Existence of preliminary scientific

Lack of in-depth updated scientific information on aquatic ecology

Different agro climatic regionsbio regions and

Catchment degradation

Aquatic pollution

Climate change impact

94



information on the state of some water bodies

Absence of regular aquatic ecology monitoring system

diverse aquatic ecosystems

Invasive aquatic weeds and pastes

Multi-sectoral conflict of interest on water resources

Absence of stakeholder participation during planning designing and damming of rivers

Fish post-harvest and processing technology

Availability of simple and cost effective fish post-harvest handling techniques

Limited post-harvest management and value addition technologies

Availability of modern post-harvest technologies

Absence of coercive fishery products safety standards

Lack of handling processing and transportation facilities

Absence of publicprivate fish processing enterprises

Climate change and aquatic pollution

Existence of awareness on climate change threats on aquatic ecosystems and their services

Climate change is mainstreamed under EIAR research

Limited research effort

Limited information and knowledge

National and global recognition of climate change across many disciplines including aquatic resources and fishery

Shrinkage and drying up of some water bodies site-market center)

Non-compliance to environmental standards (lack of commitment both on clientsrsquo and regulatory bodies)

95



Socio economics and extension

Baseline market information along the value chain in Ethiopian Rift Valley fisheries

Weak research- extension linkage weak extension services

Poor fish consumption habit

Poor research outreach on socio-cultural and market aspects

Increasing market price demand for fish and purchasing power

Improving consumption habit

Weak marketing network and infrastructure (landing)

Demographic change in around some water bodies

Lack of buffer zones for water bodies and other development activities

Cross-cutting themes

GIS biometry and ICT

GIS and ICT being mainstreamed in the research system

Limited acquisition of technologies and application

No effort to document spatio-temporal data of water bodies

Lack of skilled human resource

Availability and accessibility of technologies world-wide (software amp hardware)

Poor ICT infrastructure in the country

Gender

Mainstreamed in the research system

Lack of gender disaggregated technology

Supporting policy frameworks in place

Shortage of competent female researchers

96

4 Stakeholder analysis

During the development of this strategy the stakeholders listed in Table 4

have been consulted and are expected to be part of its implementation at

different levels A list of such stakeholders with different roles and

demands were examined as these stakeholders play a crucially important

role for successful designing and implementation of the strategy and the

outputs and impacts thereof Therefore assessments were made what

opportunities the research team could make use of and by the same token

what challenges it should face up to coming from these stakeholders by

merely being involved in providing services of agricultural extension

production processing trading and research These stakeholders were

grouped as clients users exporters partners and competitors and the

opportunities and challenges coming from them were analyzed and

captured

Table 4 Stakeholder analysis and their respective role

Stakeholders Roles

Regional Agricultural Research Institutions (RARIrsquos)

Technology and information

Ethiopian Institute of Agricultural Research (EIAR)


Ministry of Livestock amp Fisheries (MoLF) Extension and scaling up establishing cooperatives land use natural resource management marketing

Ministry of Agriculture and natural Resources

land use natural resource management marketing

Farmers Aquatic Environment protection

Fishers End users and technology adaptation and adoption

Higher Learning Institutions (HLIrsquos) Technology information and training

Ministry of Forest and Environment (MoFE)

Protection of aquatic resources

Institute of Biodiversity Conservation (IBC) Conservation of aquatic resources

NGOrsquos Technology up scaling supporting research

Ministry of Water Irrigation and Energy (MoWIE)

Construction of water reservoirs

97

Stakeholders Roles

Consultative Group for International Agricultural Research (CGIAR)

Provision of technology information and financial

Support

Professional associations and community organizations

Information dissemination and exchange

Ministry of Science and Technology (MoST)

Provision of financial support and IPR service

Ministry of Finance and Economic Development(MoFED)

Financial source

Private entrepreneurs and investors End users technology up scaling

Ministry of Trade Financial support market linkage and investment facilitation

Customs Provision of support in logistics mobilization

Ethiopian Standards Authority Develop standards

EIPHNR Technology and information

Mass media institutions Popularization

Justice and security Law and policy enforcement

International collaborators Provision of finance training scientific research inputs

Policy makers (MPrsquos and ) Drafting and ratification of policy documents

Agricultural Transformation Agency(ATA) Multiplication and dissemination

Central Statistics Agency (CSA) Source official information and data

Ministry of industry Infrastructure and facilitation for input and processing

Regional Bureau of Agriculture and Livestock

Extension service

98

5 Benchmarking

As pointed out earlier Ethiopia has a considerable potential for expansion

of the capture fishery which is extracted from natural and manmade

reservoirs As part of the external environmental factors it is also a

convincing exercise to examine the potentials of the capture fishery which

and draw lessons from other countries that have advanced levels of

research achievements Hence experienced and good practices of

countries like Uganda and Brazil have been taken as exemplary countries

The experience and achievements of these countries were considered

separately below

Uganda

Being a landlocked nation Uganda is endowed with only inland waters

like Ethiopia Uganda also shares Lake Victoria (the largest lake in the

world covering a total area of 68000 km2) with two African nations Kenya

and Tanzania All the three countries manage this huge aquatic resource

on the basis of common interest and benefit Conserving the Lake Victoria

fishery in a sustainable manner is impressive experience to be shared for

countries like Ethiopia for proper management and use of its resources

Brazil

Brazil is the largest country in Latin America gifted with diversified

aquatic resources like the Amazon River This river is famous for

harboring a diversified riverine fish fauna Over 2000 different fish species

are reported from this river The experience of protecting the high fish

diversity is the lesson to be adapted from Brazil Brazil also excelled in the

science of fishery and limnology where Ethiopian scholars in similar field

can obtain lessons from their Brazil counterparts

99

6 Strategic issues and interventions

Table 5 Major thematic areas and their corresponding strategic issues and intervention on capture fishery

Research discipline

Strategic issues

Strategic interventions

Short-term (2016-2020)

Medium-term (2021-2025)

Long-term (2026-2030)

General

bull Limited skilled human resource

bull High staff turnover

bull Short-term and MScMA

training on modern research techniques

bull Recruit qualified research staff

bull Good governance and working environment for researchers (privileges)

bull Advanced technical training on scientific tools MScMA PhD studies

bull Develop and maintain a system for good governance and working environment for researchers (privileges)

bull Continuous provision of advanced technical training on scientific tools MScMA PhD studies


bull Limited infrastructure (facility and logistic)

bull Building laboratory and training hall purchase of field vehicle basic field and lab equipment

bull Building fish processing and training units access jetties to major lakes staff residence purchase of boat (scientifically equipped) boat trolley

bull Fish processing and training units staff residence boat (scientifically equipped) boat trolley

bull Limited financial resource

bull Allocate sufficient budget for research projects



100

Research discipline

Strategic issues Strategic interventions



Long-term (2026-2030)

Main research themes

Fisheries Resource Management assessment

bull Limited information on riverine fisheries

bull Generating information on fish plankton and benthic diversity of rivers

bull Continue generating information on fish plankton and benthic diversity of rivers

bull Assess riverine fish diversity (using molecular techniques) biology and ecology of fish bio-regions

bull Estimate fish production potential of rivers

bull Investigate riverine fish diversity (using molecular techniques) biology and ecology of fish bio-regions

bull Assess fish production system for consumption conservation and recreational purposes

bull Absence of MSY based data on major water bodies (Over all capture fisheries potential of major lakes is unknown or not synthesized in holistic way)

bull Determining fish production potential (maximum sustainable yieldMSY) of major lakes

bull Updating fisheries baseline information and developing co-management strategy for major water bodies

bull Determining fish production potential (maximum sustainable yieldMSY) of lakes and large reservoirs


bull Determining fish production potential (maximum sustainable yieldMSY) of lakes flood plains and wetlands


101

Research discipline




Long-term (2026-2030)

bull Policy analysis

bull Assess policy gaps in fisheries management

bull Draft national capture fisheries development master plan

bull Suggest alternative management and policy options for fisheries and aquatic resources management

bull Develop additional alternative management and policy options

bull Lack of participatory management system

bull Assessing existing traditionalindigenous fish resource management (if any)

bull Establish community-based fisheries resource management

bull Evaluate community-based fisheries resource management

bull Develop management option from traditional knowledge andor conventional co-managementcommunity based management

bull Continue developing management option from traditional knowledge andor conventional co-managementcommunity based management

bull Limited knowledge to non-fish aquatic resources production and utilization

bull Identify other aquatic resources potentials and their use

bull Develop production and utilization techniques

bull Continue developing production and utilization techniques


bull Limited knowledge on ecosystem functioning

bull Determine and compile the physic-chemical characteristics and trophic state of major lakes

bull Generation of additional information on aquatic ecosystem functioning


bull Develop ecological models for monitoring lakes

102

Research discipline




Long-term (2026-2030)

bull Absence of aquatic ecology monitoring system

bull Identify and prioritize water bodies that require monitoring via real-time ecological data

bull Establish real-time ecological data acquisition system

bull Begin real time data acquisition

bull Develop prediction models for ecological monitoring

bull Limited study on morphometric characterization of Ethiopian water bodies for aquatic ecosystem management

bull Update morphometric characteristics of major lake

bull Generate morphometric and hydro-morphological data for newly constructed water bodies and rivers respectively


bull Limited knowledge on sustainable floodplains and wetlands use

bull Generate preliminary baseline information on wetlands

bull Compile the available information on wetlands

bull Generate additional information estimate wetland productivity

bull Assess the state of Ethiopian wetlands and use



bull Limited and outdated information on saline alkaline lakes of Ethiopia

bull Compile the available information on saline alkaline lakes

bull Identify potential uses of saline alkaline lakes

bull Create updated data and models for saline alkaline lakes

bull Adapt and recommend sustainable management options for saline alkaline lakes

bull Develop prediction models for monitoring

103

Research discipline




Long-term (2026-2030)

Climate change aquatic pollution and emerging issues

bull Limited study on impact of climate change and pollution on aquatic ecosystems

bull Limited technology for mitigation of aquatic pollution

bull Assessment of the recent trends in biological and physic-chemical characteristics of major lakes

bull Evaluate the efficiency of constructed wetland in the treatment of waste water

bull Generate information on the ecological status of threatened lakes and highland rivers

bull Developadapt ecological waste water treatment technologies

bull Paleolimnetic assessment of impact of climate change on aquatic biota in the 20th century


bull Invasive aquatic weeds and other threats

bull Assessing the level of invasive aquatic weed infestation

bull Impact assessment of invasive aquatic weeds on fishery aquatic biota and livelihood

bull Evaluate aquatic invasive mitigation techniques

bull Continue developing aquatic invasive mitigation techniques

bull Develop techniques to utilize invasive aquatic weeds for different uses

bull Address other emerging threats on aquatic ecosystems


Fish biology pathology and parasitology

bull Shortage of information on biology of major fish fauna

bull Reproductive and feeding biology of commercially important fish species in major lakes

bull Reproductive and feeding biology of indigenous fish species in major lakes and river basins


104

Research discipline




Long-term (2026-2030)

bull Limited information on fish diseases and pathogens

bull Limited information on fish parasites in lakes and rivers

bull

bull Determine major fish diseases and disease causing organisms (protozoans fungus bacteria and viruses)

bull Determine fish parasites and their prevalence rates

bull Develop guide book on fish fauna of major water bodies

bull Develop guidelines for prevention of zoonotic diseases and parasites



bull

Fish post-harvest management and value addition

bull Limited studies on pre and post- harvest loss of fishery and fish products

bull Determine fish pre and post-harvest losses of major lake fisheries along value chain

bull

bull Develop fish post-harvest loss minimization techniques

bull Continue developing fish post-harvest loss minimization techniques

bull Popularize improved fish pre-harvest loss minimization technologies

bull Lack of small-scale fish harvesting handling processing transporting and preserving (HHPTP) technologies and value addition

bull Introduce small-scale fish post-harvest HHPTP technologies and recipes

bull Develop medium scale fish post-harvest HHPTP technologies and recipes

bull Popularize improved fish post-harvest HHPTP technologies and recipes

bull

bull Lack of fish byproduct and by-catch processing

bull Introduce fish by-product and by-catch processing and utilization technologies

bull Develop fish by-product and by-catch processing and utilization technologies

bull Promote fish by-product and by-catch processing and utilization technologies

105

Research discipline




Long-term (2026-2030)

and utilization technologies

bull Limited skill on gear and fishing vessels-making and fishing techniques

bull Evaluate existing fishing gears efficiencies and fishing techniques

bull Prepare policy brief on recommended fishing gears

bull Developadapt appropriate fishing gears and fishing techniques for sustainable fishery

bull Improve traditional fishing gear

bull Promote appropriate fishing gears and fishing techniques for sustainable fishery

bull Improve traditional fishing gears and vessels

Socio-economics and extension

bull Inadequate transfer of technologies and management tools for sustainable aquatic resources utilization

bull Compile available management tools

bull Demonstratepopularize management tools in selected water bodies

bull Evaluate impact of fishery management tools on the state of fishery

bull Demonstratepopularize improvedmodifiednew management tools for sustainable fishery

bull Limited information on the current status of fishery production utilization and marketing

bull Absence of information on maximum economic yield (MSEY) and sustainable

bull Avail information on fish production and marketing system along the value chain

bull Establish model fish market linkage for selected fisheries

bull Compile available MSY and economic data for major water bodies

bull Establish better fish production and marketing system along value chain

bull Generate information fish product demand and supply

bull bull Establish MSEY and economic

efficiency in major lakes

bull Update information on fish production and marketing system along value chain for newly built reservoirs

bull Develop alternative marketing system based on new information and inputs

bull Establish MSEY and economic efficiency in major lakes and large reservoirs

106

Research discipline




Long-term (2026-2030)

economic efficiency of fishery in major lakes



bull Limited acquisition of GIS technologies and application

bull Generate GIS assisted morphometric maps of major water bodies

bull Construct 3 dimensional water-shade map using digital elevation model and spatial data (soil type vegetation cover)

bull Application of SWATupdated models to assist in management of major water bodies

bull Lack effort to document spatio-temporal data of water bodies for periodic monitoring

bull Acquisition of multi-date LandSat imagery of water bodies

bull Apply remote sensing tools for monitoring temporal changes in algal productivity of major lakes

Gender bull Lack of gender disaggregated technology

bull Promote gender oriented technology generation and extension



107

7 Next steps

Following the approval of the strategy document by the top management

of EIAR the following documents should be prepared to implement the

strategy


Develop monitoring and evaluation plan



8 Reference

Aschalew L Moog O (2015) Benthic macro-invertebrates based new biotic score

―ETHbios for assessing ecological conditions of highland streams and rivers

in Ethiopia Limnologica 5211-19

Awulachew SB Yilma AD Loulseged M Loiskandl W Ayana M and

Alamirew T2007bWater resources and irrigation development in Ethiopia

Colombo Sri Lanka International Water Management Institute 78p (IWMI

Working Paper 123)

Gashaw Tesfaye amp Wolff M (2014) The state of inland fisheries in Ethiopia a

synopsis with updated estimates of potential yield Ecohydrology amp

Hydrobiology 14200-219

Golubtsov AS Mina MV 2003 Fish species diversity in the main drainage

systems of Ethiopia current state of knowledge and research prospective

Ethiop J Nat Resour 5 (2) 281ndash318

LFDP (1996) Lake management plans Lake Fisheries Development Project

Working paper No 23 Ministry of Agriculture Addis Ababa Ethiopia 31

pp

LFDP (1997) Lake fisheries management plans Lake Fisheries Development

Project Phase II pp 23) Addis Ababa Ethiopia Ministry of Agriculture

(MOA)

Redeat Habteselassie (2012) Fishes of Ethiopia Annotated Checklist with

Pictorial Identification Guide Addis Ababa

108

Reintjens D Wudneh T 1998 Fisheries management ndash a review of the current

status and research needs in Ethiopia SINET Ethiop J Sci 21(2) 231ndash266

Zenebe Tadesse (2010) Diet composition impacts the fatty acid contents of Nile

tilapia Oreochromis niloticus L from Ethiopian highland lakes Verh

Internat Verein Limnol 30 (9) 1363-1368

Zenebe Tadesse Boberg M Sonesten L and Ahlgren G (2003) Effects of

algal diets on the growth and fatty acid content of the Cichlid fish Oreochromis

niloticus L A laboratory study Aquat ecol 37 169-182

Zenebe Tadesse Ahlgren G amp Boberg M (1998b) Fatty acid content of some

freshwater fish of commercial importance from tropical lakes in the Ethiopian

Rift Valley J Fish Biol 53 987 - 1005

Zenebe Tadesse Ahlgren G Gustafsson I-B amp Boberg M (1998a) Fatty acid

and lipid content of Oreochromis niloticus L in Ethiopian lakes - dietary

effects of phytoplankton Ecol Fresh Fish 7 146 - 158

109

9 Annexes

Annex 1 List of exotic fish species introduced into Ethiopia (Source Shibru Tedla amp Fisha Haile Meskel 1980)

Annex 2 Lakes and major reservoirs of Ethiopia with their location altitude and surface area according to Gashaw and Wolf 2014

No Name of water

body

Geographical location [GPS

coordinate]

Altitude [m]

Area [m2]

Maximum depth [m]

Mean depth

[m]

1 Abbaya 06O15rsquo N 37O55rsquo E

2 Abbasamueal 08o48rsquo N 38o42rsquo E

3 Abbe (Abhe) 11o81rsquo N 41o47rsquo E 243 113

4 Abijata 07037rsquo N 38o35rsquo E 1578 205

5 Adobed 11o22rsquo N 40o36rsquo E 340 24

6 Afambo 11o25rsquo N 41o42rsquo E 358 30

7 Afrera 13o10rsquo N 40o52rsquo E -112 125

8 Alemaya 09o24rsquo N 42o01rsquo E 2100 5 Recently dried

9 Akola Gambella region 1

10 Aloba 10o14rsquo N 39o39rsquo E 1800

11 Alwero 07o86rsquo N 34o85rsquo E 455 74

Family Species name Current status

Salmonidae Salmo trutta Established

Oncorhynchus mykiss Established

Cyprinidae Cyprinus carpio Established

Carassius auratus Established

Ctenopharyngodon idella Not established

Hypophthamichthys molitrix Not established

Cichlidae Tilapia zilli Established

Tilapia rendalli Not certain

Esocidae Esox lucius Not established

Pociilidae Gambusia holubrook Not established

Total 10 exotic species

110

No Name of water

body


coordinate]

Altitude [m]

Area [m2]

Maximum depth [m]

Mean depth

[m]

12 Ardibo (Hardibo)

11o15rsquo N 39o46rsquo E 1900 21

13 Arenguade 08o41rsquo N 38o58rsquo E 1900 054 32

14 Aruato 09o42rsquo N 41o14rsquo E 900

15 Aisaita 11o34rsquo N 41o28rsquo E 400

16 Ashenge (Hashenge)

12o34rsquo N 39o30rsquo E 2443 25 26 14

17 Assale (Karum) 14o01rsquo N 40o25rsquo E -125 70 40

18 Atiwo Gambella region 15

19 Awassa 07o03rsquo N 38o26rsquo E 1680 91 22 11

20 Awash Melkasa Lake

08o29rsquo N 39o19rsquo E 1500

21 Babogaya (Pawlo)

08o47rsquo N 38o59rsquo E 1870 058 65 38

22 Bahiregiorgis Amhara region 2

23 Bale Mountain lakes


24 Barachet Lake 08o17rsquo N 39o03rsquo E 1800

25 Beseka (Metehara)

08o55rsquo N 39o52rsquo E 980 40 11 6

26 Beda 09o55rsquo N 40o23rsquo E 609 18

27 Bero kela Oromia Region 22

28 Billirsquouli 11o50rsquo N 41o45rsquo E 100

29 Bishan Waqa 07o18rsquo N 35o16rsquo E 1398 25

30 Bishoftu 08o44rsquo N 38o59rsquo E 1867 093 87 55

31 Borta Ormia Region 12

32 Boye Lake and Swamp


33 Budamada-Tido-Ameda Lakes


34 Chamo 05o50rsquo N 37o45rsquo E 1110 551 13 6

35 Chew Bahir 04o45rsquo N 36o50rsquo E 520 308

36 Chittu 07o24rsquo N 38o25rsquo E 1540 08 205

37 Chomen 09o30rsquo N 37o17rsquo E 2000

38 Dabashi 07o08rsquo N 38o55rsquo E 1680

39 Dalayi 10o08rsquo N 40o30rsquo E 565 41

40 Debehile 09o20rsquo N 40o06rsquo E 800

41 Dallol(Humigebet)

13o57rsquo N 40o30rsquo E -130 30

111

No Name of water

body


coordinate]

Altitude [m]

Area [m2]

Maximum depth [m]

Mean depth

[m]

42 Dendi 08o50rsquo N 38o05rsquo E 2836 8 51 29

43 Dembi 06o58rsquo N 35o30rsquo E 1273 72

44 Deneba 11o04rsquo N 40o53rsquo E 400

45 Diparsquoa 05o11rsquo N 36o16rsquo E 400

46 Dire 09o09rsquo N 38o56rsquo E 2558

47 Dukahini 08o55rsquo N 38o45rsquo E 1800

48 Dunkaga 09o40rsquo N 40o15rsquo E 1000

49 Ellen 08o23rsquo N 38o59rsquo E 1598 2

50 Etosha Lakes 07o55rsquo N 39o19rsquo E 3200

51 Fogera Swamps 12o05rsquo N 37o50rsquo E 2500

52 Fincha-Americ 09o30rsquo N 37o17rsquo E 2000 350

53 Gamari 11o32rsquo N 41o40rsquo E 339 70

54 Gargori 11o45rsquo N 41o30rsquo E 400

55 Garner 06o56rsquo N 34o29rsquo E 500

56 Gefersa 09o04rsquo N 38o37rsquo E 2589

57 Gefu 11o22rsquo N 41o28rsquo E 400

58 Gesi 07o34rsquo N 34o11rsquo E 440

59 Gewani Swamps


60 Gin Mulu Gambella region 18

61 Giuletti 13o18rsquo N 41o02rsquo E -80

62 Hara Gebeya 11o50rsquo N 39o50rsquo E 2600

63 Gilgelgibe 07o48rsquo N 37o16rsquo E 1671 62

64 Golbo 11o24rsquo N 39o36rsquo E 1894 3

65 Gudra 10o54rsquo N 37o13rsquo E 2352 14 25

66 Heritale 09o55rsquo N 40o25rsquo E 600 11

67 Kadda Basa 10o15rsquo N 40o30rsquo E 600

68 Kemisse Swamps


69 Hora (Biete Mengist)

08o45rsquo N 38o59rsquo E 1850 103 38 17

70 Kilole (Kilotes) 08o48rsquo N 38o05rsquo E 2000 077 65 26

71 Koga 11o36rsquo N 37017rsquo E 2020 20

72 Koka 08o26rsquo N 39o10rsquo E 1660 255 14 9

73 Kuriftu 08o46rsquo N 39o00rsquo E 1879 05 6 2

74 Laido-Debado 09o33rsquo N 40o12rsquo E 750 35

75 Langano 07o35rsquo N 38o45rsquo E 1582 241 48 17

76 Lay Bahir 10o57rsquo N 38o16rsquo E 3265 2

77 Legedade 09o04rsquo N 38o58rsquo E 2455

78 Loma 11o58rsquo N 40o57rsquo E 400

112

No Name of water

body


coordinate]

Altitude [m]

Area [m2]

Maximum depth [m]

Mean depth

[m]

89 Lugo 11o20rsquo N 39o43rsquo E 1900 35 88 37

80 Mago 05o43rsquo N 36o16rsquo E 600

81 Maibahir Amhara region 2

82 Melkawakena 07o09rsquo N 39o25rsquo E 2300 82

83 Mai-igiri 10o59rsquo N 39o39rsquo E 2500 15

84 Ota Lake 09o38rsquo N 40o19rsquo E 800

85 Shalla 07o28rsquo N 38o30rsquo E 1558 329 266 87

86 Small Abaya (Tinishu Abay)

07+55rsquo N 38o22rsquo E 1850 12

87 Sorga Oromia region 12

88 Suwata 11o25rsquo N 41o39rsquo E 367 7

89 Tachi-bahir 10o57rsquo N 38o16rsquo E 3258 2

90 Tana 12o00rsquo N 37o20rsquo E 1806 3500 14 9

91 Tata 07o39rsquo N 34o11rsquo E 422 185

92 Tekeze 13o20rsquo N 38o44rsquo E 1050 160

93 Tefki Swamps 13o20rsquo N 38o44rsquo E 1050 160

94 Tehiyo 11o39rsquo N 41o30rsquo E 250 000 0000

95 Temren 11o39rsquo N 41o30rsquo E 2900

96 Tendaho 11o40rsquo N 40o57rsquo E 400 170 53 11

97 Terba Amhara region 3

98 Turkana 04o35rsquo N 36o04rsquo E 365 100 120 33

99 Wagaan Lakes and swamps


100 Wedecha 08o56rsquo N 39o00rsquo E 2420 12

101 Weyito 05o25rsquo N 36o53rsquo E 520

102 Wonchi 08o53rsquo N 37o54rsquo E 2885 55 82

103 Yardi 10o13rsquo N 40o30rsquo E 562 75

104 Zangana 10o54rsquo N 36o58rsquo E 2700 1 166

105 Ziqualla 08o32rsquo N 38o52rsquo E 2747 05

106 Ziway 08o00rsquo N 38o50rsquo E 1636 442 7 25

113

Annex 3 Production potential estimates of major reservoirs (area gt10 km2)

SrNo Reservoir Surface area

(km2)

Potential yield estimate

FAO (2003)a Gashaw and Wolf (2014)b

1 Aba-Samuel 44 234 270

2 Alwero 74 394 436

3 Bero kela (Iluababora) 122 649 691

4 BortaBorta 12 64 82

5 Dembi 72 383 425

6 Fincha-Amerti 350 1862 1822

7 Giligel Gibe 62 330 371

8 Koka 255 1375 1362

9 Melka wakena 82 436 480

10 Sorga 12 64 82

11 Tekeze 160 851 887

12 Tendaho 170 904 938

13 Koga 20 106 131

14 Wodecha 12 64 82

Total 1447 7698 8059 aBased on 532 t km-2 estimate as in FAO (2003) b Based on the 6plusmn06 t km-2 estimate from Gashaw and Wolf (2014)

Annex 4 Fish production potential estimates of major rivers

SrNo

River Catchment area (km2)

Length with in Ethiopia (km)


FAO (2003)

Gashaw and Wolf (2014)c

1 Baro 38400 285 916a 232

2 Akobo 21890 203 653a 119

3 Gillo 13050 252 810a 182

4 Alwero 8098 321 1032a 294

5 Pibor 4300 96 309a 27

6 Blue Nile 176000 800 2133b 1792

7 Awash 112696 1200 4800b 3999

8 Wabishebele 202697 1000 3333b 2787

9 Genale 171042 480 768b 652

10 Omo 79000 760 1925b 1619

11 Tekeze 82350 608 1232b 1041

12 Mereb 5900 440 645b 549

13 Angereib 23812 220 161b 139

14 Miscelaneous small rivers

196259 1400 6533b 5426

Total 1135494 8065 25250 18855 Estimates aBased on Hussien (2010) bBased on FAO (2003) cBased on new model by Gashaw

and Wolf (2014)

114

Annex 5 Production potential estimates of major lakes (Gashaw amp Wolf 2014)

SrNo Lake Surface area

(km2)

Potential yield estimate (tonsyear)


1 Abaya 1162 6182 5497

2 Abbe 113 601 644

3 Abijata 205 1091 1114

4 Adobed 24 128 155

5 Afambo 30 160 190

6 Afrera 125 665 707

7 Ardibo 21 112 137

8 Assale (Asahle) 70 372 415

9 Awassa 91 484 528

10 Beseka (Metehara) 40 213 248

11 Boyo 130 692 733

12 Chamo 551 2931 2767

13 Chew Bahir 308 1639 1620

14 Dallol(Humigebet) 30 160 190

15 Gamari 70 372 415

16 Hashenge 25 133 161

17 Heritale 11 59 76

18 Lugo(Hayke) 35 186 219

19 Langano 241 1282 1293

20 Tana 3500 18620 15159

21 Shalla 329 1750 1722

22 Small Abaya 12 64 82

23 Turkana 100 532 576

24 Yardi 75 399 442

25 Ziway 442 2351 2259

Total 7740 41177 37346

115

b) Aquaculture Research Strategy

(2016-2030)

117


ADLI Agricultural Development Lead Industrialization

ATA Agricultural and Transformation Agency

BoA Bureau of Agriculture

BFALRC Bahir Dar Fishery and Aquatic Life Research Center

CGIAR Consultative Group for International Agricultural Research

CSA Central Statistical Agency

EIA Ethiopian Investment Agency

EIAR Ethiopian Institute of Agricultural Research

ERCA Ethiopian Revenues and Customs Authority

ESA Ethiopian Standards Agency

ESAP Ethiopian Society of Animal Production

EU European Union

FAO Food and Agricultural Organization

FAOSTAT Food and Agriculture Organization Statistics

FRDMP Fishery Resources Development and Marketing Plan

FPME Fish Production and Marketing Enterprise

GDP Gross Domestic Products

GIS Geographic Information System

GPCC Global Precipitation Climatology Centre

GTP Growth and Transformation Plan

IBC Institute for Biodiversity Conservation

MDG Millennium Development Goal

MoA Ministry of Agriculture

MoLF Ministry of Livestock and Fishery

MoWEI Ministry of Water Energy and Irrigation

MoFED Ministry of Finance and Economic Development

MoST Ministry of Science and Technology

MSY Maximum Sustainable Yield

NADS National Aquaculture Development Strategy

NFALRC National Fishery and other Aquatic Life Research Center

PRSP Poverty Reduction Strategy Program

PASDEP Program for Accelerated and Sustainable Development to

End Poverty

PEST+ Political Economical Socio-cultural Technological and

Environmental

SNNPR Southern Nation Nationalities and People Region

ZFRC Ziway Fishery Research Center

119

Executive summary

Aquaculture development shows continuous growth both globally and in

the content On the other hand aquaculture in Ethiopia remains a

promising potential than an actual practice despite the countryrsquos physical

environmental and socio-economic conditions Presence of diverse agro-

ecologies water resources and availability of basic aquaculture inputs such

as candidate aquaculture fish species and fish feed ingredients (agricultural

and agro-industrial by-products) is the much needed and critical issues for

the development of aquaculture in the country Recent attempts by the

research systems enabled to introduce small scale fish farming to farmers

who have water access The current practice is with low input and less

andor no routine management which needs strategic intervention and

availing research outputs (information technologies and best practices)

Although the recognition of the commodity into the research system is a

recent phenomenon aquaculture research has generated information and

technologies which serves to kick off its development Some of the

research achievements and outputs include fish feeds from locally

available feed resources artificial amp semi artificial hatching techniques of

candidate aquaculture species (Tilapia African catfish and Common carp)

growth performance of tilapia information on potential manmade water

bodies and the performance of candidate culture fish species in different

culture systems such as mono-sex Tilapia culture cage culture poly

culture and Integrated Aquaculture and Agriculture However to utilize the

countryrsquos resources and potential for aquaculture development the

research system has to develop clear strategies of the commodity

With thorough internal and external environment assessment seven

research thematic areas one general and three cross cutting themes have

been identified Capacity building issues (skilled human power and

research infrastructure) are indicated in the general them The seven

research themes are categorized as Fish breeding genetics and

biotechnology Culture system management Fish feed and nutrition Algal

culture Enhancement of manmade water bodies Aquaculture fish health

and disease and Socio economics and extension In addition to these GIS

biometry and ICT climate change and gender are also identified as a cross

cutting issues The team believes that addressing research issues and

development needs in those thematic areas will foster the development of

120

aquaculture and enable the commodity to contribute to the overall

development goals of the institute and the country at large

121

Aquaculture Research Strategy

(2016 - 2030)

1 Introduction

11 Background

Agriculture is the backbone of the Ethiopian economy and still continues

to be one of the main economic development drivers It contributes the

lions share in terms of output income employment and raw materials In

this case Ethiopia has developed and adopted its long-term development

strategy called Agricultural Development-Led Industrialization (ADLI)

which focuses on the development of the rural sector and firmly asserts

that enhancing productivity of the smallholder agriculture lays the

foundation for industrialization which in turn will base itself on utilization

of domestic raw materials and adoption of labor-intensive technologies to

achieving food security economic growth and overall development In this

strategy agriculture has been given the priority and expected to serve as

an engine of growth for the economy Several national development plans

such as Poverty Reduction Strategy Program (PRSP-1995-1999)

Sustainable Development and Poverty Reduction Program (SDPRP-2000-

2004) provided the basis for the Plan for Accelerated and Sustainable

Development to End Poverty (PASDEP 2005 ndash 2010) which also adopted

the goals and targets laid out in the Millennium Development Goals

(MDG) Based on the lessons learned and the countryrsquos long-term vision

to become a middle income country by 2025 the Growth and

Transformation Plan-GTP I (2010-2015) and the current GTP-II (2016-

2020) have been adopted and implemented and under implementation All

those development plans focus on the commercialization of smallholder


high demand in local and export markets However these developmental

plans did not provide a specific framework for the sustainable development

of aquaculture (being one of the commodities that could contribute to

income employment and nutrition and food security) in the country They

were not comprehensive and did not provide guidance to the development

of aquaculture neither at national nor at regional level

122

12 Rationale

According to the latest available statistics collected globally by FAO

world aquaculture production showed continued growth which attained

another all-time high of 904 million tons (live weight equivalent) in 2012

(US$1444 billion) In addition some countries also reported collectively

the production of 22 400 tons of non-food products (US$2224 million) for

ornamental uses According to the latest FAO estimates world food fish

aquaculture production rose by 58 percent to 705 million tons in 2013

Between 1980 and 2012 world aquaculture production volume increased

at an average rate of 86 percent per year

Although African contribution to the total aquaculture production is only

22 a few countries like Egypt surpassed 1 million tons (1 017 738 tons)

of annual aquaculture production (FAO 2014) Presence of diverse agro-

ecological zones water sources (surface and ground) candidate culture

fish species (cold and warm water) and available fish feed ingredients

(agricultural and agro-industrial by-products) in Ethiopia and global

experience revealed the possibility to develop various aquaculture

production schemes However the commodity has not been developed

because of lack of recognition as a priority commodity lack of trained

human power and infrastructure The recent emphasis by the government

to the commodity at national and regional levels needs clear research

directions and strategies so that the countryrsquos huge potential can be

unlocked which ultimately will contribute to the overall development

process

Aquaculture commodity research as an integral part of EIAR is

committed to contribute to the overall objectives of the institute in the areas

of ensuring national food and nutrition security import substitution and

foreign currency earnings and creating job opportunities Emphasis and

special effort is given for developing small scale aquaculture practices at a

wider scale to massively bring an impact mainly on the nutrition security

of smallholder farmers who are lacking by and large

To achieve the commodityrsquos objectives in particular and to contribute to

that of EIAR Aquaculture commodity research needs a well-defined

research strategy and robust implementation action plan in order to focus

its efforts and achieve fast-track desired results The strategy document is

expected to identify key strategic research issues and interventions to be

implemented in the next 15-years period (2016-2030)

123

Vision To be a leading center of excellence in aquaculture research and training

in Eastern Africa which provides improved culture technologies and

knowledge to boost aquaculture industry and improved livelihoods

Mission To conduct and coordinate aquaculture research in the country to avail

improved technologies and knowledge which increase production and

productivity

Goal To contribute to the EIARrsquos role towards the achievement of the sectoral

objectives ensuring food and nutrition security supply of raw materials

import substitution increase export earnings and ensuring environmental

sustainability

Objective To generate develop and adapt aquaculture technologies and knowledge

that will increase production and productivity

Guiding principles In order to accomplish its mission and achieve its goal aquaculture






environmentallyecology friendly aquaculture development

Ensure monitoring mechanisms and evaluation criteria from inception

of its projects and activities

Adapt to the existing operational environment such as institutional

national and global situation




Establish strong linkage with research partners and the fish farming

Engrain high commitment to excellence knowledge sharing and access

to data and information


124


supporting staff


accountability and devotion to research ethical standards at all levels

2 Importance of aquaculture

21 Aquaculture

Aquaculture the farming of aquatic organisms including fish mollusks

crustaceans and aquatic plants is a major means of global meat production

For example farmed fish ranked 4th in terms of global meat production

after pig poultry and beef amp buffalo (FAOSTAT 2011) Despite

aquaculturersquos importance and potentials in terms of poverty alleviation

food and nutrition security job opportunity sources of income reducing

fishing pressure on capture fishery its contribution to the national GDP is

not significant However the culture based capture fishery contributed

towards improvement of the local communitys livelihood the in terms of

food and nutrition security and means of income Some good examples of

culture based capture fishery include the fish production from Fincha

Koka Melekawakena Tendaho and Gilgel-gibe I reservoirs and small

communal large ponds such as Birati and Tolay In recent years integrated

aquaculture agriculture system (IAA) got attention and the system is

proved as economical and effective at the farmers level (NFALRC 2015)

The recognition of aquaculture in the agricultural development strategy of

the country will give a chance for the sectors to develop and contribute to

the national economy

22 Fish culture systems

Attempts of fish culture in Ethiopia started in the 1970s by introduction

of some exotic fish species for food production such as carps (Cyprinus

carpio-common carp Ctenophryngodon idella -Grass carp

Hypopthalmichthys molitrix -Silver carp Tilapias -Tilapia zilli and

salmons -Salmo trutta ndashbrown trout Salmo gairdneri -rainbow trout

Together with the exotic fish species culturing of some indigenous fish

species mainly Oreochromis niloticus ndashNile tilapia is being practiced

since long times The main fish culturing practice is pond culture with

125

extensive and semi-intensive type of management Most of manmade

water bodies and some lakes in Ethiopia were stocked with fish

fingerlings rearing ponds of National Fishery and Aquatic Life Research

Center the then Sebeta Fish Culture Station a pioneer fish culture station

Culture based capture fishery is the type of fish farming practice

exercised in most manmade water bodies mainly large reservoirs

Recently some aquaculture technologies like mono-sex poly- culture

cage culture and Integrated Aquaculture-Agriculture are under

popularization by research centers and universities both on-station and

on-farm

23 Culture species

Ethiopian water bodies harbor diverse fish fauna (indigenous endemic and

exotic fish species) So far above 200 fish species represented in 12 orders

29 families and 70 genera of which 40 fish species are endemic and 10

exotics have been reported from different water bodies (Shibru amp Fisseha

1980 Golubstov amp Mina 2003 Redeat 2012) Presence of candidate

aquaculture fish species such as Nile tilapia African catfish and Common

carp and Trout species is a big milestone for the development of

aquaculture in the country Well established Trout species in Bale highland

rivers a cold water fish species gives an opportunity to utilize highland

water bodies for the development of aquaculture Ornamental fish species

such as Carassius auratus ndashGoldfish and other potential indigenous

candidates are additional potential to develop commercial aquaculture In

addition to finfish presence of shellfish (crustaceans mollusks) in the

water bodies in Ethiopia and the countryrsquos diverse freshwater ecoregion

are in favor of developing shellfish aquaculture

It is obvious that for the success of aquaculture quality fish seed and feed

are the critical ones Fish fries have to get live foods in their early

development stages which are critical for their survival and later stage

development The diverse planktonic organisms macro-invertebrates and

aquatic plants (live andor processed) can be used as starter fish foods and

is an option for aquaculturists A microalgae of great economic potential

with high nutritional benefits to humans like Spirulina which is renamed

as Arthrospira is another un-exploited aquatic resource in the country The

presence of Spirulina in great abundance was reported in previous studies

conducted in major river systems (Harrison and Hynes 1989

126

Cumberlidge 2009) and in Rift Valley lakes Aranguade Chitu and Kilotes

(Kebede and Ahlgren 1996) There are technologies that can be used

through adaptation for mass production in the indoor and outdoor facilities

for human and animal uses Apart from the direct use of algae for human

and animal uses some algal species like Botryococcous have the potential

for bio-fuel if mass production and management techniques are employed

24 Potential and beneficiaries

Ethiopia having diverse agro-ecological zones with wide temperature

ranges ranging from as low as 180 m below sea level in the Danakil area

to mountain slopes of over 4000 m above sea level in the highlands is ideal

to develop aquaculture Temperature is very important in aquaculture

With such altitude range variation in temperature is imminent and

aquaculturists will have different options to culture both cold and warm

water culture species

Ethiopia is endowed with several water sources both surface and ground

Lakes ranging from a few square meter to 3150 km2 reservoirs of

different sizes and several rivers (including trans-boundary) are potential

resources for the development of aquaculture A recent study by Gashaw

Tesfaye and Wolf (2014) revealed that Ethiopian water bodies are

estimated to be about 13600 km2 of lakes and reservoirs and 8065 km long

rivers An increasing numbers of manmade water bodies such as small

micro dams in most regions as well as big dams and reservoirs like Fincha

Koka Koga Gilgel Gibe 1amp 3 and the upcoming Ethiopian Great

Renaissance Dam with an area of 1860 km2 (which will have twice the

volume of Lake Tana) can serve as a dual purpose water bodies for

hydropower generation as well as fish production The fishery production

can be either culture base capture fishery and or by deploying different

aquaculture technologies in the reservoirs (example cage culture)

Considering a combination of factors (water availability topography and

soil texture land usecover temperature regime and economic

parameters) Eshete Dejen and Zemnu Mintesnot (2012) calculated that

15158 km2 highly suitable and 871 731 km2 moderately suitable for

Tilapia culture development in Ethiopia

The applications of aquaculture for production of protein rich human food

benefiting the whole society at low and reasonable cost conservation and

restoration of biodiversity stock enhancement of water bodies sport bait

127

and ornamental fish production and for animal feed justify the potential of

aquaculture to be one of the commodities for future food production

worldwide Apart from direct involvement of actors in aquaculture

business the commodity requires inputs like fish feeds and fish seeds

which are opportunities for others to be engage Several beneficiaries will

also be benefited along the value chain Moreover in developing countries

where there is food and nutrition insecurity aquaculture can be the way

out particularly for several farmers whose diet usually lacks protein


In Ethiopia despite its economic importance and huge untapped potential

the fishery sector remains less developed in many cases The role of

aquaculture in reducing poverty and alleviating food and nutrition

insecurity at household level is enormous Most of the Ethiopian diets are

dominated by carbohydrates derived from cereals which have low protein

and thus eating fish along with cereals can certainly eliminate the protein

deficiency diseases that presently affecting many people Apparently the

socioeconomic importance of aquaculture in reducing malnutrition by

supplying high quality fish protein and generating cash income for the rural

communities are recently well recognized and attempts are being made to

promote and develop the subsector both at farmers and commercial levels

26 Nutritional content

Fish and fish products are very important source of protein and fat (poly

unsaturated fatty acids) which has a very high degree of digestibility and

wide variety of water and fat soluble vitamins including vitamins A c and

D It contains also essential minerals such as calcium phosphorus

magnesium selenium and iodine There are nine amino acids which the

body cannot manufacture we must get them from food They are called

essential amino acids Fish contains all nine essential amino acids

therefore it is an excellent choice for meeting our daily protein needs An

added advantage of fish is that its protein is highly digestible Fish is also

a source of essential fatty acid Omega-3 docosahexaenoic acid and

eicosapentaenoic acid The protein in fish food is more readily broken

down and absorbed than the protein in red meats and poultry This

advantage makes fish an excellent food choice for people of all ages Fish

meat of 110 gram contains 110 - 140 calories 20 -25 g ram proteins and

2-5 g fat

128

27 Health and nutritional security

Fish oils are composed of fatty acids which consist of a chain of carbon

atoms with a carboxyl group at one end and a methyl group (CH3) at the

other These polyunsaturated fatty acids (PUFA) in fish are unique and

composed primarily of the omega-3 fatty acids They differ from most

plant oils which contains mainly the omega-6 fatty acids Fish and shellfish

ingest and accumulate omega-3 fatty acids through the food chain from

algae and phytoplankton the primary producers of omega-3 fatty acids

Man can only produce saturated and omega-9 fatty acids which means we

have to get the omega-3 fatty acids we need through our daily foods which

is fish After several medical studies it now appears that the omega-3 fatty

acids help keep our bodies from over-producing eicosanoids a group of

hormone-like substances that can in large amounts contribute to arthritis

asthma heart disease stroke and related disorders The eicosanoids are

normally derived from the omega-6 PUFA arachidonate found

predominantly in plant oil Omega-3 fatty acids act as an antagonist to

eicosanoid synthesis thereby lowering their production The high content

of PUFA in fish also lowers serum cholesterol levels that deposit

cholesterol along the artery walls Other health problems that may can be

controlled or alleviated by the consumption of omega-3 fatty acids from

fish are asthma arthritis diabetes multiple sclerosis hypertension

migraine headaches cancer and some kidney diseases Recent studies

suggest that by eating more oily fish older people can boost their brain

power remember better and think faster than those who dont consume at

all Incorporate fish to the diet of children with attention-deficit

hyperactivity disorder can reduce their behavioral problem and improves

brain function and structure among other things The nutrients and

minerals in fish can make improvements in brain development and

reproduction All this facts decorated the role of fish in the functionality of

the human body

28 Economy

A national data on various aspects of aquaculture including total

production is yet not available In 2014 the total fish production in Ethiopia

from lakes rivers and reservoirs was estimated to be 38370 tones (MoA

2014) Lakes contributed 32164 tons (84) reservoirs and rivers 6145

129

tons (16) and rural fish farms 41 tons to the total Although Ethiopia is

termed as ldquothe water tower of North-East Africardquo and endowed with

enormous fishery and aquaculture resources for the development the per

capita consumption is estimated as little as 03 kgcapyear much lower

than the average per capita consumption of Africa ( 91 kgyear) and 184

kgyear of the world (FAO 2014) Breuil (1995) reported the estimated

per capita consumption of fish at 09 kgyear in Addis Ababa In the

production areas (Arba Minch and Sodo areas as well as Hawasa) local

per capita consumption of fish was estimated at 85 kgyear and in the

Gambella close to Baro River at 10 kgyear (Breuil 1995) The major

reason for low national fish consumption rests on limited availability and

irregular supply of fish Despite this taking only the population factor in

to account the present annual national per capita demand for fish is

estimated to over 90000 tons The gap (52000 tonsannum) can be filled

by alternative supply sources such as development of fish farming or

aquaculture In order to meet the demand for fish the country imported 337

and 421 tons of fish products in 2009 and 2010 respectively The export

trend of fish from Ethiopia has a sort of some irregularities on its volume

due to unsustainable supply and production Regardless of the

irregularities according to the data of 14 years obtained from MOA the

fish export sharply increased from 8 tons in 1997 to 8495 tons in 2010

which is in favor of the highly growing demand of world fish market

(MoA 2010) This indicates investment in aquaculture is a viable business

opportunities for private investors


Aquaculture can serve for aquatic biodiversity conservation where

endangered culture species can be cultivated and restocked into the water

bodies It is also the source of fish fingerlings to stock over exploited water

bodies in stock enhancement programs The possibility of integrating

aquaculture with other agricultural activities is also an added advantage in

optimizing the resources (land and water) in a sustainable way Apart

integration aquaculture utilizes waste lands such as marshy and degraded

lands which are not suitable for other agricultural activities and increases

production and productivity of the resource (land in this case) and avail

habitat for other aquatic organisms

Despite wider applications of aquaculture its development has however

generated debate over the social and Environmental costs and benefits

130

especially as a massive threat to freshwater and marine environments

Major environmental impacts of aquaculture have been associated mainly

with high-input high-output intensive systems the effects of which

included discharge of suspended solids nutrients organic enrichment of

recipient waters resulting in build-up of anoxic sediments eutrophication

of lakes changes in benthic communities etc Cultured species will

eventually enter the natural ecosystem (either through purposeful release

or accidental escape) Thus non-native species in culture can adversely

impact local resources through hybridization and loss of native stocks

predation and competition transmission of disease and changes in habitat

However itrsquos also possible to develop environmental friendly aquaculture

where the recourses can be reused using recirculation (water) and wastes

as an input for other agricultural activities Moreover most of the intensive

aquaculture production systems are under full control of the aquaculturists

and the possibility of reducing andor controlling wastes from aquaculture

farms can sustain the environment



Aquaculture is complementing the globally ever growing demand for fish

products in the face of stagnated capture fishery production Fish from

aquaculture is an important protein source and means of employment in

many African countries In Ethiopia aquaculture has long been a

neglected agribusiness until a recent consideration as one of high priority

commodities for nutrition security Culture-based capture fishery is the

only form of aquaculture so far in the country contributing to up to 15 of

the nationrsquos fish production (Yared et al 2010) While the country is

recording a staggering economic growth corresponding rise in income and

subsequent demand for noble protein sources like fish Such quick surge

for fish demand will likely to challenge the current supply

32 Policy dimension

The country has brought in mega development plan the Growth and

Transformation Plan-two (GTP-II) that has an element of ensuring

nutrition security in addition to food security through boosting production

and productivity For this fishery aquaculture and livestock sectors have

131

been elevated to a state ministerial level However institutional

arrangement and support system to promote aquaculture development and

research did not cascade to the lower units Furthermore existing policies

related to land and water resources are likely to govern the prospect of

aquaculture expansion since aquaculture investments are long-term in

nature Exclusion of aquaculture and fishery in the livestock development

master plan is a drawback in terms of attracting both international and

nation supports frameworks The research systemrsquos effort is severely

undermined among others by the existing generic purchasing and import

regulation which indiscriminately hinders purchase and acquisition of

quality scientific equipments inputs supplies and logistics In addition to

affection the quality of technology generated and man power trained it


research

33 Economic dimension

As for many agricultural commodities there exists little public-private-

partnership in research and development In spite of lucrative investment

incentive packages there are few private actors in aquaculture

development to date Unless these issues are addressed the prospect of

existing research and extension to ignite aquaculture development will be

remarkably affected On the development side lack of cross-sectoral

integration makes it difficult to efficiently exploit resources bases such as

water and land Consequently much resource is wasted or deteriorated due

to malpractices Aquaculture agribusiness may suffer opportunity cost and

competition for inputs such as feed from other livestock sector On the

other hand such opportunity cost can be reduced by using marginal

resources which are not profitable for other commodities

34 Socio-cultural dimension

Vast majority of Ethiopians prefer to obtain protein from other livestock

while communities residing near major lakes and rivers have developed

long tradition of consuming fish Nevertheless there are mounting

evidences in which improvement in literacy increased awareness and

globalization are leading to rapid socio-cultural changes leading to

increased fish consumers

132

35 Technological dimension

It is believed that Ethiopia has great potential for aquaculture with

production belts especially for Nile tilapia ranging from mid to low altitude

regions There are indigenous and exotic culture fish species distributed in

diverse fish bio-regions while it is also endowed with ample water resource

and suitable land However harnessing such potential requires generation

and adaptation of appropriate technologies for different bio-region and

production systems In this regard the effort made so far by research and

higher learning institutionrsquos to avail competent aquaculture technology

through quality scientific research is being undermined by several

obstacles Absence of trained graduates in fisheries and aquaculture is a

bottleneck to provide competent extension service at farmerrsquos level Post-

graduate programs lack adequate practical training

36 Environmental dimension

Even if some aquaculture practices are considered as environmental threats

elsewhere in the world yet there are production technologies and practices

that could be developed so as to have little negative impact on the

ecosystem In fact culture technologies and practices exist which benefit

the environment via effective use of water and waste water through

multiple integration of other commodities Several studies also indicated

that aquaculture is one of the sectors that are potentially vulnerable to

impacts of climate change

37 Internal environment

Aquaculture has just recently been considered as a commodity research in

the EIAR system Despite a positive progress in research and to some

extent technology transfer in the past decade shortage of professionals

adequately trained in aquaculture is challenging quality and quantity of

research outputs Aquaculture has long been a loss priority commodity in

the research system itself Thus inadequate financing shortage of

logistics research facilities have limited the scope of research and its

impact Lack of inter and intra disciplinary cooperation is characteristics

of the research system which has led to inefficiencies in terms of resource

133

and other opportunities Multiple institutions in the federal-regional levels

and higher learning institutions practice less synergies leading to lack of

responsibility redundancy of effort and wastage of resource Despite such


creating national and international linkage in which efforts to train a few

researchers in core disciplines have been made A remarkable research

culture is gaining momentum which calls for massive support if it is to

meet its ultimate goal The overall internal operational situations in terms

of human physical and financial resources research culture synergies

among stakeholders and institutional arrangements have been summarized

in the SWOC analysis

134

SWOC analysis

Table 1 Internal and external situation analysis on aquaculture commodity



General Recent recognition of aquaculture commodity in the research system

Lack of adequate research facilities and inputs



Recognition of aquaculture as one of priority commodities

Inadequate structural setup and support for aquaculture research

Lack of awareness it is a new venture

Availability of core research team representing some of the disciplines at coordination center

Lack of skilled and sufficient number of staff in each discipline

High staff turnover Lack of skilled and competent

support staff in sufficient number


Availability of National Aquaculture development strategy


Poor implementation of aquaculture development strategy


Limited effort in soliciting international support



Lack of research inputs supplies locally

135




Fish breeding genetics and biotechnology

Initiation of researches on strain improvement through selection from indigenous culture species

Absence of trained researchers in fish breeding and genetics

Lack of improved strain Limitation in the application of

biotechnology tools

Presence of indigenous and exotic culture fish species

Global experience in aquaculture research and development

Different fish populations and eco-regions

Launching of biotechnology research and dedicated research center

Unauthorized introduction of exotic fish species


Some success stories on seed multiplication techniques of culture species

Lack of adequate hatchery facilities in the country

High demand for fish fingerlingseed

Lack of quality fish seed suppliers

Fish culture system management

Existence of preliminary scientific study and experience on different culture systems

Lack of full package culture technologies

High demand for fish Availability of multi-use water

facilities for different culture systems

Lack of local supply for input material

Lack of short term practical training on aquaculture

Absence of model culture system

136



Fish feed and nutrition

Availability of preliminary scientific results on feed trials with agro-industrial byproducts and dry feed formulation thereof

Laboratory capacity for nutrition studies

Some studies on plankton-based live feed

Limited study on live larval fish feed

Lack of techniques for feed extrusion techniques

Lack of high quality formulated fish feed for intensive farming

Availability of a variety of agricultural and agro-industrial byproducts

Availability of commercial animal feed processors

Availability of software tools for feed formulation

Competing demand for feed ingredients from other livestock sectors

Inefficient procedures for foreign purchase of micro nutrients laboratory chemicals etc

Absence of commercial fish feed processors

Plankton amp non--finfish culture

Some knowledge on major planktonic algal groups

Presence of mini laboratory for isolation and laboratory scale production

Lack of any scientific study on algal-culture for food feed and bio-fuel

Lack of basic laboratory protocols for algal species isolation and pure culture development

Lack of adequate facility for mass culture

Growing domain of scientific knowledge globally

High economic value and demand for certain cultured algal species (eg Spirulina Arthrospira sp)

Lack of awareness on the economic importance of algae

Fish health Some information on fish parasites and prevalence in culture system

Inadequate trained researcher in the discipline

Lack of adequate laboratory facility for fish pathogens

Presence of national animal health laboratories (NAHDIC NVI)

Lack of specialized training program in fish disease

137



Presence of mini laboratory for bacterial and fungal isolation

Absence of studies on zoonotic fish diseases and parasites

Lack of study on diseases of fish embryo larval and fry stages

Stock enhancement of water bodies

Presence of baseline information

Presence of success stories on enhanced water bodies for aquaculture

Inadequate information on the adaptability status of stocked fish and impact on community livelihood

Lack of adequate fingerling transport logistic

Increasing awareness on water bodies for multiple use including fish farming

Increasing number of water reservoirs and dams

Absence of stakeholder participation during planning designing and construction of water reservoirs

Lack of commercial fish fingerling suppliers and central hatcheries

Socio economics andextension

Baseline information on socio-economic importance of small-scale aquaculture and culture-based capture fishery

Recent introduction of backyard pond aquaculture

Lack of awareness on fish farming





Weak involvement of the private sector in aquaculture investment

Lack of clear aquaculture input and facilities provision systems to investors

Lack of aquaculture stimulus package from the government

138






Availability of GIS based map for potential tilapia production belts






Gender





Climate change Increased awareness on climate change trend

Limited information on impact of climate change on aquaculture

National and global recognition of climate change

Diminishing source of water for aquaculture development

Vulnerability to climate change

139


During the development of this strategy different stakeholders have been

consulted and are expected to be part of its implementation at different

levels A list of such stakeholders with different roles and demands were

examined as these stakeholders play a crucially important role for

successful designing and implementation of the strategy and the outputs

and impacts thereof Therefore assessments were made what opportunities

the research team could make use of and by the same token what

challenges it should face up to coming from these stakeholders by merely

being involved in providing services of agricultural extension production

processing trading and research These stakeholders were grouped as

clients users exporters partners and competitors and the opportunities

and challenges coming from them were analyzed and captured

Table 2 Stakeholderrsquos analysis

Stakeholders Roles

bull Regional Agricultural Research Institutions (RARIrsquos)

bull Technology and information

bull Higher Learning Institutions (HLIrsquos) bull Technology information and training

bull Regional bureau of livestock and fishery

bull Technology scaling up amp extension service

bull Regional environmental protection authority

bull Drafting amp approving rules and regulations to protect aquatic resources and follow up of their implementation

bull Farmers and agro-pastoralists bull Producers technology adopters amp end users on-farm research partners

bull Agro-processors bull Commercial fish feed ingredients and feeds supply

bull Ministry of Livestock and Fisheries (MoLF)

bull Information delivery on priority development needs technology demand coordination of regions for various needs

bull Ministry of Water Irrigation and Energy (MoWIE)

bull Create systems to optimize multi-stakeholder water resources utilization amp sustainable management

bull Ministry of Forest and Environment (MoFE)

bull Drafting amp approving rules and regulations to protect aquatic resources

140

Stakeholders Roles

bull Ministry of Science and Technology (MoST)

bull Provision of financial support for technology and information generation adoption and adaptation IPR service etc

bull Ministry of Finance and Economic Development (MoFED)

bull Financial source

bull Ministry of Agriculture and natural bull Resources

bull Information delivery on land use natural resource management facilitate land acquisition

bull Ministry of industry bull Consider the sector as an industrial commodity amp support its development

bull Ministry of Trade (MoT) bull Market linkage creation investment facilitation import export facilitation

bull Institute of Biodiversity Conservation (IBC)

bull Conservation of aquatic resources import-export regulation of aquatic resources

bull Non-governmental Organizations NGOrsquos

bull Support technology generation scaling up and adoption

bull International collaborators bull Provision of finance training scientific research inputs information and technology source

bull Addis Ababa Chamber of Commerce bull Financial support for aquaculture development market linkage facilitation

bull Professional associations and community organizations

bull Technology amp information source technology and information dissemination and exchange service consultancy

bull Private entrepreneurs and investors bull End users of technology amp up scaling input suppliers processors

bull Ethiopian Standards Authority bull Develop standards

bull Ethiopian Institute for Public Health and Nutrition Research (EIPHNR)


bull Mass media institutions bull Popularization

bull International collaborators bull Provision of finance training scientific research inputs

bull Agricultural Transformation Agency(ATA)

bull System development to improve fishery and aquaculture resources

bull Central Statistics Agency (CSA) bull Official information and data source

bull Custom offices bull Provision of support amp facilitation in input amp logistics mobilization

141

5 Benchmarking

As indicated in most sections of this document aquaculture is rather new

agricultural venture in Ethiopia However aquaculture practices by the

Chinese dates back in 1100 BC Recent aquaculture production data also

revealed that Asian countries like China India Viet Nam Indonesia and

Bangladesh are the top 5 countries which contribute about 80 (617

that of China) of word total farmed fish production Although the

contribution of Africa to the worldrsquos aquaculture production is 22 in

2012 (FAO 2014) Egyptrsquos advancement and experiences in aquaculture

which contributed 15 of farmed fish production to the world can be

benchmarked in our case The Nile River that creates historical ties

between Egypt and Ethiopia can also be an opportunity to share

experiences and best practices as they are using the same water resource

and aquatic species including fish in the river Considering this fact the

team tried to review and draw lessens from Egypt and other neighboring

countries like Uganda and Kenya to consider during this strategy document

preparation

142


Table 3 Major thematic areas and their corresponding strategic issues and intervention on aquaculture

Research discipline

Strategic issues




Long-term (2026-2030)

General

Limited skilled human resource

High staff turnover Absence of specialized

practical training package on aquaculture for external stakeholders and professionals

Short-term and MScMA training on modern research techniques

Recruit qualified research staff Good governance and working

environment for researchers (privileges)

Develop curricula for tailor-made training programs in aquaculture

Capacity building and structural arrangement (Research amp Training Institute)

Advanced technical training on scientific tools MScMA PhD studies

Develop and maintain a system for good governance and working environment for researchers (privileges)

Provide specialized practical

training in aquaculture

Continuous provision of advanced technical training on scientific tools MScMA PhD studies


Provide specialized practical training in aquaculture

Limited infrastructure (facility and logistic)

Building laboratory and training hall purchase of field vehicle basic field and lab equipment

Building fish processing and training units access jetties to major lakes staff residence purchase of boat (scientifically equipped) boat trolley

Fish processing and training units staff residence boat (scientifically equipped) boat trolley

143

Research discipline

Strategic issues




Long-term (2026-2030)

Limited financial resource Allocate sufficient budget for research projects

Allocate sufficient budget for research projects


Main Research themes


Lack of improved culture fish strain

Absence of fish breeding

strategy

Characterize the growth and reproductive performance of different Nile tilapia populations

Molecular description of growth and reproductive traits from different tilapia populations

Drafting the strategy

Select and develop improved tilapia strain through crossing

Adopt protocols and procedures for molecular application in strain improvement

Develop improved tilapia strain through crossing

Apply molecular techniques for strain improvement

Popularize improved tilapia strain to fish farmers

Limited knowledge on biology and culturing of candidate indigenous fish species

Generate information on biology and culturing techniques of fish species

Continue generating information on additional candidate species and domesticate potential species

Poor application of advanced biotechnological tools

Assess suitable biotechnological tools applicable in fish genetics and seed multiplication

Adopt protocols and procedures for molecular techniques in fish breeding and seed multiplication


Limited mass fish seed production techniques and brood stock management

Develop manual and procedures for artificialsemi-artificial seed propagation and brood stock

Popularize seed multiplication techniques (artificial and semi artificial) of culture fish species


144

Research discipline

Strategic issues




Long-term (2026-2030)

management of African Catfish (Clarias gariepenis) Common carp (Cyprinus carpio) Nile tilapia (Oreochromis niloticus) and Japanese Gold fish (Carassius auratus)

Continue developing improved and robust techniques


Limited knowledge on biology and culturing of potential indigenous fish species for ornamental purpose

Generate information on biology and culturing techniques of potential indigenous ornamental fish species

Continue generating information on additional species and domesticate suitable species

Selection of better performing strain from different populations

Culture systems and management

Limited studies on fin-fish culture techniques and production system

Evaluate semi-intensive pond culture and integrated aquaculture agriculture productions

Identify suitable culture techniques and production systems for different water sources

Adapt intensive fin-fish production systems (re-circulating systems aquaponics raceway enclosure tank cage pen)

Continue adapting intensive fin-fish production systems (re-circulating systems aquaponics raceway enclosure tank cage pen)

145

Research discipline

Strategic issues




Long-term (2026-2030)

Limited knowledge on application and culture techniques of crustaceans and shellfish

Evaluate the suitability of fresh water shellfish

Adapt mass culture techniques for planktoninc crustaceans

Develop alternative mass culture techniques for planktoninc crustaceans

Continue developing mass culture techniques for planktoninc crustaceans

Limited knowledge on aquaculture system designs

Review existing aquaculture system designs materials for constructing culture systems

Evaluate and develop different aquaculture system designs and materials for constructing culture systems

Popularize suitable aquaculture system designs for wider application

Limited studies on water quality dynamics for culture systems (fish containment)

Review and compile the water quality dynamics of different culture systems

Generate information on on-farm and on-station pond water quality dynamics

Generate information on water quality dynamics in intensive culture systems

Develop manual for water quality management for different culture systems

Continue developing manuals for water quality management in intensive culture systems

Popularize guidelines for water quality management for different culture systems


Limited studies on grow-out fish feed for common culture fish species (O niloticus Cgariepenis Cyprinus carpio)

Developformulate fish feeds from locally available ingredients for major culture fish species (grow-out fish)

Continue developing feeds from locally available ingredients for major culture fish species (grow-out fish)

Developformulate high quality fish feeds for intensive fish culture (grow-out fish)

Continue developing high quality fish feeds for intensive fish culture (grow-out fish)

146

Research discipline

Strategic issues




Long-term (2026-2030)

Lack of live feed for different development stage of fish species

Develop live feed propagation techniques

Develop high quality feed for nursery stages

Continue developing high quality feed for nursery stages

Continue developing alternative live feeds for different developmental stages

Lack of feed for shell-shellfish culture

Assess available information on shell fish feeding biology and feed formulation

Evaluate growth performance of selected shell fish on imported feed

Algal culture for food feed and biofuel

Limited knowledge on the culture techniques and utilization economically important algae and aquatic plant species

Adapt micro-algal isolation and culture technique

Adapt culturing and mass production techniques of aquatic ferns for animal feed

Develop alternative cost effective technique for production of micro algae and aquatic ferns

Continue improving culture and mass production techniques and popularization

Culture fish health and disease

Limited information on fish diseases and pathogens in cultured fin and shell fish

Limited information on fish parasites in containment and production system

Determine major fish diseases and disease causing organisms (protozoans fungus bacteria and viruses) in different culture systems

Determine fish parasites and their prevalence rates

Develop guide book on disease and parasite affecting cultured fish species

Develop fish disease prevention and treatment methods

Continue developing prevention and treatment methods

Develop vaccines for some fish disease

147

Research discipline

Strategic issues




Long-term (2026-2030)

Absence of fish diseaseparasite prevention and treatment methods

Generate information on disease susceptibility at different life stages of fish

Enhancement of manmade water bodies

Underutilization of man-made and temporary water bodies

Assess the suitability of man-made water bodies and stock appropriate fish species

Continue assessing the suitability of man-made water bodies and stock appropriate fish species


Limited information on the status of stocked and newly man-made water bodies

Evaluate the adaptability status of stocked fish species in man-made water bodies

Continue assessing upcoming man-made water bodies for extensive fish production

Evaluate the applicability of semi-intensive and intensive production systems in some man-made water bodies



Inadequate zonation of potential aquaculture regions in Ethiopia

Develop aquaculture zonation for major culture species in Ethiopia using GIS tools

Update zonation for additional culture species


148

Research discipline

Strategic issues




Long-term (2026-2030)

Gender Limited effort on mainstreaming of gender on aquaculture

Promote gender oriented technology generation and extension



Climate change

Limited information on impact and mitigation measures of climate change on aquaculture

Consider aquaculture technologies that utilize available water resource efficiently

Assessment of seasonal fluctuation of small water bodies using models

Prioritize resilient aquaculture technologies adaptive to climate change


Promote and popularize climate resilient aquaculture production practices

149

6 Next Steps

Developing complementary documents for

the Strategy



strategy





7 Reference

Adamneh Dagne Fasil Degefu and Aschalew Lakew (2013) Comparative growth

performance of mono-sex and mixed-sex Nile tilapia (Oreochromis niloticus)

in pond culture system at Sebeta Ethiopia Internationaal Journal of

Aquaculture 3 (7) 30-34

Cumberlidge N ( 2009) Freshwater crabs and shrimps (Crustacea Decapoda) of

the Nile Basin In Dumont HJ (Ed) The Nile Origin Environments

Limnology and Human Use Springer Netherlands

Eshete Dejen and Zemnu Mintesnot (2012) A generic GIS based site suitability

analysis for pond production of Nile Tilapia (Oreochromis niloticus) in

Ethiopia In The role of aquatic resources for food security in Ethiopia

proceedings of the fourth annual conference of the Ethiopian Fisheries and

Aquatic Sciences Association (EFASA) editors Brook Lemma and Abebe

Getahun AAU Printing Press Addis Ababa 30-61

FAO (2014) The state of world fiasheries and aquaculture-opportunities and

challenges Rome pp 243

FAO (2011) Brief on fisheries and aquaculture in Ethiopia

Gashaw Tesfaye and Wolff M (2014) The state of inland fisheries in Ethiopia a


Hydrobiology 14 200ndash219

150

GetinetG Tsadik AbebaW Gebreil Adamneh Dagne and Yared Tigabu (2015)

Integration of aquaculture and irrigation (IAI) Opportunities and challenges

to maximize fish production from small water bodies designed for irrigation

in Tigray North Ethiopia Proceedings of the 7th International Conference of

Ethiopian Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences (EFASA) Pp 139-163

Golubtsov A Mina S (2003) Fish species diversity in the main drainage systems

of Ethiopia current state of knowledge and research prospective Ethiop J

Nat Resour 5 (2) 281ndash318 Golubtsov AS Darkov AA 2008 A review

of fish diversity in the main drainage systems of Ethiopia In Pavlov SD

Dgebuadze YuYu Darkov AA Golubtsov SA Mina VM (Eds)

Ecological and Faunistic Studies in Ethiopia KMK Scientific Press Ltd

Moscow pp 69ndash 102

Harrison A D and Hynes H B (1988) Benthic fauna of Ethiopian mountain

streams and rivers Archiv fur HydrobiologieSupplement 81 1ndash36

Kassahun A H Waidbacher and W Zollitsch 2012 Proximate composition of

selected potential feedstuffs for small-scale aquaculture in Ethiopia Livestock

Research for Rural Development 24 (6) pp17

Kebede Elizabeth Ahlgren G (1996) Optimum growth conditions and light

utilization efficiency of Spirulina platensis (Arthrospira fusiformis) from

Lake Chitu Ethiopia Hydrobiologia 332 99ndash109

NFALRC (2015) Compiled research outputs of National Fishery and Aquatic Life

Research 1998-2015 Pp 9



Shibru Tedela Fisha H Michael (1981) Introduction and transplantation of fresh-

water fish species in Ethiopia SINET Ethiop J Sci 4 69ndash72

Yared Tigabu Fassil Degefu Aschalew Lakew and Gashaw Tesfaye (2011)

Development of small scale fish farming for livelihood diversification in

North Shewa Zone Amhara Regional State In ldquoImpacts of climate change

and population on tropical aquaticresourcesrdquo the proceedings of the 3rd

International Conference of Ethiopian Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences

(EFASA)Editors Brook Lemma and Abebe Getahun Addis Ababa Pp 79-

98

Zenebe Tadese Abeba W Gebriel Mulugeta Jovani Fekadu Tefera and Fasil

Degefu (2012) Effect of supplementary feeding of agro-industrial byproducts

on the growth performance of Nile tilapia (Oreochromis niloticus L) in

concrete ponds Ethiop J Biol Sci 11(1) 29-41

151

Annexes

Annex 1 Some stocked water bodies

Region Water bodies Stocked fish species

Tigray Hashengie Atsebi Midmar Dereka Maingus Mesekebete many small reservoirs (gt25)

Oreochromis niloticus and common carp

Oromia

Fincha Melka Wakena Koka Amerti Tolay Birati Sorga DenbiGefersa Giligel Gibe I Legedadi Muger Debrezeyt crater lakes Dendi Wonchi Ponds ( Wonji West and South west showa)

Oniloticus Tilapia zilli and common carp

Amhara Haik Ardibo Zengana Mullo Bahire georgies Maibahir Tachibahir Laibahir Ango-mesk Washa Geray Terba Washa Ponds (north showa zone)

Oniloticus and common carp

SNNP Small Abaya Cile chefe Dembi Chencha kure Damte Areket Dewoshe


Gambella Bishanwaqa Oniloticus

Afar Tendaho Oniloticus

Somali Ela bayehi Oniloticus

152

Annex 2 Candidate aquaculture species

Species name

Common name Local name Remarks

Oreochromis niloticus

Nile tilapia Koroso Indigenous species found in most lakes amp reservoirs

Clarias garipineus

African catfish Ambaza Indigenous species found in most lakes rivers amp reservoirs

Cyprinus carpio

common carp Duba Exotic speciesfound in most lakes amp reservoirs

Carassius auratus

Goldfish Yegiate assa Exotic species found on-station at NFALRC

Salmo trutta Brown trout Exotic species found in Bale Highland rivers

Salmo gairdneri

Rainbow trout Exotic species found in Bale Highland rivers

Heterotis heterotis

Indigenous species found in Gambella lakes rivers amp reservoirs

153

Apiculture Research Strategy

(2016 - 2030)

155

List of Abbreviations and Acronyms ARARI Amhara Regional Agricultural Research Institute

CACC Central Agricultural Census Commission

CSA Central Statistics Agency

EARO Ethiopian Agricultural Organization

EBA Ethiopian Beekeepers Association

EHBPEA Ethiopian Honey and Beeswax Producers and Exporters Association

EIAR Ethiopian Institute of Agriculture Research

FAO Food and Agriculture Organization

GDP Gross Domestic Product

GTP II Growth and Transformation Plan

ICIPE International Canter for Insect Physiology and Ecology

ILRI International Livestock Research Institute

IMPS Improving productivity and Market Success

ITC International Trade Centre

LMP Livestock Master Plan


MoARD Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Development

MoI Ministry of Industry

MoT Ministry of Trade

NGOs Non-governmental organizations

OARI Oromia Agricultural Research Institute

SARI South Agricultural Research Institute

SNNP South Nations Nationalities and Peoples

SNV Netherlands Development Organization

TARI Tigray Agricultural Research Institute

UNDP United Nation Development Program

157

Executive summary

The ideal climatic conditions diversified floral resources and huge water

bodies allow the country to sustain around 10 million honeybee colonies

of which 70 of the colonies are managed and the remainder exists in

forests as wild colonies (MoARD 2007)

Apiculture has received renewed and special attention by the Federal

Democratic Republic of Ethiopia in general and EIAR in particular as it

is one of the key pathways to lift up millions of subsistent smallholder

farmers out of poverty It contributes to food security economic and

natural resource recovery creating better employment opportunities and

wealth However the development of Apiculture is slow and the

contribution is not commensurate with the existing resource base The

current annual honey and beeswax production of the country is estimated

at higher than 54 thousand and 54 thousand tons respectively This

accounts about 10 percent of the total honey and beeswax potential of the

country This is attributed to limited use of technologies and other

interrelated factors Thus to increase the Apiculture productivity and

production and enhance contribution of the sub-sector use of various

technologies and modern biotechnologies is not an option but mandatory

Since its inception the Apiculture research program has recorded

significant achievements in generating improved technologies

management practices and important information

Despite these achievements the production and productivity of the sub-

sector is still low and there are also increasing challenges from emerging

development demand that require a new strategic direction This strategy

focuses on identifying and prioritizing strategic issues that should be

addressed for the next fifteen years period (2016-2031) with the general

objectives of improving the productivity of apiculture to increase

production and quality of bee products and contribute to poverty reduction

and GDP growth through multidisciplinary and participatory research

approach

Based on a detailed internal and external environment assessment the

strategic issues selected are organized in six disciplinary themes and one

general crosscutting topic The disciplinary themes include Genetic and

bee management improvement Bee forage and pollination ecology Bee

158

health Api-mechanization Agricultural economics and research

extension Technology multiplication and Capacity building Issues of

gender equality climate change and knowledge management are presented

as crosscutting themes

159


(2016 - 2030)

1 Introduction

11 Background

Agricultural sector is backbone of Ethiopian economic but the sector has

been and is affected directly or indirectly by many factors such as unwise

natural resource utilization and environmental degradation that arise from

the ever-increasing population pressure Consequently maintaining

sustainable agricultural productivity becomes a major challenge to meet

the current increasing demand for agricultural products Accelerated

growth of agriculture depends heavily on the availability of improved

technologies stimulated by institutional policy changes which be built on

understanding of the system right from the grass root level

Apiculture sub-sector has been an integral part of agriculture in Ethiopia

The country has a substantial potential for apiculture development The

ideal climatic conditions diversified floral resources and huge water bodies

allow the country to sustain around 10 million honeybee colonies of which

70 of the colonies are managed and the remainder exists in forests as

wild colonies (MoARD 2007) The current annual honey and beeswax

production of the country is estimated at higher than 54 thousand and 54

thousand tons respectively This accounts about 10 percent of the total

honey and beeswax potential of the country


Democratic Republic of Ethiopia as it is one of the key pathways to lift up

millions of subsistent smallholder farmers out of poverty It contributes to

food security economic and natural resource recovery creating better

employment opportunities and wealth However the development of

Apiculture is slow and the contribution is not commensurate with the

existing resource base due to limited use of technologies and other




160

Cognizing the diverse resource bases and contribution of apiculture to the

livelihood of farmers and economy of the country Ethiopian Agricultural

Research Institute EIAR embraced apiculture research in its research

program in 2004Since then EIAR supports the Apiculture development

plans of the country through generating Adapting and disseminating

appropriate apiculture technologies

In order for the EIAR to hone its focus and effectively deliver apiculture

related outputs that are in par with the objectives of the GTPII it is

essential to develop efficient short medium and long terms national

apiculture research strategy This strategy focuses to solve production

problems that will help achieve the goal of Apiculture development sector

as well as the concerns and demands of smallholder farmers and

stakeholders to exploit untapped potentials of honeybees and bee products

such as pollen royal jelly propolis production and crop pollination and

environmental conservation services and diversify the utilization of

honeybee products (value addition)

This strategy is organized in six major chapters whereby this background

section together with descriptions of the rationale vision mission goal

objectives and guiding principles of the National Apiculture Research

Strategy constitute the introductory chapter 1 Chapter 2 provides an

overview of the importance of apiculture in the food and nutrition

economy environment export market and their role in the farming

systems and environmental sustainability Chapter 3 discusses the

strengths weaknesses opportunities and challenges (SWOC) consolidated

from assessments and analyses of external and internal environments

influencing the performance and success of the apiculture research In

chapter 4 are presented the critical issues facing the apiculture research that

have been identified from assessments of the external and internal

environments Chapter 5 discusses the actual research strategies to be

pursued to tackle the critical issues identified Chapter 6 provides key

elements of actions that need to be taken by the EIAR top-management as

well as follow up documents that need to be worked out in the next steps

as they are prerequisites for effective implementation of the strategy

12 Rationale for developing the strategy

Strategic plan of action for Apiculture is a pressing need than ever before

as the improvement of apiculture productivity through provision of

technological innovations is necessary to contribute to achieve stretched

161

strategic objectives set in growth and transformation plan reduction of

poverty better food security national income growth and exportforeign

exchange earnings while ensuring the sustainable use of natural resource

bases

In the past attempt was made to develop apiculture research strategies

based on broad-guidelines of Countrys agricultural development policy

and objectives But it was failed to clearly define research priority that

enable efficient utilization of the limited resources and was so broad and

gave a wide scope for choices and lacked focus Though considerable

research achievement have been achieved there are still wide gaps to

respond to technology demands and value chain and addition activities

like production processing and marketing and input supply are not

effectively streamlined Furthermore there were no enough rooms for

all stakeholders to take part in planning and implementation of problem-

oriented research activities and more specifically there was limited

contribution of farmers to identification of researchable problems

prioritization planning and evaluation of technologies This approach has

led to insufficient development of responsive and sound technologies with

poor adoption rates by farmers

All these factors called for an urgent deployment of suitable apiculture

research strategy that ensure apiculture research is relevant and responsive

to national objectives needs of smallholder farmers and pastoralists private

investors to bring about tangible improvements in apiculture sub- sector

and thereby enhance the livelihood of the farmers Therefore this

apiculture strategy document is paramount important to identify

weakness in past research approaches and institutional capacity and is a

gateway to develop appropriate apiculture research agenda that contribute

to agricultural development of food security and economic growth through

ensuring enabling environment improving apiculture research approaches

and strengthening the engagement of research actors The strategy

document will be used as a guideline and road map to direct research

undertakings in developing reliable technologies that will boost apiculture

production and productivity and contribute to achieve Ethiopiarsquos long term

vision of becoming a middle income economy

13 Vision The vision of Apiculture Research program is to see improved livelihood

market oriented y and globally competent beekeepers and the research

162

program became centre of excellence in technology information and

knowledge in Africa the subsector is sustainably transformed into a

vibrant and productive economic sector

14 Mission The mission of the apiculture Research Program is to generate adopt and

disseminate efficient and effective apiculture technological options and

knowledge that contribute to increase production and productivity of

apiculture broadening the opportunity to exploit the potential export

markets and ensuring sustainable natural resources management through

interdisciplinary and participatory research approach need based training

technical and advisory services

15 Goal The development objective of the apiculture research program is to

contribute to the EIARrsquos role towards the achievement of the sectoral

objectives of (i) ensuring food security and sovereignty (ii) sustainable

supply of raw materials for agro- industries and import substation (iii)

expanding the bases for the country to gain foreign earnings from

agricultural exports and (iv) increasing livelihood resiliency and

environmental sustainability while reducing vulnerability to and

exacerbation of climate change

16 Objectives While the overall objective of apiculture research program is to improve

the productivity of apiculture to increase production and quality of bee

products and contribute to poverty reduction and GDP growth through

multidisciplinary and participatory research approach the specific objectives are

to

bull generate verify and disseminate efficient and effective apiculture

technologies and knowledge that enhance the productivity

production and quality of bee produces that could be competitive

and acceptable in domestic and international markets

bull increase income earning opportunities for those involved in

production processing and trade of apiculture sub-sector through

enhancing marketing enabling environments information and

knowledge

bull ensure development endeavors exerted on and benefits obtained from

the apiculture sub-sector are socially economically and

environmentally sustainable and gender inclusive

163

bull To enhance the contribution of apiculture in sustainable natural

resource management conservation and crop production through

appropriate technology generation

bull coordinate and monitor apiculture research activities undertaken by

various research partners and play key role in building capacity of

apiculture research teamscenters

17 Core values Apiculture Research Program adheres to core values of

Transparency

Creativity

Accountability

Efficiency and effectiveness

Team spirit

Credibility

Responsiveness

Ethical research

18 Guiding principles In implementation of this strategic plan apiculture research program is

guided with the following basic and unwavering guiding principles

Apiculture research program ensure holistic approach to

strengthen agricultural innovation systems at regional and national

while validating the role of all partner research centers and

stakeholders

Apiculture research program broaden stakeholder participation in

research activities and ensure reliability and integrity in the

decision-making processes within the research system promote

trust among partners and ensure integrity of the governance and the

decision-making process within the research system

Apiculture research program respects national development

efforts policies and priorities to cost effective responsive to

sustainable development livelihood improvement economic

growth social welfare and environmental enhancement and quality

Apiculture research program makes conscious efforts to enhance

basic applied and adaptive research and demonstration transfer

dissemination and adoption of technologies and knowledge

164

Apiculture research program promotes capacity building and

institutionalization of integrated multi-disciplinary multi-

institutional livelihood-based approaches and with various

partners and stakeholders on the basis of comparative advantages

Apiculture research program gives due attention to inclusiveness in

terms of diversity and equal opportunity for all gender sensitive


Apiculture research program engrain in all its deliberations

commitment to excellence knowledge sharing and access to

information



Apiculture research program fosters coordination and synergies

within and between other agricultural research partners to respond

to technology and information demand and bring about impact and

efficiency

Apiculture research program be free from all forms of

malpractices and ensure transparency accountability and devotion

to ethical standards of all concerned actors at all levels

2 Importance of apiculture sub-sector

21 Agriculture agro-ecology genetic diversity and area of production

Africa is blessed with numerous types of wild honeybee (Adjare 1990)

Ethiopia is one of the countries of the continent which own big honey

production potential Owing to its varied ecological and climatic

conditions Ethiopia is home to some of the most diverse flora and fauna

in Africa Its forests and woodlands contain diverse plant species that

provide surplus nectar and pollen to foraging bees (Girma 1998) The

combination of these important factors allow the country to sustain around

10 million honeybee colonies of which 7 million are kept in l beehives by

farmers and the remaining exist in the forests as wild colonies Ethiopia is

the third largest country in the world with the number of beehives next to

India China and Turkey (Cvitkovic et al 2009)This makes the country

have the highest bee density in Africa (Ayalew 2001 Nuru 2002)

165

The genetic resources of Apiculture comprise both the honeybees and the

flora up on which the bees feed and collect important raw materials like

nectar pollen grain and propolis So far more than 7000 flowering plant

species have been identified in Ethiopia Among these more than 1000

species have been identified and documented as major and minor honeybee

plants As far as bee genetic resource is concerned currently available

information reveal the existence of five statistically separable morph

clusters occupying ecologically different areas Apis mellifera jemenitica

in the northwest and eastern arid and semi-arid lowlands Am scutellata

in the west south and southwest humid midlands Am bandasii in the

central moist highlands Am monticola from the northern mountainous

highlands and Am woyi-gambella in south western semi-arid to sub-

humid lowland parts of the country (Amssalu et al 2004)

211 Agro-ecology of beekeeping in Ethiopia The contrast physiographic conditions of Ethiopia create diverse agro-

climates in very close proximity with different rainfall growing seasons

and plant flowering patterns This condition provides an ideal opportunity

for apiculture sub-sector on a large scale As a result bees adapt to these

wide range of ecologies starting from lowland plains (lt 500m asl) of Afar

and Somalia regions to mountain areas (gt 3500 m asl) of the northern

parts of the country Moreover the existence of diverse ecologies in close

proximity favours the movement of bees from one ecology to the others

which enable them to escape harsh periods and also to exploit resources

that exist at different place during different seasons As a result the

honeybee colonies are believed to exist in the country spread over many

agro-ecologies (EARO 2000) However about 9834 of the honeybee

colony population is distributed in Oromia Amhara SNNP Benshangul-

Gumuz and Tigray (SNV 2008 CSA 201112) In general the density of

honeybee colonies is more in high biomass areas of the west and northwest

parts of the country compared to the low biomass and moisture stress areas

of the eastern region (Table 1)

166

Table 1 Honeybee colony population distribution across different regions in Ethiopia

No

Regionscountry Honeybee colony Total ()

Ethiopia 7000000 100

1 Oromia 3850000 55

2 Amhara 1354500 194

3 SNNP 1053550 151

4 Tigray 347200 496

5 Beneshangul Gumuze 271600 388

6 Gambella 121800 174

7 Somale 12600 018

8 Diredawa 1190 002

9 Harari 1120 002

10 Afar 560 001

212 Honey production systems in Ethiopia Depending on the type of technology (hive) used honey production

systems in Ethiopia are categorized into three types traditional transitions

(intermediate) and frame hive beekeeping

Traditional Beekeeping

Traditional beekeeping is the major and oldest type of beekeeping

practiced in Ethiopia Traditional beekeeping is mostly practiced with

different types of traditional hives Traditionally constructed hives are

mostly cylindrical in shape (about 1-15 meter in length and 30-50 cm

width) and single chamber fixed comb (MoARD 2007) Currently the

number of traditional hives is estimated to be 5013 848 hives and it

accounts for nearly 975 of the honey produced in the country (GDS

2009) Traditional beekeeping is also of two types forest beekeeping and

backyard beekeeping Forest beekeeping is mainly practiced in the south

and south west parts of the country where there is high vegetation cover

and high honeybee colonies In this case the beekeepers hang a number of

traditional hives on trees in the dense forest mostly far away from their

settlement areas Honey hunting is also common in this part of the country

because of the existence of high populations of wild bee colonies which

make honey in hollow trees and caves Backyard beekeeping is mainly

167

practiced in the central eastern and northern parts of the country where

there is intensive cultivated land with relatively low forest coverage

Intermediate Beekeeping

This is a transitional beekeeping system between traditional and frame hive

beekeeping Transitional hive is widely promoted in many rural areas of

developing countries as an intermediate and appropriate hive for resource

poor beekeepers with low skills of bee management (GDS 2009) Most of

the beekeepers in rural areas of Ethiopia are not yet in a position to use

frame hives because of technical and economic reason which makes

transitional hive appropriate for them The use of transitional hives in

Ethiopia started around 1985 (Nuru 2007) Original transitional hives

were constructed from timber but currently it is being made from locally

available materials due to unavailability and high costs of timber (GDS

2009) This made the transitional hives much cheaper than its initial

design The other advantage with this type of hive is that it can be easily

constructed by the beekeepers or local carpenters with little training

However the adoption rate so far is low and the (CSA 2009) household

survey estimated the number of transitional hives in Ethiopia to around

34552 The main reason for low adoption is lack of training on how to

locally construct the hives

Frame (Modern) Beekeeping

Modern beekeeping is practiced using movable frame hives Ethiopia is

considered as one of the most suitable tropical countries form frame hives

because of its moderate climatic condition (Ruttner 1988) Frame hives

allow multiple harvests per year and help to obtain maximum honey yield

without causing damage to bee colonies (Nicola 2002) Moveable frame

hive beekeeping was introduced to the country in 1978 through the

Ethiopian Rural Development Extension program (MoARD 2007)

Although the productivity of movable frame hive is higher as compared to

the other two types its adoption rate by the beekeepers is constrained by

its high initial cost and expenses of accompanying accessories (MoARD

2007) The number of movable frame hives in use until 2009 was estimated

at 100843 (GDS 2009)

213 Production and productivity Beekeeping is a very long-standing and deep-rooted practice in the rural

communities of the country and around 14 million households are

estimated to keep bees (Mammo 1973) It plays a critical role in the

168

livelihoods of the rural communities in different dynamics as an income

generating activity And data over a few recent years show that the

production of honey is increasing (CSA 2006 2008 2009) Between 2000

and 2008 the total honey production in Ethiopia has increased almost by

69 from 29000 to 42000 tonnes which makes the country the leading

honey producer in Africa and one of the nine largest honey producing

countries in the world accounting for 236 and 23 of the total African

and World honey production respectively (MoARD 2003 FAO 2008)

In the same period the total financial value of honey increased from $505

million to $732 million (FAOSTAT 2008) The most recent available

information shows that the annual honey production has passed 53

thousand tonnes (CSA 2012) The honey production potential assessment

study conducted in Ethiopia shows that there is a possibility of increasing

honey production to about 150000 tons per annum with full exploitation

of the potential the production (Nuru 2007)

The Apiculture sector in Ethiopia is still traditional The beekeepers are

extremely dependent on the use of extremely low productive traditional

hives which has the average yield of only about 5ndash8kgper colonyper

annum depending on the hive size availability of bee forage and the

beekeeping management level applied (MoARD 2007Nuru 2007)

Currently intermediate beekeeping (that uses transitional hives) and

modern box hives are being highly disseminated to the beekeepers by

different GOs and NGOs as an effort to promote improved beekeeping

The average honey yield obtained from transitional hive varied between

15-20 kgyear which is much higher than the traditional hive Similarly

the productivity of the modern box hives is even higher than the traditional

and transitional beehives 30kgannum (MoARD 2007) However in

highly potential areas and well managed colonies far more than the

average yield is commonly reported in northern and south-western parts of

the country (Gemechis 2015)


Bee products provide for improved nutrition and consequently better

health for farm families and others in local communities Honey is a useful

source of high-carbohydrate food and commonly contains a rich diversity

of minerals vitamins and others adding nutritional variety to human diets

(FAO 2009) Honey provides for improved physical performance

169

resistance to fatigue and improved mental efficiency (FAO 2006a) Honey

also is said to improve food assimilation (FAO 2006a) It is commonly

indicated as a lsquolifesaverrsquo for people in critical health (CTA 2005b) Pollen

also contributes to nutrition However pollen that is consumed needs to

derive from different plant sources to provide various nutrients to humans

Pollen contains a range of constituents 30 percent protein including all

amino acids a full spectrum of vitamins and minerals lipids trace

elements etc (FAO 2009) Propoils is mainly consumed for its medicinal

value while royal jelly is claimed to provide very much like honey

increased physical resistance and improved intellectual performance

However these properties have not been confirmed by scientific evidence

Bee brood and adult bees are consumed in many countries and in some are

considered as a treat Brood and adult bees contain reasonable amounts of

protein (FAO 2006a)

Beehive products have also medicinal properties Honey pollen and

propolis are also efficient and safe natural medicines that can be used to

treat a variety of diseases and ailments Honey has been used in traditional

medicine for centuries and apitherapists have been studying the medicinal

properties of beehive products for decades and have documented empirical

findings with scientific research (Lietaer 2007)

In Ethiopia the use of honey as food and medicine has been part of the

cultural medicine practice People have been eating honey as sole medicine

or mixed with other materials like garlic ginger milk etc Moreover

lsquorsquotejrsquorsquo or the softer one called ldquobirzrdquo have been common beverages derived

from honey among many Ethiopian societies since time of immemorial

Eating ldquoichrdquo that is the young larvae along the royal jelly in the combs

has been practised among elderly beekeepers in Ethiopia They also claim

the importance of doing so as a way to fight aging

23 Crop pollination and yield increment

The greatest added value of beekeeping lies in the fact that bees pollinate

agricultural and horticultural plants About one third of all plants or plant

products eaten by humans depend directly or indirectly on bees for their

pollination (Bradbear 2009) In addition crops pollinated by bees have

been proven to produce higher yields and better quality often at no extra

cost for the farmer rather crop seed yield incrementIn Europe the

production of 84 of crop species cultivated depends directly on insect

170

pollinators especially by bees (William 1994) The global estimate of the

value of the service of pollination is US$ 65 ndash 70 billion representing

about 46 loss of global harvests (Ingrid 2004) As a result human rely

on bees to pollinate about 87 of the 124 (70 ) most valuable crops used

directly for human consumption (Kleine et al 2007) According to Crane

(1990) honeybees can increase the yield of Citrus sinensis by 30

watermelon by 100 and tomatoes by 25 The mean seed yield obtained

from bee pollinated Guizotia abyssinica was also increased to 52Qtha as

compared to 22 Qha for open-pollinated (Admasu and Nuru 2015)

Admasu et al (2004) also reported that onion (Allium cepa) yields had

increased by 94 with seed weight increment due to honeybeersquos

pollination Similarly the highest mean mustard yield (779 qtha) was

obtained at treatment where the beehives were kept while the yield of the

mustard without the bees pollination was found 535 qtha

Moreover in Ethiopia researches indicate bees can benefit 250-300 folds

through pollinating crops particularly pulse seeds and vegetables in

raising the production higher than their direct products(honey and

wax)ldquo (Walta Information Center 1999 as cited by Ingrid (2004)

Table 2 The mean seed yield of Guizotia abyssinica (Noug) per hectare pollinated by honeybees during 2002- 2004

Year Treatments Mean seed yield (in quintalhectare)

P-value

2002 With bees 55 Plt005

Open 22 Plt005


Open 23 Plt005


Open 21 Plt005

Mean+SE With bees 52 Plt005

open 22

171

Table 3 The mean seed yield and 1000 seed weight of Allium cepa (Adama red) from three treatments grown in 2000 and 2001 planting year

Treatments

Mean seed yield (Quintals) Combined

mean

1000 seed weight (gm)

2000 2001 2000 2001 Combined

With honeybees 175 171 173 39 34NS 36NS

Open pollinated 10 9 95 34ns 3NSs 34NS

Without honeybees 5 6 54 32ns 33NS 33NS

CV 266 78 666 28 535 409

LSD 0654 1906 09217 0226 039 0181

NS indicates non-significant significant and highly significant differences respectively

24 Economy

Beekeeping has been part of the farming system in Ethiopia since time

immemorial It has been a tradition since long before other farming

systems Beekeeping is a very long-standing and deep rooted practice in

the rural communities of the country and around two million people are

estimated to keep bees (Oxfam 2010) Moreover it has been and still plays

a significant role in the national economy of the country as well as for the

subsistence smallholder farmers The contribution of bees and hive

products though difficult to assess is probably one of the most important

small-scale income generating activities for hundred thousands of farmer

beekeepers

In terms of economic contribution and exports commodities bee products

mainly honey and beeswax are among the highly marketed livestock

products of Ethiopia As a result there is an increased demand for honey

and beeswax products in Ethiopia as well as in the international markets

However the country has plenty of honeybees ready to meet the growing

demand of honey and other bee products The country has the potential of

producing up to 500000 tons of honey and 50000 tons of beeswax per

annum

172

241 Domestic consumption About 10 of the honey produced in the country is consumed by

beekeeping households The remaining 90 is sold for income generation

of this amount it is estimated that 70 is used for brewing ldquotejrdquo and the

balance is consumed as table honey additionally beeswax is collected and

traded Honey production and value adding is a vital factor in job creation

and maintaining livelihoods ldquoTejrdquo is traditionally made in the households

andor in specialized ldquotejrdquo houses which leads to the high demand for

honey in Ethiopia and create job and self-employment opportunities

Moreover the addition of bee products to other products usually enhances

the perceived price or quality of these secondary products This can

increase the profitability of many beekeeping operations

Apart from being consumed as food bee products especially honey and

beeswax have long been used for household consumption and income

generation in Ethiopia They are high value commodities and non-

perishable products and usually considered as cash crop rather than a

subsistence commodity (IMPS 2005) Honey is widely consumed with

many medical values and beeswax has a number of individual uses

The total volume of honey production in Ethiopia in years between 2007

and 2011 was 16325742 tons of which 992 percent was consumed

domestically and 08 percent was exported Although the total volume of

honey exported increases slightly for the duration 2007-2011 domestic

consumption rate has been sustained largely with slight variation In

general Ethiopiarsquos honey exports value is still very low (1297717 kg)

relative to total honey production (163257420 kg)and domestic

consumption (161959703 kg) (Jenkins et al 2014)Tables1 below

provide detailed information about honey production domestic

consumption and export volumes in 2007ndash2011

242 Income generation and poverty alleviation At present beekeeping is largely an income generating activity that fits

well into the concept of smallholder agricultural development According

to MoA (2010) about 25 of rural households earn some income from

non-farm enterprises but less than 3 rely exclusively on income from

such enterprises Beekeeping can be practised as a safety net providing

households with extra income from the sales of honey and other potential

beehive products (beeswax pollen royal jelly propolis bee venom) It is

less vulnerable activity compared to other agricultural sub-sectors and can

be practiced in fragile environmental conditions In other hand beekeeping

173

is practiced in areas where other forms of land use are less reliable with

minimum investment of labour time and capital For economic and human

development beekeeping sub-sector has numerous potential to reduce the

national human poverty index estimated at 373 in 2006 (UNDP 2008)

with a further estimated 409 of the rural communities living in extreme

poverty (NIS 2006) Therefore apiculture provides substantial benefit to

address householdrsquos food security and poverty alleviation (SNV 2012)

These characteristics make bee products attractive commodities for

commercially oriented smallholder beekeepers The collected bee products

can be sold on the market and provide additional income to pay for school

fees or health expenses especially during periods of reduced income from

agriculture Beekeeping can eventually also lead to the development of

other income generating activities such as making of protective gear

smokers and beehives or the production of value-added products such as

honey wines (local beverage Tej) beeswax candles or wood polish

243 Supply of raw material for industries

Bee products can be used as raw materials in industries for product value

addition in most food and cosmetics industries Example honey is an

ingredient in food processing industries as a sweetener or antioxidant bees

wax is used for coating of cans in batik making or for waterproofing

fabrics

Beeswax because of its bleaching and excellent emollient characteristics

beeswax is very frequently used in cosmetics industries for cleansing

creams emollient and barrier creams depilatories lipsticks sun protection

products eye and face make upetc Beeswax is most commonly used in

its bleaching form in order to facilitate colour control of the final product

For many products such as creams the light yellow colour of clean

beeswax should not be unpleasant at all Many consumers might even

appreciate an explanation of this more natural colour

HoneyThe classical for honey in cosmetics industries during ancient

times was for beauty masks (honey almond oil and plant flours) and for

cold depilatory waxes (honey resin and beeswax)As a result honey is

used in varies cosmetics type like soaps shampoos foaming baths creams

etc as major additive product Honey has an immediate moisturizing and

soothing effect on dry skin and can reduce minor inflammations and itches

It also provides cutaneous relief assists wound healing and restores natural

174

skin moisturizing factors Honey is also capable of retaining moisture

content in a product over a wide range of relative humidity

The possible microbiological decay of dilute solutions and the tacky feel

of concentrated solutions pose the only limit to its wider use Variation in

physico-chemical parameters with seasons and honey type are a minor

drawback for industrial use Dried powdered honey is available for special

applications (Krell1996)

Table 4 Level of honey used in different cosmetics types in quantities ()

Foaming products (soaps shampoos and foam baths) 05 - 5 and

more

Creams and other emulsions 1 - 4

Face packs and masks 3 - 8

Lip glosses creams and sticks 1 - 3

Anhydrous (waterless) ointments and lipogels 5 - 15

Propolis The many beneficial characteristics of propolis have attracted

the interest of the cosmetic industry mainly in western countries It

includes anti-bacterial anti-fungal anti-viral anti-acne anti-inflammatory

and anti-oxidant activities in addition to its wound healing epithelial and

micro-circulation stimulation properties and topical anaesthetic effects Its

industrial use is only constrained by standardization and quality the same

problems that affect most other natural products and extracts However

low toxicity and good skin compatibility have been demonstrated despite

a small risk of allergic reactions (Krell 1996)

Pollen The functions and benefits of pollen in cosmetics are in some ways

similar to those of royal jelly - they are still ill defined or unknown but are

generally accepted as nourishing and stimulating However because of the

high allergy risk and its granular structure unprocessed pollen is not

favoured in the cosmetics industry Glycol extracts or the lipid fractions of

alcohol extracted pollen and can also be employed in aqueous solutions

and water emulsions (glycol extracts) or wo emulsions and anhydrous

formulations for lipid fractions (Krell 1996) Where pollen is included

directly (or alcohol extracts containing some of the colouring matter) the

colour of the cosmetic may be affected Treatment with diethylene glycol

175

monomethyl ether may be used to discolour pollen and its extracts

(DAlbert 1956)

Royal jelly Royal jelly is used in its fresh or freeze-dried form and also

mixed with a stabilizer such as lactose or glycine Any form of royal jelly

can be mixed with cosmetic products at temperatures up to 30 to 35deg C

The percentage incorporated in mixtures many years ago when royal jelly

was much more expensive ranged from 005 to 1 while today the level

commonly ranges from 05 to 1 Its ascribed beneficial characteristics

can be exploited in all preparations with which it will mix easily and

particularly for dry relaxed and aged skin The lack of scientific support

for such and more functions needs to put research inconsideration

244 Export market and Foreign currency earnings Apiculture supports the national economy through foreign exchange

earnings by selling organic bee products at premium prices on western

markets In 2006 Ethiopia endorsed the lsquoEthiopian Organic Agriculture

Systems Proclamationrsquo No 4882006 with aim of facilitating international

acceptance and market access value addition ensuring traceability from

farm to market through inspection ensuring that product labels are genuine

as well as the harmonization of organic production

For example the export values of honey have increased significantly from

a value of US$13634 in 20034 to US$900000 in 200910 (Dayandan

2015) As a consequence the International Trade Centre categorizes

Ethiopian honey export trade as a ldquostarrdquo in structural performance based

on its 122 growth in exports value and 107 growth in its share of world

exports (Paulos 2012) The Top Honey Trading CompaniesAssociations

Cooperatives in Africa are Comel Pvt Ltdco Yirgu Food packer Beza

Mar Agro-industry Ltd Rahi Honey Processing and Enterprises all from

Ethiopia (APIMONDIA 2011)

Honey and other apiculture products (ie beeswax propolis pollen royal

jelly and bee venom) are among the growing export commodities with

good potential for a number of African countries The global honey market

offers huge opportunities for Ethiopian honey Large markets include the

EU the US and the Middle east For example the EU only produced 60

of the honey it consumed in 2009 the remaining 40 was imported

(Paulos 2012)

176

Figure 1 Export of honey and beeswax value in tons from 2008-2011 (Source Gezahegne 2012)


Apiculture contributes to environmental sustainability and proves to be

effective in reducing degradation and consequently adapt to climate

change impacts It is a non-destructive activity that could be employed in

the conservation of biodiversity in protected areas so that it stabilizes

fragile areas and help in reclaiming degraded lands and increases

biodiversity (Gemechis et al 2012) Beekeepers realizing that vegetation

are a source of forage for bees would guard against the destruction and be

encouraged to plants more plants for supplying pollen and nectar (Fig 3)

In other hand beekeepers as advocates of sustainable forest management

forest conservation and agronomic practices In the process many plants

are conserved and protected from destruction On other hand bees are

important pollinators and many plant ecosystems depend on the pollination

of bees for their existence and for increasing their genetic diversity (cross-

pollination) Some types of plants depend uniquely on bees for their

pollination So honeybees increase the seeds of natural vegetation which

intern enhance more young plants and then more biomass cover

Therefore beekeeping can be a practical tool for raising the awareness of

the communities of the importance of good management of natural

180

360

311

377

196

274

163197

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

2008 2009 2010 2011

Exp

ort

ed

am

ou

nt

in t

on

s

Years

Amount of honey and beeswax exported in tons (2008-2011)

Honey

Beeswax

177

resources and for stimulating their conservation thereby improving their

biodiversity

Figure 2 Potential role of honeybees in environmental sustainability

178

3 Assessments of external and internal environments

Results from the assessment of the external and internal factors using the

SWOC analysis framework will make the basis for identifying critical

issues that this strategy is formulated to address brief narrations of the

factors are provided hereunder to be followed by a matrix of summarized

accounts of the opportunities challenges strengths and weaknesses


The external factors as said above were analysed using the SWOC

framework in conjunction with additional analytic tools such as PEST

(PoliticalPolicyLegal Economic Socio-cultural and Technological) and


requirements and best solutions that other countries have adopted to get to

their present cutting-edge milieu with respect to research and development

in these commodities Three sub-topics are therefore discussed below to

provide deeper perspectives The current state of affairs is discussed under

general external environments trends and needs under operational external


development of the apiculture sub-sector are discussed under the sub-

heading benchmarking

311 General external environments (PEST+) Under the general external environment analysis was made on

opportunities and challenges that arise from political economic socio-

cultural technological and environmental (PEST) dimensions Systematic

analysis of these factors would help to better understand the big picture of

external environments influencing either positively or negatively and thus

to craft the strategy so that it would make best use of the opportunities

created by the positive influences and conversely to be cautious about the

negative influences they pose or systematically address the challenges to

overcome their impairment

179

Political dimension Assessments were made whether the strategy is

aligned with the national sectorial and institutional policy strategy and

regulatorylegal frameworks and priorities Since the adoption of the

Agricultural Development Led Industrialization (ADLI) and establishment

of Ministry of Livestock and Fisheries by the Government of Ethiopia

(GoE) all the policy and strategy frameworks and development programs

recognized livestock to be the engine of Ethiopiarsquos economic growth and

development yet exerting relentless strives to promote steady growth of the

industrial sector

The current GTP II which provides even greater emphasis include to

reduce poverty achieve better food security and contribute to national

income Growth Development Program (GDP) contribute to exports and

foreign exchange earnings The apiculture in this respect is among the

other livestock commodities given priority to improve the livelihood of

beekeeper societies through export markets of honey and beeswax

Therefore so many opportunities are set forth by the policy environment

to promote apicultural research As conducive the policy and legal

frameworks put in place but there are also a number of challenges that may

arise at the same time Possible types of the opportunities to make use of

and challenges to be aware of or need to be addressed from the perspective

of the policy dimension were assessed

Economic dimension The increasingly rising demand for honey and

beeswax as a result increasing population changing lifestyle and

increasing demand export market creates the opportunity for apiculture

sub-sector to thrive Such an increase in the demand side will be the

impetus for beekeepers exporters and processing industries to increase

their outputs Honey and other apiculture products (ie beeswax propolis

pollen royal jelly and bee venom) are among the growing export

commodities with good potential for a number of African countries The

global honey market offers huge opportunities for Ethiopian honey For

example the export values of honey have increased significantly rising

from a value of US$13634 in 20034 to US$900000 in 200910 As a

consequence the International Trade Centre (ITC) categorizes Ethiopian

honey export trade as a ldquostarrdquo in structural performance based on its 122

growth in exports value and 107 growth in its share of world exports

Increase in production mainly through increasing productivity and

minimizing pre and post-harvest losses while at the same time meeting the

demand of the industries for raw materials that are not only sufficient to

180

enable them run in full capacity but also fulfill their requirements of quality

standards are issues that need to be addressed The presence of large bee

colony population and diverse flora will allow the country to be self-

sufficient in honey and beeswax and also for supplying other bee products

to the potential export markets The existing economic opportunities

however are not without posing some challenges that the research team

needs to be cautious about or address during the coming years

Socio-cultural dimension Beekeeping and honey production in Ethiopia

form an ancient tradition that has been incorporated into cultural and even

religious customs Beekeepers are mostly considered as wise and have high

social values and respects in the society In some societies of Ethiopia the

number of honeybee colonies and beehives owned serves as major wealth

ranking measurement and it is considered as prestige In the rural

communities of Ethiopia honey is highly regard product and widely used

in traditional medications and also used for different cultural religious and

ritual ceremonies The use of beeswax for making of votive candles is an

integral part of the cultural heritage within the many ethnic and religious

groups Moreover production of honey mead (lsquoTejrsquo) is considered as

respected beverage and local drink during marriage and holiday festival It

is thus essential for research team and stakeholders to consider and utilize

this opportunities

Technological dimension Honeybee products are generally considered as

cash commodities and the producers supply them to the markets Most of

the crude produced and marketed in Ethiopia has been used in the local

ldquotejrdquo production However in the last two decades there has been shift in

use of honey for table consumption Hence honey and beeswax processing

plants have been flourishing that are targeting supply of Ethiopian honey

and beeswax to the international markets This made the country to be

registered in EU third country list of honey and beeswax suppliers since

2008 The number of these processing privately owned honey and beeswax

processing companies is still increasing What has not changed much is the

rate at which the industries were and are operating such that supply of raw

material was and still is enough for them to run and produce only below

half of their capacities An important progress being observed in the

present time is the formation of Ethiopian Honey and Beeswax Producers

and Exporters Association (EHBPEA) which is trying to develop and

implement out growers scheme to encourage beekeepers use improved

beekeeping technologies and produce more quality and quantity honey so

181

that the beekeepers can sustainably supply honey and beeswax to the

companies

Environmental dimension The contrast physiographic conditions of

Ethiopia create diverse agro-climates in very close proximity with different

rainfall growing seasons and plant flowering patterns This condition

provides an ideal opportunity for apiculture sub-sector on a large scale As

a result bees adapt to these wide range of ecologies starting from lowland

plains (lt 500 m asl) of Afar and Somalia regions to mountain areas (gt

3500 m asl) of the northern parts of the country Moreover the existence

of diverse ecologies in close proximity favours the movement of bees from

one ecology to the others which enable them to escape harsh periods and

also to exploit resources that exist at different place during different

seasons As a result about10 million honeybee colonies are believed to

exist in the country spread over many agro-ecologies (EARO 2000) Out

of the 10 million about 30 of the colony population thought to be wild

and the rest 70 has been kept in different hive types

312 Operational external environments ClientsUsers - The main clients include the Ministry of Livestock and

Fisheries the Regional Offices of Livestock and Fisheries beekeepers

Unions Cooperatives and private sector (commercial beekeepers) These

stakeholders also include actors in all sectors of the honey and beeswax

value chain including input provision processing and marketing (national

and international) The local stakeholders which due to their own mandates

and responsibilities in the country play important roles in apiculture

research and development include rural technology (Agricultural

mechanization research centers) Pre-harvest and postharvest equipment

supply enterprises Microenterprises working on production and

processing equipment supply Ethiopian standards Agency and Ethiopian

conformity assessment Agency Ethiopian Public Health Institute private

sector (traders processors) and consumers

Partners

a) National - Important partner and collaborating centers from the RARIs

include Agricultural Research centers of Tigray Agricultural Research

Institute (TARI) Amhara Regional Agricultural Research Institute

(ARARI) Oromia Agricultural Research Institute (OARI) Southern

Agricultural Research Institute (SARI) Somali Region Pastoral and Agro-

182

pastoral Research Institute (SoRPARI) Afar Pastoral and Agro-pastoral

Research Institute (APARI)

Universities while primarily being learning institutions are also engaged

in research and technology generation through engagement in research

directly of their faculties and post-graduate students These include mainly

Bahirdar University Jimma University Ambo University Hawassa

University Mekelle University Addis Ababa University and other

existing and emerging universities with agricultural faculties The

ATVETs (Agricultural Technical and Vocational Educational Training)

are providing training to development agents on beekeeping as part of

government efforts to transform rural agriculture through extension

service

In addition partners also include Ministry of Finance and Economic

Development (MoFED) Ministry of Science and Technology (MoST) the

Ethiopian Biodiversity Institute (EBI) Central Statistical Agency (CSA)

National Meteorological Services Agency Federal Cooperative Agency

(FCA) Regional Cooperative Offices (RCOs) Ministry of Trade (MoT)

Ministry of Industry (MoI) private sector Non-governmental

multilateral and bilateral organizations and Agricultural Professional

Societies

Different non-governmental organizations (NGOs) working on honey

development provide physical and human capacity building for

strengthening the apiculture research This includes purchase and supply

of different laboratory facilities knowledge transfer on management and

production and improving honey marketing NGOs such as the

Netherlands Development Organization (SNV) Oxfam GB and SOS

Sahel are the key actors in apiculture sub sector Several other institutional

bodies have also emerged to promote the Ethiopian honey sector namely

the Ethiopian Honey and Beeswax Producers and Exporters Association

(EHBPEA) and the Ethiopian Beekeeperrsquos Association (EBA) These

institutional actors work together to help establish the successful

development strategies of the honey value chain in Ethiopia The EHBPEA

and the EBA cooperate with the government to organize commodity

specific workshops find solutions to industry problems facilitate honey

related policy developments and organize conferences and international

honey expositions (eg ApiExpo) The main purpose of these activities is

183

to promote Ethiopian honey and to establish promising market linkages

between different actors in the honey value chain

b) International

International partners and collaborators prospective donors and

collaborators and International Agricultural Research Centers called


centers with prospective affiliation to apiculture research and development

such as ICIPE and ILRI have long been involved in supporting Apiculture

research and development in Ethiopia

32 Assessment of internal environments

Assessment of the internal environment is thus about precise identification

and articulation of strengths and weakness of the research program

Capacity in this context encompasses a wide array of topics including

institutional capacity which signifies the available or lacking human

physical and financial resources technical or technological capacity and

organizational capacity which deals with the questions of functional

integrations within and between disciplines to forge complementarities and

synergies Below are briefly discussed the elements of internal

environments examined to synthesize summaries of the Strengths and

Weakness provided

321 Resources The human physical and financial resources have a decisive power on

program implementation coordination and administration Therefore the

level of human resources capacity financial capacity and the physical

resources available and lacking were assessed and tabulated as strengths

or weaknesses


The success of apiculture research depends on integrated and concerted

efforts of various research disciplines and sectors In addition to that of the

mainstream disciplines (such as breeding and genetic improvement bee

forage and pollination ecology bee health bee products quality

improvement and value addition socioeconomics and extension) there are

clear possibilities of realizing complementarities and synergies by working

184

together with experts of other fields Important among these potentially

potent areas of integration include Agricultural-Biotechnology Research

Agricultural and Nutritional Research Laboratory Forestry and Natural

Resources Management Research Agricultural Mechanization Research

Technology Multiplication and Seed Research Climate and Geospatial

Livestock Research and ICT Assessments were thus made whether or not

there could be integrated for synergies with these compelling areas of

research

323 Technologies Research on apiculture started some 20 years ago (beginning of 1996) and

during this period limited information and technologies have been

generated in area of bee managementhusbandry bee forage and bee

product processing and handling Since 2001 when the Agricultural

Research Co-ordination Service detached itself from Oromia Agricultural

Development Bureau (OADB) and re-organized itself as Oromia

Agricultural Research Institute (OARI) apiculture research has focused on

generatingdeveloping valuable information and physical technologies in

areas of bee forage identification (1000 potential bee forages species) bee

managementhusbandry bee product processing and handling

identification and control of bee enemies (16 major bee pests) and diseases

identification of local honeybee races (5 local bee races) methods of queen

bee rearing and colony multiplication low cost top bar hives construction

(chefeka hive) and others The majority of the generated

informationtechnologies have been disseminated to beneficiaries almost

in the whole country mainly to the small scale beekeepers who are

enjoying the impacts of these technologies Whether or not the changes

brought about by these informationtechnologies are in par with the

expectations are assessed to point out and build on the strengths and draw

lessons from the weaknesses


Lack of strong organizational capacity at different level is an area of

capacity weakness that affects effectiveness Different National and

Regional Research Centres various non-governmental organizations

(NGOs) higher learning institutions and ATVETs (Agricultural Technical

and Vocational Educational Training) are currently involved in apiculture

research However institutional linkage among different actors is yet

poor Organizational strengthen and weakness that would correspondingly

185

make the growth of apiculture research to take upward trend were analysed

from the centre-level institutional and national level perspective

a) Organization and Geographic Coverage at EARI Level

Holetta Bee Research Centre is responsible for the coordination of

country-wide apiculture research In addition other research centres under

the EIAR OARI ARARI TARI and SARI have launched apiculture

research programmes since 2004 However the progress made by the

centres in both human and infrastructure capacity building for the program

shows very wide variation some of the canters are still at their infant

capacity level Moreover the existing collaboration among research

centres is passive and the coordination lacks proper enforcement

mechanisms The major honey producing regions of the country western

southwester and southern are poorly addressed and the emerging research

centres in this potential honey producing areas are only crippling for long

time

b) Organization and Geographic Coverage at National Level

Apiculture research at the national level involves EARI and RARIs and

their centres Though there has been a general consensus for a country wide

coordination of apiculture research this has not been effectively realized

due to lack of binding mechanisms In addition the research centres and

testing sites even at the country wide level do not represent all the various

major and potential honey producing agro-ecologies of the country

186

33 Strengths Weaknesses Opportunities and Challenges by the Research Themes

Table 7 Summary of analyses of external and internal environments reflected in terms of strengths weaknesses opportunities and challenges pertaining to the different thematic research areas

Research theme Strengths Weaknesses Opportunities Challenges

General Modest working premises (offices laboratories experimental fields and transport facilities at center level)

Inadequate working premises (offices laboratories experimental fields and transport facilities

Favorable development policies (foreign investment Climate resilient green economy etc)

Government commitment to improve apiculture research (decentralization of research system)

Involvement of NGOs

Involvement of private sector

Emerging honeybee product quality test laboratories

Natural resource degradation

High variability of environmental factors due to climate change

Presence of national coordination to oversee regional and national apiculture research

Presence of framework for coordination and monitoring

Capacity limitation to discharge responsibilities

Lack of strong cooperation and integration among other research disciplines and institutions

Rising demand for organic and specialty bee products in the national and international markets

Increasing human population demanding apicultural

The hardship work nature of beekeeping (night work sting etc)

187


Absence of effective and participatory MampE

technologies and bee products

Rising income at HH level

Moderate human resource

Staff with moderate training and capability

Committed and cooperative staff

Inadequate research staff

Lack of specialization and inadequate disciplinary mix

Staff turnover

Diverse agro-ecology and farming systems

Huge biodiversity resources (honeybee races honey plants etc)

Expanding watershed development programs

Farmers indigenous knowledge on beekeeping

Diversified bee products

Cost and knowledge intensive nature of apiculture research

Emerging of apiculture research team in regional and national research centers

Increased demand to invest in apiculture sub-sector

Launching of apiculture courses at higher learning institutes (local universities and ATVETs)

Possibility of integrating with agricultural sectors (horticulture forage natural resource conservation forestry crops etc)

Government attention to apiculture research and

188


development (expanding apiculture research in national and regional centres)

Conducive policy for research development and investment

Inadequate policy enforcement

Lack of breeding and health policy

Genetic and bee management improvement

Five honeybee races have been identified

Different honeybee colony multiplication (queen rearing) techniques have been evaluated

Improved seasonal management of in central highland bees has been developed for honey production

Low productivity and production of local honeybees

Characterization of honeybee races is not exhaustive (morphometric behavioral and molecular )

Not adopting AI technologies

Performance of offspring from different queen rearing techniques are not determined

Farmers indigenous knowledge on conservation utilization and management of beekeeping genetic resources

Diversified bee races and species across different agro-ecology of the country

High honeybee colony population

Lacking stringent quarantine system to regulate importation of genetic materials

Naturally there is high colony mobility tendency (swarming absconding and migration)

Selection and breeding of local honeybees not yet started

Good climatic zones suitable for local honeybees

Availability of large honeybee colony population in the country

Defensive nature of the local honeybees

189


Breeding stock line not established

Lack of bee breeding stationsfarms

Tolerance of local honeybees bee races to diseases and pests

Loss of some bee genetic resources (eg stingless bees) due to deforestation and other anthropogenic pressure

Limited breeding materials for desirable traits

Presence of policies and regulations to protectconserve honeybee genetic resources

Traditional beekeeping practices with poor husbandry

Limited improved bee management techniques suitable for different agro-ecologies

Limited effort on supplementary feeds identification and characterization

No effort to develop standard ration

Management techniques for production of other honeybee products (pollen grains royal jelly venom etc) are not developed

190


Bee forage and pollination ecology

Major honeybee plants are identified and characterized at different AEZ

Inadequate identification characterization and mapping of honeybee plants

Existence of diverse natural honeybee flora in the country

Diverse cultivated honeybee flora (crops and others)

Deforestation

Unwise use of pesticides leading to loss of some bee forages and pollinators

Potential herbaceous and shrub honeybee plants were selected multiplied and distributed

Honeybee floral calendar for different AEZ not established

The existence of diverse agro-ecology suitable for honeybee plants

Presence of diversified pollinators

There is lack of awareness and technical knowledge from the side of extension service providers (wereda experts DAs and SMS) on bee forage and pollination service

Contribution of honeybeesrsquo pollination on yield increment of some crops assessed

Pollen atlas of major honeybee plants developed

Absence of agronomic recommendations for bee forages

Limited bee forage multiplication and conservation techniques

Colony carrying capacity assessment tools not established

Beekeepers indigenous knowledge on conservation utilization and management of honeybee plants

Inadequate information on the contribution of bee pollination to

191


crops natural resource conservation etc

Potential pollinators and their effectiveness not adequately identified

Factors affecting pollination services of bees to different crops are not identified characterized and quantified

Reference material collection and documentation facilities are limited (herbarium pollen reference slides etc)

Bee health About 16 honeybee pests and predators identified and documented

About 4 honeybee diseases identified and documented

Limited information on current distribution of economical important bee pests and diseases

Climatic conditions and environment favoring year round foraging (reduces autoinfectioninfestation)

Weak national quarantine system to control introduction of diseases and pests

Economical importance and control of major honeybee pests and predators determined and developed

No effective management strategies to control pests and diseases

Good hygienic and defensive behavior of local honeybees

Climate change causes emergence of new diseases and pests

Indiscriminate application of pesticides

192


Toxicity effect of commonly used pesticides on honeybees determined and documented

Lack of monitoring mechanisms and early warning before the outbreaks

Huge natural resource bases for biological control development

Mobile behavior of honeybees leading to introduction and spread of diseases and pests

Existence of bee health laboratory and equipment

Limited capacity (manpower and facilities) in monitoring and diagnosis for viral and bacterial diseases

Presence of beekeepersrsquo indigenous knowledge on pests and diseases control

Presence of good partnership with regional and international bee health institutions

Lack of available IPMIDM options for control of pests and diseases

Existence of African bee health reference laboratories for further investigation of diseases and pests

Lack of information on newly emerging honeybee pests and diseases

Presence of policies and regulations on honeybee protection

Lack of information on biology of honeybee pests and diseases


Limited knowledge on biological control for honeybee pests and diseases

193


Weak quarantine system to control introduction of honeybee pests and diseases

Limited information on the toxicity effect of pesticides on honeybee and their products

Limited knowledge on mechanisms to minimize toxicity effect of pesticides

Honeybee products quality improvement and value addition

Quality control and grading system for honey and beeswax have been established

Nine specialty honey types identified and characterized

little attempts to produce and utilize high value products (pollen grain propolis royal jelly bee venom)

Production of diversified specialty honey (different botanical origins)

Increasing domestic and international demand for local honey and beeswax

Fast crystallizing nature of honey

Deep-rooted traditional beekeeping production system


Harvesting techniques developed and evaluated for other bee products such as pollen grain and propolis

Growing number of processors of honey and beeswax

Recognition of the country in EU member countries

Existence of high-tech bee product quality laboratory facilities (HPLC UV-spectrophotometer etc)

Lack of value adding technologies Presence of policies for regulations of honey quality

Weak policy enforcement against the widespread adulteration problem

194


Poor bee products processing and handling

Illegal trading of honey and beeswax (unlicensed trading and smuggling)

Lack of quality control and grading system for high value bee products

Indiscriminate use of pesticides is potential risk for contamination of honeybee products

Limited techniques and methodologies to identify adulteration of bee products

Api-mechanization

Improved moveable frame box hive evaluate and adopted

Inadequate adoption of improved beekeeping equipment

Importation and distribution of substandard pre and postharvest bee equipment

Affordable beehives from locally available cheap materials have been developed and evaluated

Shortage and high cost of pre-harvest bee equipment

Shortage and high cost of postharvest bee equipment

Involvement of private workshops in production of bee equipment

Involvement of private sector in bee equipment trading

Domestic production and supply of substandard beekeeping equipment

195


Shortage and high cost of packaging and transporting bee equipment

Small scale beeswax rendering devices developed

Limited skilled manpower for designing and production of bee equipment

Increasing demand for pre and postharvest bee equipment and tools

Poor policy enforcement on maintaining the standard and quality requirements of bee equipment

Protective clothes and tools such as veil gloves smokers designed and developed

Shortage of workshops and machineries

Socioeconomics research extension and gender

Established and organized research process with respective research teams (socio-economics and gender research extension)

Limited information on socioeconomic and gender issues of Apiculture

Limited information on beekeeping production systems marketing and its social and economic roles

Deep-rooted traditional beekeeping practice for honey and beeswax production

The culture of producing lsquotejrsquo from honey and church candles from beeswax since time immemorial

Inefficient market regulatory system (eg trade distortions such as involvement of illegal middle men and undefined and elaborated chain)

Demonstration and scaling up of transitional beehive queen rearing and moveable frame box hive technologies

Inadequate dissemination of improved Apiculture technologies for users

Limitedno information on adoption status and impact of apiculture technologies

Consumption of table honey and lsquotejrsquois common in Ethiopia

Inadequate mechanisms of implementing quality control regulations

196


Technical capacity buildingtraining for extension workers (DAs SMS) and farmers on improved beekeeping technologies

Limited information on value chain status for honey and beeswax and the research approach employed takes littleno consideration of developing the whole value chain

The growing number of honey and beeswax exporters

High market demand for honey and beeswax

Lack of continuous and sufficient supply of bee products for export and processing industries

EIAR has adopted the policy of gender as one of the crosscutting themes to be mainstreamed in all its implementation agenda

Limited information on gender disaggregated technology dissemination adoption and impact assessment for apiculture

High demand of honey for food processing industries

High price of honey and beeswax at local markets

Job opportunity and income source for unemployed and landless youth

Less attention given to Apiculture extension services

Two million smallholding farmers are engaged in beekeeping

The GoE has long taken a policy decision that women have equal participation in economic political and social development initiatives

197


Technology multiplication

Available apicultural technologies to be multiplied

Lack of modern infrastructures and facilities for technology multiplication

Encouraging policy and public investment on technology multiplication

Lack of sizable private organizations on commercial mass multiplication

Establishment of technology multiplication research teams

Inadequate supply of generated technologies

Lack of certification and regulatory schemes for authenticity

Additional crosscutting themes

Strong capacity of ICT at the head quarter (EIAR) to promote the Apiculture sub-sector

Lack of a central datainformation base of Apiculture sub-sector

Weak linkages and inadequate networking for

Lack of recent reference materials (books journals proceedings e-library etc)

The GoE adopted the ICT policy and strategy

Apiculture related data collection is given little attention inconsistent and unreliable informationdata

198


Climate change mainstreamed as one of the crosscutting themes in Agricultural research commodities

Climate change mainstreaming in Apiculture research is at its infant stage

Lack of information and technologies specifically tailored to address climate challenge

Lack of early warning mechanisms and tools to address emerging problems

Governmentrsquos commitment to climate resilient green economy (CRGE)

Unpredictability of climate change

Unpredictable emergence of problems due to climate change

GIS and agro meteorology research units are established in most research centres

Big technological and research capacity gap

Lack of apiculture suitability map seasonal forecast and geospatial analysis information for production and marketing

Lack of highly trained research staffs and modern facilities for GIS and meteorology research

Favorable government policy to establish GIS and agrometeorology research teams

Sophisticated GIS and agrometeorology technologies are available worldwide

High demand of apiculture technologies for adaptation and mitigation of global warming and natural resource conservation

The technologies are expensive

199

34 Benchmarking

World Production and Global leaderssuppliers Honey is produced

worldwide and is also imported globally This is attributed to the

qualitative nature of honey produced from different floral and nectar

sources in different geographical regions The world trade of honey

reached a value of USD 738 M in 2005 The majority of the production of

honey takes place in developing countries while developed countries are

the largest consumers The leading producer of honey China produced

298000 tonnes in 2005 The second and third largest producers of honey

are Turkey and Argentina who produced 82000 and 80000 tons of honey

respectively Other relatively large producers of honey in the developing

world include Brazil India Tanzania Ethiopia Mexico Kenya and

Angola Ethiopia is the largest African producer of honey in terms of total

national production based on FAOSTATS estimates It produced 41000

tonnes of honey in 2005 (fig 3)

Figure 3 World honey production in 2005 source FAOSTAT 2005

Productivity is one of the important aspects of beekeeping that is

considered as measurement of comparative advantage Hive productivity

20

6

6

6

5444

33

3

36

Major honey producers in 2005production in MT

China 298 000

Turkey 82336

Argentina 80000

USA 79218

Ukraine 71462

Russia 52126

India 52000

Mexico 50631

Ethiopia 41000

Spain 37000

Canada 36109

Others 508603

200

is dependent on many factors such as technology used (traditional

transition and frame box hives) amount of bee forage available within the

apiary protection of colony against damage by pests disease and fire

Seasonal colony management is also one of the critical factors affecting

productivity of coloniesEven though Ethiopia stands first both in

honeybee colony population and gross annual production the productivity

of colonies is very low The national average of colonies is about 5-

7kghiveannum for traditional hives 12kghiveannum and

25kghiveannum for transitional and frame box hives respectively

However the total productivity for a colony is only about

76kghiveannum irrespective of the hive types used in 2005 (CSA 2005)

This makes Ethiopia non-competitive in productivity even compared to

small honey producers like Guinea Bissau In terms of output per hive

Africarsquos most productive country is Madagascar At 30 kghive is about

four times more productive than Ethiopia Productivity in Guinea and

Zambia is 10kghive even though total national production is less than

Ethiopia See Table 5 for the top seven African countries with the highest

output per hive productivity

Table 5 Hives numbers honey production and productivity in Africa in 2005

African country Number of hives Natural honey in MT

Productivity (honey output per hive in kg)

Madagascar 131000 3960 302

South Africa 52000 1500 288

Libya 37000 800 216

Angola 1200000 24000 200

Tunisia 140000 2500 179

Guinea Bissau 6150 65 106

Tanzania 2700000 27000 100

Senegal 124600 1246 100

Guinea 60000 600 100

Zambia 50000 500 100

Ethiopia 5400000 41000 76

Source CSA 2005

201

As seen in the figure below China is also the largest supplier of beeswax

to the EU who is also an important importer of Tanzanian beeswax

Table 6 Beeswax imports from selected countries outside the EU (MT)

Exporting country 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003

China 1908 1881 2362 2252 3208

USA 123 120 81 308 251

Central Africa 128 103 120 104 144

Ethiopia 52 119 17 109 109

Ivory coast 33 99 70 103 124

Australia 134 136 193 110 102

Ukraine 460 426 362 170 80

Tanzania 38 193 96 57 76

Argentina 48 64 239 116 71

Figure 4 World honey export in 2005 source FAOSTAT 2005

20

17

11

6444

33

3

33

Worlds major exporters of honey in 2005in MT

China 298000

Argentina 128 463

Germany 80210

Hungary 42610

Mexico 31836

Spain 27595

India 26351

New Zealand 25391

Canada 25017

Australia 20337

Others 241775

202

4 Strategic issues facing the apiculture research









promoting the apiculture sub-sector The strategic issues selected are

organized in five disciplinary themes and one general crosscutting topic

The disciplinary themes include (1) Genetic and bee management

improvement (2) Bee forage and pollination ecology (3) Bee health

where diseases insect pests and parasitic and other predators are dealt

with (4)Api-mechanization (5) agricultural economics and research

extension and (5) Technology multiplication Issues of gender equality

climate change and knowledge management are presented as crosscutting

themes under the sixth category These are presented hereunder in Table

8

Table 8 Strategic issues facing the Apiculture research commodity and their relevance in the short (1-5 years)- medium (6-10 years)- and long (11-15 years) - terms

Strategic Issues

Relevance in the

Short-term

Medium-term

Long-term

41 General

411 Lack of trained manpower in apiculture research program

Limited skill to discharge responsibilities

High attrition rate of experienced researchers

Poor interdisciplinary mix

X X X

412 Limited research infrastructure and facilities

Inadequate laboratories and lab facilities

Limited experimental fields at different agro-ecologies

X X X

203

Strategic Issues

Relevance in the

Short-term

Medium-term

Long-term

Limited herbarium workshops standard store greenhouse and lack of insectaries

Inadequate transport facilities


Lack of apiculture stakeholders platform

Limited participatory planning monitoring and evaluation

X X X

42 Genetic and bee management improvement

421 Low productivity and production of local honeybees

Inadequate characterization of local honeybees

Lack of genetically improved stock lines

Limited genetic information (eg gene actions and inheritance of traits) to meet yield and desirable behavior (hygienic less inclination to mobility defensehellipetc)

X X X

422 Poor beekeeping management techniques

Limited improved bee management techniques suitable for different agro-ecologies and seasons

Limited effort on supplementary feeds identification characterization and develop standard ration for local honeybees

Lack of specific management techniques for production of other honeybee products (pollen grains royal jelly venom etc)

X X X

43 Bee forage and pollination ecology

431 Underutilization of potential bee forages


Lack of honeybee floral calendar for different AEZ and colony carrying capacity assessment tools

Limited information on agronomy multiplication and conservation for bee forages

X X X

204

Strategic Issues

Relevance in the

Short-term

Medium-term

Long-term

Limited collection and documentation of reference bee forage materials (herbarium specimen pollen grain references etc)

432 Underutilization of honeybee pollination services for crop yield improvement and natural resource conservation

Inadequate information on the contribution of bee pollination to crops natural resource conservation etc

Inadequate information on potential pollinators and factors affecting pollination efficiency

Weak efforts to integrate beekeeping with other agricultural and natural resource conservation practices

X X X

44 Bee health

441 Occurrence of existing and newly emerging honeybee diseases and pests



Lack of available IPMIDM options for control of diseases and pests

Limited awareness about management of the diseases and pests

X X X

442 increasing loss of honeybee colonies due to indiscriminate use of pesticides

Limited information on the potential toxicity effect of pesticides on honeybee and their products

Limited knowledge on ways of honeybees are poisoning by pesticides


X X X

45 Honeybee products quality improvement and value addition

451 Poor product processing and handling

Lack of information on quality control and grading system for high value bee products


X X X

205

Strategic Issues

Relevance in the

Short-term

Medium-term

Long-term

Limited information on potential risk of bee product contamination

Weak implementation of quality control regulations

452 Poor value addition and inadequate use of other bee products

Lack of value adding technologies

Little attempts to produce and utilize high value products

X X X

46 Api-mechanization

461 Shortage and high cost of pre-harvest bee equipment

Limited skilled manpower for designing and production of pre-harvest bee equipment

Shortage of affordable and pre-harvest beekeeping equipment materials and tools

Lack of appropriate transporting technologies for bee colonies

X X X

462 Shortage and high cost of postharvest bee equipment

Limited skilled manpower for designing and production of postharvest bee equipment

Shortage of affordable and postharvest beekeeping equipment materials and tools

Lack of appropriate packaging and transporting technologies for bee products

X X X

47 Socioeconomics research extension and gender

471 Limited information on socioeconomic and gender issues of Apiculture

Limited information on value chain status for honey and beeswax and the research approach employed takes littleno consideration of developing the whole



X X X

206

Strategic Issues

Relevance in the

Short-term

Medium-term

Long-term

472 Inadequate dissemination of improved Apiculture technologies for users

X X X

48 Technology multiplication

481 Inadequate supply of generated technologies


Shortage of supply of available technologies

X X X


491 Lack of central data base and networking

Weak linkages and inadequate networking Lack of recent reference materials (books journals

proceedings e-library etc)

X X X

492 Climate change



X X X

493 Lack of GIS and Agrometerology research



X X X

Note the mark ldquoXrdquo denotes that the issue is relevant and needs to be tackled

207





collaboration with farmers beekeepers processors extensionists and a

wide range of other partners to be involved in the whole spectrum of the

apiculture sub-sector Aligned to the goals and priorities of EIAR and

guided by the current national agricultural growth and transformation

framework the research strategy is believed to benefit beekeeper farmers

bee product processors traders exporters and others involved in the honey

value chains and the nation at large The research themes are built on seven

major research programs as briefly discussed hereunder and the strategic

interventions designed for each of the strategic issues elucidated under

section IV above and spanning the short- medium- and long- terms of

fifteen years (2016-2030)

51 Research themes

511 General The Livestock master plan (LMP) which is aligned with the countryrsquos

second growth and transformation plan (GTP II) is primarily focus on

enhancing livestock production The second five-year Growth and

Transformation Plan (GTP II) of Ethiopia also projects the livestock sector

still play a vital role to transform into industrialization In this regard

apiculture could contribute much since bee products are used as product

value addition and sources of raw materials for the expansion of agro-

industries such as food cosmetics and various industrial chemicals

Nonetheless the shortage of honey and beeswax supply due to traditional

production system and technology limitation for the diversification and

utilization of other potential bee product (pollen propolis royal jelly bee

venom) are presently hindering local industries to produce valuable

products to their full capacity It is therefore vital to have a strategy of

product diversification and value addition for import substitution

In order to pursue such an important agenda of national urgency the

research should focus on two important issues that (i) the apiculture

research should be strengthened in terms human resources (ie the

researchers engaged in apiculture research should be equipped with

208

modern techniques and methods of beekeeping improvements) and

research facilities (ie insectary greenhouses modern equipment for

honey quality analyses and biotechnological tools) and (ii) the

stakeholders involved in the honey value chain in general need to have a

strong functional influential and sustainable forum that will shape up the

future of apiculture research production processing trade consumption

and product diversification

512 Beekeeping and genetic improvement (BGI) So far apiculture research has been conducted for decades with the aim of

improving production and productivities of the sub-sector However the

annual honey and bees wax production is estimated to 54000 and 5300

metric tons respectively and this is only 10 of the countryrsquos production

potential (CSA 2012) This mainly owing to incessant traditional way of

beekeeping practices which exerted poor management techniques and low

genetic performance of local bees

Currently there is an increased demand for honey and beeswax products

in Ethiopia as well as in the international markets To meet with the

growing demand of honey and beeswax much of the focus will be on

developing improved bee management techniques suitable for different

agro-ecologies and seasons Moreover characterizing and selecting better

performing indigenous stocks rearing and breeding new varieties that are

high yielding adapted to a variety of environments and resilient in the

face of multiple stresses such as climate change emergence of new pests

and diseases and other biotic and abiotic factors

The strategy will generally seek to accelerate beekeeping and genetic

improvement by using both conventional and modern methods and

technologies that make it possible to improve management and increase

traits of desire genetic materials and to select with greater precision This

will involve stronger integration of conventional queen rearing techniques

with modern tools such as AI and methods of biotechnology including

molecular markers genomics proteomics and related fields Improving

data access and management will be another area of focus to optimize

breeding efficiency

513 Bee forage and pollination ecology Over 7000 species of flowering plants exist in Ethiopia of which most of

them are melliferous plants These abundant natural resources needed for

beekeeping provide nectar pollen or both pollen and nectar to the

209

honeybees for their maintenance reproduction and for the production of

honey and beeswax From the locally adapted bee flora bout 800 species

were identified and characterized as potential bee forages with the kind of

resources (nectar andor pollen) they are offering to the honeybees

Through consistent forage on such flowering plants bees also make

significant contributions to the yield and quality increment of crops and

maintain environmental sustainability and biodiversity To this end

research will focus on tackling identifying characterizing and mapping

major bee forages establishing honey floral calendar and colony carrying

capacity for different AEZ Moreover the issues identified under

pollination ecology are thought to address also quantifying and enhancing

the efficiency of bees in crop yield improvement and biodiversity

conservation through mitigating limiting factors

514 Bee health One of the most effective ways to make apiculture production more eco-

efficient is to achieve yield stability and reduce the chances of bee

mortality and colony decline due to diseases pests and poisoning

substances To this end the research will focus assessing information on

epidemiology of common honeybee diseases and pests and develop

suitable prevention and control package It is also imperative to consider

and aware the potential toxicity effect of commonly used pesticides on

honeybees and their products to develop pesticides risk minimizing

options


Bee products quality and value addition is the core theme of apiculture

commodity designed to investigate on different aspects of bee products

quality improvement and value addition Poor product processing and

handling with inadequate value addition practices are limiting factors to

meet the current demand and supply of standard honey and other bee

products in Ethiopia To this fact the research should focus generate and

adopt improved bee product processing and handling technologies

develop quality control and grading system for honey and beeswax and

enhance utilization of other potential bee products (like pollen propolis

royal jelly bee venom)

516 Api- mechanization The main challenges associated with bee product processing and handling

is shortage and high cost of pre amp post-harvest bee equipment Both pre-

210

and post- harvest operations are done manually and losses of both

quantities and qualities of produce are compromised It is therefore

imperative to consider this field of research to constitute part and parcel of

the research strategies of apiculture commodity

517 Socioeconomics research extension and gender The socio-economics and extension group is one of the core members of

the apiculture research and it is as such the vanguard of the group to bring

in stakeholders together to formulate relevant research agenda as they do

also taking out promising research results to demonstration processes

Addressing issues related to socio-economics and research extension in the

strategy is the key to attain the successes that the research team envisages

518 Crosscutting themes Gender The role of women in the agricultural system is critical as women

contribute 70 percent of farm labor at harvesting and in post-harvest

activities But women farmers have only limited access to resources

services land and credit Unequal gender relations often make women

more vulnerable to the effects of poverty land degradation and climate

change If the gender gap were eliminated FAO34 asserts that total

agricultural output would increase Cognizant of this the strategy upholds

integration of gender concerns into research objectives technology

development extension and evaluation frameworks



country Therefore the apiculture research strategy will place due

considerations to availing technologies that would help the honey value





access to resources that help them improve their beekeeping productivity

and competitive ability KM will also help to create research products in a

more collaborative manner that makes them more suitable for diverse

audiences For this purpose the research team will make results more

readily available spearhead formations of multi-stakeholder platforms that


networking

211

52 Strategic interventions

Table 9 Strategic interventions planned to address critical issues facing the Apiculture research

commodities in the short- medium- and long- terms

Strategic Issue Strategic Intervention




Short term trainings on- modern laboratory equipment

and tools Long term trainings on

various disciplines

Researchers or technicians trained or specialized in modern instruments and tools

Researchers specialized in advanced research disciplines



12 Limited research infrastructure and facilities (laboratory lab facilities digital library standard store greenhouse herbarium insectary etc)

Establishment of standard laboratory herbarium and honey quality analysis and AI instruments

Availing some basic molecular biology materials such as Laminal hood DNA extraction tools soxolate extractor Gel electrophoresis and PCR etc

Establishment of metal workshop standard insectary and greenhouse

Availing some advanced quality analysis equipment (GC-MS LC-MS GLC etc)

Continue to modernize the lab facilities to attain state of the art in biotechnological and quality analyses

212



13 Poor linkage of the research system with other stakeholders along the value chain

Strengthening already established apiculture research centers

Strengthening apiculture development stakeholders platform

Promote Ethiopian honey and beeswax to establish promising market linkages in the honey value chain

Continue strengthening the apiculture development platform

Establishing new international and national stakeholders platform

Continue strengthening the national and international apiculture development platforms

Expected Outputs from strategic interventions on general issues Capacity built resulting in well-qualified researchers equipped with modern techniques of apiculture research and quality analysis Capacity built to result in well-equipped laboratory herbarium metal workshop insectaries and greenhouse facilities A strong and functional stakeholders platform established that is instrumental for promoting development of the apiculture sub-sector



Characterize and select better performing indigenous stocks

Development of suitable colony multiplication techniques

Establishment of bee breeding stations

Adopting AI technologies

Breeding of selected stock lines

Use biotechnological tools to characterize and study genetic variations

Generate genetic information on traits of importance for local bees (ie elucidating the biological

Continuing breeding of better performing stock lines

Continuing generating information on traits of important for local bees

213



basis for productivity gains by quantifying the patterns of genetic variabilities inheritance gene effects genetic predictions and other variables

22 Poor bee management techniques

Development of improved bee management techniques suitable for different agro-ecologies and seasons

Minimize colony mobility (swarming absconding migration)

Identifying standard ration for local honeybees

Developing specific management techniques for production of other honeybee products (pollen grains royal jelly venom etc)

Continuing developing improved bee management techniques for different agro-ecologies

Characterizing and developing standard ration for local honeybees

Continuing developing improved bee management techniques for different agro-ecologies and diversified bee products

Continuing characterizing and developing standard ration for local honeybees

Expected outputs from strategic interventions on Beekeeping and Genetic improvement issues Selected and maintained genetically improved indigenous stock lines Suitable colony multiplication techniques for indigenous bees developed Established bee breeding stationsfarms and AI technologies adopted Developed improved seasonal bee management techniques Reduced bee colony mobility Developed standard bee supplementary feeds

214




31Underutilization of potential bee forages

Identifying characterizing and mapping major bee forages

Selection and improving major honeybee plants

Establishing honey floral calendar and colony carrying capacity for different AEZ

Collection and documentation of reference bee forage materials (herbarium specimen pollen grain references etc)

Integrating beekeeping with other agricultural and natural resource conservation practices


Selection and improving major honeybee plants for nectar and pollen grain production



Developing bee forage agronomic recommendations and multiplication techniques

Evaluating and adopting introduced technologies

Optimizing utilization of honeybee forages flowering at different seasons in different areas



Selection and improving major honeybee plants for nectar and pollen grain production for dearth period management







215




Assessing the contribution of bees in natural resource conservation and crop yield

Identifying and evaluating potential pollinators other than honeybees

Identifying and evaluating pollination affecting factors






Developing adaptation and mitigation mechanisms against pollination limiting factors

Evaluating and adopting technologies mitigating pollination limiting factors







Expected outputs from strategic interventions on Bee forage and pollination ecology issues Developed major bee flora data base Established honey floral calendar and colony carrying capacity for different agro-ecologies Increasedoptimized utilization of honeybee forages Improved bee forage agronomic practices Developed multiplication and conservation techniques for major bee forages Adopted introduced technologies

216



Quantified and enhanced role of bees in natural resource conservation and crop production Enhanced efficiency of bees for crop pollination and natural resource conservation through mitigating limiting factors Identified potential pollinators other than bees and designed utilization mechanisms

524 Bee health

41 Wide prevalence and newly emerging honeybee diseases and pests

Identifying monitoring and mapping of major bee diseases and pests

Determining economic importance of honeybee diseases and pests

Developing suitable preventive andor control methods

Investigating use of bio-pesticides (botanical microbial bee products) to treat honeybee diseases and pests

Evaluation and adoption of diseases and pest controlling technologies

Investigating the behavioral attributes of local honeybees against diseases and pests




Developing and validating bio-pesticides (botanical microbial bee products) to treat honeybee diseases and pests



Identifying monitoring and mapping of major bee diseases and pests using cutting age tools






217



Investigating the honeybee diseases and pests dynamism and associated risk factors

Assessing and documenting ethno- botanical practices

Awareness creation on management of the diseases and pests


Validating ethno- botanical practices




42 Increasing loss of honeybee colonies due to indiscriminate use of pesticides

Generating information on the potential toxicity effect of pesticides on honeybee and their product

Identifying toxicity aggravating factors (time duration mode of application formulation etc)

Developing techniques to minimize toxicity effect of pesticides

Creating awareness on the proper use of pesticides (agro-chemicals)

Providing feedbacksevidences to support policy makers











218



Expected outputs from strategic interventions on Bee health issues Identified major bee diseases and pests prevailing in the country Determined economic importance of diseases and pets Developed and adopted appropriate bee diseases and pests control technologies Developed bio-pesticides for diseases and pest treatments Determined potential toxicity of commonly used pesticides and aggravating factors Recommended pesticides risk minimizing options Initiated pesticide application policy Established sound collaboration between growers and beekeepers on proper use of pesticides



Generating and adopting improved bee product processing and handling technologies

Characterizing honeybee products (biological chemical physical)

Developing quality control and grading system for honey and beeswax

Assessing contamination sources for honeybee products and recommending the possible mitigation methods



Developing quality control and grading system for pollen and royal jelly

Developing mitigation methods for honeybee products contamination

Developing protocol to identify adulteration of bee products



Assessment of honeybee products contaminationresidues using high- tech instruments

Developing quality control and grading system for pollen and propolis

219




Creating awareness on quality management

Generating information on potential risk of bee product contamination




52 Limited value addition practices and inadequate use of other bee products

Developing techniques to diversify the utilization of bee products like honey beeswax and propolis(value addition)

Diversifying the utilization of bee products (honey beeswax propolis pollen grain)

Developing techniques to diversify the utilization of bee products (honey beeswax propolis pollen grain royal jelly and bee venom)

Expected outputs from strategic interventions on honeybee products quality improvement and value additional issues Bee product characterized and quality standardized Bee product adulteration identification protocols developed

Utilization of bee products diversified and enhanced


61 Shortage and high cost of pre amp post-harvest bee equipment

Evaluating and improving the performances of different pre amp post harvesting beekeeping equipment and materials


Continuing evaluating and improving the performances of different pre amp post harvesting beekeeping equipment and materials

220



Human resource capacity building for designing and production of pre amp post-harvest bee equipment

Human resource capacity building for designing and production of pre amppost-harvest bee equipment


Expected outputs from strategic interventions on Api-mechanization issues Pre and post-harvest equipmentrsquos and materials improved Information generated and human technical capacity enhanced

Appropriate and affordable pre and post-harvest equipments and materials developed



Generating information on value chain status for honey and beeswax

Availing information on beekeeping production systems marketing and its social and economic roles

Generating information on gender disaggregated technology dissemination adoption and impact assessment for apiculture

Generating information on value chain status for honey and beeswax and other high value products

Continuing generating information on gender disaggregated technology dissemination adoption and impact assessment for apiculture




Demonstrating evaluating and promoting proven technologies

Disseminating proven information and technologies





221



Expected outputs from strategic interventions on Socioeconomics research extension and gender

Information on bee product value chain status generated

information on beekeeping production systems marketing and its social and economic roles availed

Gender disaggregated technologies disseminated and adopted

Beekeeping technologies impact assessment conducted

Proven apiculture information and technologies disseminated



Building modern infrastructures and facilities for technology multiplication

Increasing supply of available technologies





Modern infrastructures and facilities for technology multiplication established

Supply of available technologies enhanced



Establishing linkages and networking for efficient information collection compilation and dissemination



222



Availing recent reference materials (books journals proceedings e-library etc)



92 Climate change

Addressing climate change problem in research programs to increase resilience of vulnerable communities

Developing early warning mechanisms and tools to address emerging problems





93 Lack of GIS and Agrometeroogy research

Building human resource capacities and modern facilities for GIS and meteorology research

Generating information on apiculture suitability map seasonal forecast and geospatial analysis information for production and marketing



Expected outputs from strategic interventions on crosscutting issues

Modern ICT infrastructures and facilities established

Climate change mainstreamed and resilient Apiculture technologies developed

Early warning mechanisms and tools for climate change related emerging problems developed

Data bases on apiculture resources production and marketing developed

223

6 The next steps


of EIAR it is essential to prepare the implementation plan without which

this strategy is not going to reach fruition The implementation plan

document will come out as Volume II of the research strategy which will

serve as the blueprint to guide the National Apiculture Commodity for the

next fifteen years (2016-2030) The major contents of the implementation

plan will revolve among others around the following topics






important to develop a common Guideline that will serve the EIAR


the research teams develop implementation plans This Guideline is useful

to communicate the goals of the strategic plans and establish uniform

approaches The Guideline will contain important considerations in


research teams of various roles and levels It will generally be of

importance that researchers planners and evaluators will need to become

familiar with the Guideline to prepare successful projects from the

strategic plans as well as provide realistic estimates of resource





research commodities for preparing the implementation plans of their


224

7 References

Admassu A Gizaw E Amssalu B and Debissa L (2006)The effect of honey

bee (Apis mellifera L) on seed production of Allium cepa (variety Adama

red)

Amssalu B Nuru A Radloff S E and Hepburn H R(2004)Multivariate

morphometric analysis of Honeybees (Apis mellifera L) in the Ethiopian

regionApidologie35 71-84

Ayalew K (2001) Promotion of beekeeping in rural sector of Ethiopia

Proceedings of the third National Annual Conference of Ethiopian

Beekeepers Association (EBA) September 3-4 2001 Addis Ababa Ethiopia

pp52-58

APIMONDIA (2011) 42nd International Apicultural Congress 21th-25th

September Issue 005 The African Magazin March 2011 Buenos-Argentina

Berenbaum M R(2007) The Birds and the Bees-How Pollinators Help Maintain

Healthy Ecosystems Testimonial before the Subcommittee on Fisheries

Wildlife and Oceans Committee on Natural Resources US House of

Representatives 26 June 2007

Bradbear N 2009 Bees and their role in forest livelihoods A guide to the services

provided by bees and the sustainable harvesting processing and marketing of

their products FAO Pub

CSA 2006 Statistical Abstracts Central Statistical Agency Addis Ababa

Ethiopia


Ethiopia


Ethiopia


Ethiopia

225

Cvitkovic D Grgic Z Matasin Z Pavlak M Filip J and Gajger T (2009)

Economic Aspects of Beekeeping Production in Croatia VETERINARSKI

ARHIV 79(4) 397-408

FAO (2008)Statistical yearbook FAOSAT

GDS (2009)Integrated Value Chain Analyses for Honey and Beeswax

Production in Ethiopia and Prospects for Exports The Netherlands

Development Organization (SNV)

Gemechis L Y (2015) Honey production and marketing in Ethiopia American

Journal of Life Science Vol 3(1) 42-46

Gemechis L Kibebew W Amssalu B Desalegn B Admassu A (eds) (2012)

Apiculture research achievements in Ethiopia Oromia Agricultural Research

Institute Holeta Bee Research Canter 2012 Holeta Ethiopia

Gezahegne T (2012) Apiculture in Ethiopian Agriculture Third ApiExpo Africa

2012 26th-29th September 2012 Addis Ababa Ethiopia

Girma D (1998)Non-Wood Forest Products in EthiopiaEC-FAO Partnership

Program (1998-2000) Addis Ababa pp 1-5

Hartmann I(2004) The Management of Resources and Marginalisation in

Beekeeping Societies of South West Ethiopia Paper submitted to the

Conference Birding Scales and Epistemologies March 17 ndash 20 2004

Alexandria

James R Pitts-Singer TLBee pollination in agricultural ecosystems New York

Oxford University Press 2008

Klein AM Vaissiere BE Cane JH Steffan-Dewenter I Cunningham SA Kremen

C Tscharntke T (2007) Importance of pollinators in changing landscapes for

world cropsProc R SocB 274303ndash13

Krell R (1996) Value added products from beekeeping Agricultural Services

Bulletin No 124 Food and Agriculture Organization of the United

Nations Rome Italy

Mamo G (1976) Practical Aspects of Bee Managements in Ethiopia

Proceedings of First International Conference on Apiculture in Tropical

Climate London UK pp 69-78

226

Mikhail M Jenkins G P and Barichello R R (2014)Honey production in

Ethiopia A Cost- benefit analysis of modern versus traditional beekeeping

technologies

MoARD (2003) Honey and Beeswax marketing and development plan 2003

Addis Ababa Ethiopia

MoARD (2007) Livestock Development Master Plan Study Phase I Report -

Data Collection and Analysis Volume N - Apiculture Addis Ababa Ethiopia

Ministry of Agriculture amp Rural Development

Nicola B 2002Taking the sting out of beekeeping Arid Lands Information

Network East Africa (CD-Rom) Nairobi Kenya

Nuru A (2007) Atlas of Polen Grains of major honeybee flora of Ethiopia

Holleta Ethiopia Holeta Bee Research Centre

Nuru A (2002) Geographical races of the Honeybees (Apis mellifera L) of the

Northern Regions of Ethiopia PhD dissertation Rhodes University South

Africa

Poulos D (2012) Ethiopian Honey Accessing International Markets With

inclusive Business and Sector Development Journal of Seas Change

available at wwwsnvworldorgensectorsagriculture retrieved on April

82014

Ruttner F (1988)Biogeography and Taxonomy of Honeybees Springer-Verlag

Berlin Germany

Williams JH (1994)The dependence of crop production within the European

Union on pollination by honey bees Agric Zoo Rev 6229ndash57

EARO 2000(Ethiopian Agricultural Research Organization)Apiculture

research strategy Ethiopian Agricultural Research Organization Animal

Science Research Directorate45p

FAO 2009 Bees and their role in forest livelihoods A guide to the services

provided by bees and the sustainable harvesting processing and marketing

of their products Rome

Berenbaum MR 2007 The Birds and the BeesmdashHow Pollinators Help Maintain


Wildlife and Oceans Committee on Natural Resources US Houseof

Representatives26 June 2007

227

FAO (2007) Crops browse and pollinators in Africa an initial stock taking

Rome

Lay-flurrie K (2008) Honey in wound care effects clinical application and

patient benefit Br J Nurs 17(11) S30 S32-6

Lietaer C 2007 Apitherapy practical guide for remote areas in developing

countries Not published (Thesis)

229

Sericulture Research

Strategy

(2016 - 2030)

231

Lists of abbreviations and acronyms

NSRP National Sericulture Research Program

NSRS National Sericulture Research Strategy


ADLI Agriculture Development Led Industrialization

RDPS Rural Development Policy and Strategy

GTP-I Ethiopian Growth and Transformation Plan I

GTP-II Ethiopian Growth and Transformation Plan II

ATA Agricultural Transformation Agency

USAID United States Agency for International Development

RESARP Reengagement of Senior Agricultural Researchers Project

SWOC Strengths Weaknesses Opportunities and Challenges

PASDEP Participatory Agricultural Sustainable Development to Eradicate Poverty

DFL Disease Free Laying

233

Executive summary

The Government of Ethiopia recognizes the importance of agriculture in

the Agricultural Development Led Industrialization (ADLI) plan Rural

Development Policy and Strategy (RDPS) and Growth and Transformation

Plan II (GTP II 2016-2020) Achieving the goals set forth in the plans

will require a research strategy focusing on the three major government

goals in agriculture - food security import substitution and export

promotion As a result Ethiopian Institute of Agricultural Research

(EIAR) in strengthening Ethiopian agriculture over the next decade or so

will depend on its ability to attune itself to understand and readily respond

to urging socioeconomic environmental and policy demands of the

country for agricultural technologies information and knowledge In a bid

to face up to the challenges and proficiently deliver outputs that are in par

with national and sectoral economic drives EIAR is seeking to develop

long term research strategies

To this effect the long term National Sericulture Research Strategic plan

(2016-2030) envisions improving the livelihood of Ethiopian farmers

engaged in silk production by developing resilient and market competitive

technologies which will reduce poverty and environmental degradation

and enhance foreign exchange earnings Our approach will be to adapt and

generate market competitive technologies and information for increased

production productivity and product qualities through partnership-based

approach with region based and national and international institutes and

organizations working on sericulture research and development

It is known that the livelihood of the majority of Ethiopians is dependent

up on agriculture and poverty is still the major challenge of the country

Therefore poverty alleviation requires not only increased food production

but also additional on farm and off farm income generation technologies

like silk production (sericulture) Silk production is very important to

generate income to create job opportunities and to diversify exportable

items As a result sericulture research has been initiated by EIAR and it

has produced promising outputs Different varieties of silkworms and feed

plants were recommended Several packages of information were

generated with regard to silkworm management and post-harvest handling

234

practices as well as agronomic practices and pest management strategies

of feed plants However there are still significant production and

productivity gaps as compared to bench mark countries

It is believed this strategic plan is formulated to bring about a substantial

improvement of the current silk production and productivity by filling up

basic gaps using different research interventions As a result strategic

issues and intervention areas are critically analyzed and categorized in

different themes that include Genetics and Breeding Pest Management

Silkworm and Feed plant Management Seed Multiplication and

Distribution Agricultural Economics Extension and Gender Capacity

Building Agricultural Quality and Nutrition Research Laboratory

Agricultural Mechanization

Accordingly introductionadoption of appropriate silk production and

processing technologiesinformation from countries of similar setting

generation of best technologicalinformation packages with in the country

as well as promotion and multiplication of improved ones with appropriate

research back up will be the major areas of research involvement

Therefore partnershiplinkage with national and international institutions

working in the subject area will be strengthened Hence it is believed that

on station and on farm sericulture productivity levels will be much nearer

to the levels to be reached by sericulturally advanced countries In effect

it is projected that 30 and 20 increase in productivity of mulberry and

eri silkworms respectively will be achieved at the end of each phase In

addition the productivity of castor and mulberry as feed plants are

projected for an increase in leaf yield productivity by 10 and 20

respectively Finally it is perceived from this strategy that suitable and

productive packages of sericulture technologies or information will be

produced and disseminated to producers by using proven technological

multiplication and popularization schemes leading to achievements of

overall targets set by the country

235

Sericulture Research Strategy

(2016 - 2030)

1 Introduction

11 Background

Agriculture still remains the backbone of the Ethiopian economy It

contributes the lions share in terms of output income employment and

raw materials provision to the emerging industry In this case Ethiopia has

developed and adopted its long-term development strategy called

Agricultural Development-Led Industrialization (ADLI) In this strategy

agriculture has been given the priority and expected to serve as an engine

of growth for the economy To this end several national development

plans like PASDEP (200506-200910) GTP I (201011-201415) and the

current GTP II (201516-201920) have been implemented since the early

1990s All those development plans focus on the commercialization of

smallholder agriculture through specialization in agricultural commodities

that have high demand in local and export markets In this case sericulture

has a strategic importance in the agricultural sector as the country requires

both increased grain production and also additional on farm and off farm

income generation through diversified agricultural activities such as

sericulture (silk farming)

Sericulture is an agro-based cottage industry which plays an important role

in improving the rural economy because of its high employment and

income generation capability Silkworm is an important economic insect

and also a tool to convert leaf protein into silk The ago-industrial use of

silk production and its economic benefits finely contributed to the

silkworm promotion all over the world (Ramesh-Babu et al 2009)

Availability of the required resources to produce silk and suitability of the

agro-climatic conditions in Ethiopia is believed to open up a secure

opportunity to utilize the technology in the country for income generation

and employment opportunity to people of various social groups Moreover

familiarity of Ethiopians in spinning of other fabrics such as cotton is

believed to give an added advantage of adopting the technology in this

country

236

In Ethiopia silk is produced by domesticated mulberry silkworms and eri

silk worms The former is a monophagous type that feeds exclusively on

mulberry leaf while the latter is polyphagous in nature and feeds on leaves

of different plants including castor as primary feed and others such as

cassava In the country the history of silk production goes back to the

1930s when the Italians realized the suitable agro-climatic conditions for

growing feed plants and rearing silk worms They introduced and grew

mulberry plants and conducted silkworm rearing As a result they proved

the potential of growing mulberry plants in diverse agro ecologies and

altitudes

However sericulture technology generation has got due attention by EIAR

very recently in 2000rsquos As a result research and development activities

were initialed by Melkassa Agricultural Research Center (MARC) and

encouraging results have been obtained in the country Presently silk

production practices have been carried out at different parts of the country

which includes Southern Nations Nationalities and Peoplersquos (SNNP)

Oromia Tigray and Amhara regional states Different buyers or

processors have established product purchasing and processing systems as

well as international market linkages However there is a huge

productivity gap which needs the attention of all stakeholders as compared

to sericulturally advanced countries

12 Rationale for developing NSRP strategy

Currently silk production system in the country can be categorized into

two The first system is the one undertaken as sideline activity by rural and

urban households which is mainly characterized by its small scale nature

without investment in required facilities like housing and rearing facilities

engagement of all household members in the activity and limited

engagement in processing Whereas the second system is characterized by

the commercial nature of the production where there are full time workers

existence of rearing facilities like feeding tray feeding stand and

mountages and engagement in processing However a production and

productivity level of silk has been found very low This could be justified

by a number of challenges faced by sericulture development in the country

which needs to be addressed in order for the industry to succeed further

Therefore to bring substantial improvement of the current silk production

and productivity and contribute to countryrsquos goals efficient research and

237

development strategies should be devised which may include on farm

evaluation of technological options generation of in country technologies

introduction and adaptation of new technologies from countries of similar

setting scaling up the best ones and appropriate research back up

As a result a national research strategy needs to be developed to lead

sericulture research to fulfill the needs of farmers and the public at large

for food security and import substitution of silk by fulfilling the

requirement of a growing demand Ethiopia has the potential to export silk

because of its suitable agro ecology conditions for both silkworms and feed

plants The strategy document will be used as a guideline and road map to

direct research undertakings in developing reliable technologies that will

boost silk production This will help then contribute to achieve Ethiopiarsquos

long term vision of becoming a middle income economy

13 Vision

Seeing sustainable improvement in livelihood of beneficiaries through

provision and utilization of improved and demand-oriented sericulture

technologies information and knowledge by 2030

14 Mission

Availing and disseminating improved and demand-oriented sericulture

technologies information and knowledge for beneficairies at different

agro-ecologies through participatory and integrated approach

15 Goal

The goal is to adapt and generate sericulture technologies and information

that enhance production and productivity thereby to improve income and

livelihood of beneficiaries and stakeholders in Ethiopia contributing to the

overall developmental objectives of the agriculture sector viz assuring

social wellbeing food security and poverty alleviation

16 Objectives

161 General objective

To improve silk production and productivity in Ethiopia through effective

and sustainable technology and information generation adoption and

238

dissemination thereby contributing to poverty alleviation economic

growth employment generation and Agricultural Growth and

Transformation objectives of the country

162 Specific objectives

1 Generate develop adopt and promote improved sericulture production

and management technologies knowledge and information that would

increase sericulture production productivity and profitability under

different agro-ecologies of Ethiopia As a result the productivity of

silk cocoon will be projected to increase from 475 to 8208kg100 DFL

(eri silkworms) and 2908 kg100 DFL to 6388kg100 DFL at the end

of the implementation of this strategy

2 Improve the silk cocoon quality traits (silk ratio length cocoon weight

defective cocoons etc) to make silk and silk products produced in

Ethiopia as competitive and acceptable as possible for both domestic

and international markets

3 Improve the awareness of the farmers in silk farming as a profitable

venture and silk cocoon production and by products of silk farming

create gain full income

4 Increase an income earning opportunities of silk cocoon producers

traders processors and other partners involved in silk cocoon and silk

products supply chain

5 Ensure that the production management processing of silk and the

benefits obtained from production and value addition is socially

economically and environmentally sustainable and brings about an

ldquoinclusive growthrdquo through equitable share of the benefits among the

partners operating all along the supply chain

6 Ensure that womenrsquos contributions in the production and value

addition processes of silk farming is fully recognized thereby

increasing opportunities for their empowerment in decision making all

along the supply chain

7 Play key role in building technical capacity of farmers development

agents (DAs) subject matter specialist (SMS) researchers partners

and others to enhance their uptake and utilization of new technologies

knowledge and information availed by the research system and science

think-thank

239


In order to accomplish its mission and fulfill its obligations the national

sericulture research program has established a set of guiding principles

and criteria for selecting research thematic areas and major activities for

the implementation of the strategy The sericulture research will

accordingly be guided by the following basic and unwavering

principles

Be an integral part of the national development efforts of EIAR and

thus all its research programs must be founded on the policies and

priorities of the institute embracing the notions of cost-effectiveness

and responsiveness to stakeholders in both the public and private

sectors

Contribution to food security and livelihood improvement of men

women and young farmers

Utilize and promote combinations of the conventional innovative

and advanced science and technology and ensure high science

quality with due regard to addressing possible ethical social and

environmental impacts during project formulation and

implementation

Promote capacity building and institutionalization of integrated

multi-disciplinary multi-institutional livelihood-based approaches

with various partners and stakeholders on the basis of comparative

advantages

Give due attention to inclusiveness in terms of addressing important

agro-ecologies and equal opportunity for all must use gender-

sensitive approaches to empower women

Ensure effective monitoring mechanisms and evaluation systems

Demonstrating transparency and good governance and others

240

2 Importance of the sericulture sub-sector

21 Agriculture

Farming silkworms and producing silk is one of the oldest of commercial

activities to survive into the modern world since its discovery in China

5000 years ago According to FAOs statistics approximately 60 countries

have been involved in sericulture industry development in the world

However major silk production is limited to Asian Latin American and

African countries Among them the major silk producer countries are

China India Brazil Uzbekistan Vietnam Japan Turkey South Korea

Thailand Bangladesh Bulgaria Indonesia and Iran On the other hand

African countries which are producing silk includes Madagascar Kenya

Ethiopia Nigeria Botswana Zimbabwe Zambia Uganda and Ghana

Hence these developing countries are directing their development

strategies on the production and productivity in rural areas and are

integrating agricultural practices with sericulture (Annex 1 Major silk

producing countries in the world Annex 2 Major silk consuming countries

in the world and Annex 3 Major silk producing countries in Africa)

Silk has played an important part in the social and religious life of Ethiopia

from the earliest days of the Kingdom of Axum This silk was imported in

large quantities from India Arabia and China and stored in vast caverns in

the central highlands of Ethiopia and Ethiopian Emperors would make

prodigious gifts of silk to other churches Ceremonial umbrellas binding

of sacred books covers for wooden altars and spectacular hangings have

all been produced from silk over the centuries Apart from some historical

traditions along the Kenyan coast Ethiopia has long been the only major

silk weaving region in eastern Africa

However there were no known records of silk being produced in the

country until the period of the war with Italy In 1930rsquos the Italians

realized the suitability of climatic condition for rearing of silkworms

growing of feed plants and availability of necessary resources They

introduced and planted mulberry varieties and conducted silkworm rearing

but this had been stopped immediately when Italians left the country Later

on attempts were made to revive the industry during the 1970rsquos when

alternative cash crops (sericulture spices rubber tree pulses and

horticultural crops) were assessed as a result of the sudden devastation of

the major export crop (coffee) by coffee berry disease (CBD) But it didnrsquot

241

succeed because of lack of trained manpower and the prevailing political

and economic situation In addition CBD resistant varieties were obtained

to give the government some level of relief concerning the export So

sericulture research and development has been discontinued However the

sericulture project has been reinitiated jointly by Ethiopian Institute of

Agricultural Research EIAR and Ministry of Science and Technology

MST in early 2000rsquos and an exciting opportunity for producing silk came

in to re-emergence with the introduction of silkworms again in Ethiopia

Silkworm is an important economic insect and also a tool to convert leaf

protein into silk Silk proved a valuable and much-desired product which

brought about cultural cross-pollinations and the spread of language

religion and technology and increased civilizations knowledge of the

larger world Silkworms are also providing importance to genetic research

because the silkworm is thoroughly domesticated because the silk industry

makes use of controlled breeding programs creating a finite list of genetic

lines that geneticists are learning to make use of in the study of mutations

inherited traits and other facets of genetic research

Sericulture as an agro-based industry involves a variety of activities from

feed plant cultivation and silkworm rearing to silk cloth production and

there is a long chain of specialized operations Thus it provides

employment for a large number of people including women youth elderly

and disabled groups and creates income generating opportunity without

disturbing the existing socio-cultural balance and normal farming

activities It also reduces migration of people from rural to urban areas by

providing high output with minimum investment in their locality (FAO

1976) In addition both on-farm and off-farm sectors of the industry have

high potential to convert their wastes into useful byproducts of commercial

value

From sericulture point of view leaf is the main product used to feed

the silkworms Like any other field crops it also yields substantial

quantity of above ground bio-mass at the end of crop season Feed

plant stems from good source as pulp in paper industry and forms a

good stratum for oyster mushroom culture In addition the stems can

be used in hut roofs fire wood fences and other on-farm uses

During rearing of silkworms it has been estimated that 45 per cent of

the total leaves fed to silkworms goes as waste in the form of unfed

leaves and shoots So these wastes including silkworm excreta can be

242

effectively used as manure or in biogas production and substrate for

mushroom cultivation In addition silkworm leaf litter contains higher

NPK than cow dung thus it can be used as a organic manure in crop

husbandry and in replacing chemical fertilizers

22 Food feed and nutrition

Many insects (including silkworms) are an extremely rich source of high

quality proteins fats essential vitamins and minerals (Bose et al 1991)

Insect proteins have been reported to be superior or equivalent to soya

protein (Friend 1958) Potential of silkworm pupae is similar Thus it is

serving as a good dish to human beings especially in Southeast Asian

countries The nutrient elements proved to meet the needs of human being

towards physical fitness and have a curative effect in curing diabetes In

addition silkworm wastes and pupae from cut cocoons are found to be

used as fish pig and poultry feed Furthermore it is one of the promising

technologies that have proved effective in augmenting agricultural income

in different countries Thus it will allow the farmers to buy and use other

food items using income generated from the sale of silkworm farming

industry

23 Importance in the national economy

Economically sericulture plays an important role as source of income for

small producers and means of livelihood for craftsmen involved in cottage

industries Sericulture serves as source of foreign exchange earnings and

also offers considerable employment opportunity on farms and in the

textile industries The potential of sericulture in generating employment is

particularly immense in rural areas where land is scarce and population is

high The low gestation period high returns ease of larvae handling make

sericulture an ideal business for different social classes of people such as

women youth handicapped or weakerolder sections of the society

Improved sericulture technologies practiced by rural farmers for the

production of silk cloth will generate additional income Silkworm farming

results in to multiple diverse products used as an inputs leading to income

generation

243

231 Supply of raw materials for diverse-industries and import substitution

Sericulture as a business not only benefits farmers and laborers but also

agro-based cottage cosmetic pharmaceutical textile paper and other

industries by providing one or the other raw materials to these industries

It is known that silk as a raw material is used to produce very quality and

beautiful clothing products from agro based textile industries The fabrics

made of silk is used for making parachute tire soft sky jackets

comforters sleeping bags scarves ties etc It is also used in surgery in

internal suturing In addition the byproducts have also very interesting and

productive services like

The stems of castor plant form a good source of pulp for paper

production

The castor oil can be considered as commercial product from eri-

culture as a side line business So castor oil is sold either for

pharmaceutical or industrial use because it can be used as a basic

ingredient in the production of nylon sebacic acid plasticisers and jet

engine and other lubricants heavy duty automotive greases coatings

and inks paints varnishes surfactants polyurethanes soaps polishes

fly papers and many other chemical and cosmetic derivatives

Medicinal and pharmaceutical applications of castor oil are also

diverse The oil from the seed is very well known to clear the digestive

tract in cases of poisoning The oil has a remarkable antidandruff

effect The oil is sometimes used as a vehicle for medicinal and

cosmetic preparations It is useful in the treatment of dermatosis

Mulberry stems and leaves can be used for several purposes The

stems are used as raw material for paper and pulp production The

leaves and roots of mulberry have several medicinal values including

antidiabetics and antihelmentic Fruits of mulberry are used to produce

citric and acetic acids

In addition recent studies in silkworm byproducts are finding new and

environmentally benign materials New commercial markets such as

cosmetics animal feeds dietary additives as well as diverse medical

products and optical technologies are beginning to integrate silk materials

(Altman et al 2003) The unique microstructure optical properties

molecular composition and mechanical properties of silk are being

recognized for their potential for biomedical and industrial use

244


Sericulture could also be used as a means of diversifying agriculture and

alternative to cash crops for domestic andor export markets Therefore it

can contribute to foreign exchange earning of the country Ethiopia The

demand for Ethiopian silk products is very high For example one of the

Ethiopian silk companies known by SABAHAR exports its silk products

to more than 20 companies in 13 countries (wwwsabaharcom)

24 Role of sericulture in the farming systems and environmental sustainability

Silk production is an eco-friendly activity Silkworms may provide a tool

for sustainable rural development and conservation of fragile habitats as

the feed plants can be cultivated in unused areas and degraded lands

(Thangavelu et al 1983) Moreover small scale silk farming may be a

new business to support subsistence farmers who have been physically or

economically displaced from national parks and protected areas

Sericulture technologies are environmentally friendly and promote the

conservation and utilization of natural resources which are being depleted

rapidly in this country for cultivation of annual crops Cultivation of host

plants serves in balancing environmental ecology in addition to being a

food for silkworms It can be grown in vacant lands hillsides and water

shade areas and contribute to soil conservation and provide green cover

The stalk twigs and branches are used as fuel in place of firewood and

therefore reduce the pressure on natural vegetation or forest The waste

from silkworm rearing can be recycled and serve as inputs to garden and

other crops cultivation The compatibility of the host plants in the

intercropping systems with numerous food crops amp its service as fence

make them benign to the environment Because of the deep rooted and

perennial nature they can be used in soil conservation Moreover as silk

production is labor intensive and agro-based activity the involvement of

smoke emitting machinery is minimal thereby helping environmental

sustainability

245


In order for the Strategic Plan to best meet its objectives and accomplish

its mission it has to go through a process of analyzing and identifying

forces and factors influencing its conception formulation action and

implementation Two categories of such influencing forces or factors are

recognized external and internal factors The external factors represent

those influences that are not under the direct control of the research team

and thus are outside the EIARrsquos domain of authority while the internal

factors represent those influences that exist and operate within the

research system of the institute regardless of the geographical locations

where a particular influence is coming from The resources and

experiences readily available to the research team are examples of the

internal factors while the government policy and the national extension

systems represent good examples of the external factors

To identify understand and determine the external and internal forces that

influences (positively or negatively) the NSR strategic plan

implementation and impact success SWOC (Strengths Weaknesses

Opportunities amp Challenges) analysis was used as strategic external and

internal assessment tool by the NSR team SWOC-analysis could help the

team to identify and face its greatest challenges and weaknesses and find

out the most promising opportunities and strengths of the external and

internal environments to prepare the strategic plan SWOC analysis helps

the team to gain full awareness of the main external and internal factors

with both positive and negative influences that may affect decisions on the

strategic planning The positive influences arising from external factors

create opportunities while their negative influences would surface as

challenges Similarly the positive influences arising from internal factors

constitute strengths of the sericulture research system while their negative

influences reveal the weaknesses of the sericulture research system The

ultimate purpose of performing a SWOC analysis is to clearly reveal these

positive forces that could be harnessed and built up on them to work

together and negative forces that need to be recognized and possibly

addressed for the strategic planning to meet NSRP objectives

246

Results of the assessment of the external and internal factors using the

SWOC analysis framework are the basis for identifying critical issues

facing the NSR program and that this strategy is formulated to address too

Thus brief narrations of the external and internal factors are provided

hereunder to be followed by a matrix of summarized accounts of the

external factors (opportunities amp challenges) and internal factors (strengths

amp weaknesses)

31 Assessment of external environments (AEE)

The external factors as said above were analyzed using the SWOC

framework in conjunction with additional analytic tools such as

PEST(Political Policy Legal Economic Socio-cultural and

Technological) and critical considerations of current state of affairs (both

representing the general external environment) trends of needs and

requirements of key stakeholders (operational external environment)

and best solutions that other countries have adopted to get to their present

cutting-edge setting with respect to research and development in the

program (benchmarking) These three sub-topics are therefore

discussed below to provide deeper perspectives of NSR program

external environment Summaries of the AEE are then presented in a

tabular form at the end of this section in Table 2

311 General external environments (PEST+)

Under the general external environment analysis was made on

opportunities and challenges that stem from political economic socio-

cultural technological technical and environmental (PEST +)

dimensions Methodical analysis of these factors would help to better

understand the big picture of external environments influencing either

positively or negatively and thus to craft the strategy so that it would

make best use of the opportunities created by the positive influences and

conversely to be cautious about the negative influences they poseor

systematically address the challenges to overcome their impediment

Political dimension Assessments were made whether the strategies

aligned with the national sectoral and institutional policy strategy and

regulatory legal frameworks and priorities Since the adoption of the

247

Agricultural Development Led Industrialization (ADLI) by the GoE all

the policy and strategy frameworks and development programs

recognized agriculture to be the engine of Ethiopiarsquos economic growth

and development yet exerting relentless strive to promote steady growth

of the industrial sector The current GTP II which provides even greater

emphasis to industrialization places utmost priority to those agricultural

sub-sectors fostering supply of raw materials for the growing agro-

industries and import substitution The sericulture in this respect falls

among the commodities given such precedence Therefore so many

opportunities are set forth by the policy environment to promote research

and development in the sub-sector As conducive the policy and legal

frameworks put in place are there are also a number of challenges that

may surface in due course Conceivable features of the opportunities to

make use of and challenges to be aware of or need to be addressed from

the perspective of the policy dimension were assessed and sorted out in

a matrix of opportunities and challenges presented in Table 2

Economic dimension The increasingly rising demand for sericulture

products create the opportunity for the sector to thrive Such an increase

in the demand side will be the impetus for both the farmers and

processing industries to increase their outputs The research has to

therefore keep pace with the need of the farmers to increase production

and productivity while at the same time meeting the demand of the

industries for raw materials that are not only sufficient to enable them

run in full capacity but also fulfill their requirements of quality

standards The existing economic opportunities however are not

without posing some challenges that the research team needs to be

cautious about or address during the coming years The volume of

production is too small to satisfy the demand of the industry and the

productivity is too poor as well These are again detailed out in Table2

Socio-cultural dimension Ethiopian farmers have long culture of

spinning and waving fibers like cotton This could be used as a good

opportunity to transfer them to processing silk fabrics On the other

hand the local community has a cultural taboo on management and

utilization of worms including silkworms It is thus essential for the

research team together with its key stakeholders to unravel the

opportunities that it can make use of and challenges that it has to face up

to in order to address or change the perception of the farming society

248

Therefore the opportunities accruing and challenges emanating from

socio-cultural settings around production processing and trade are

examined and presented as elements of the SWOC analysis in Table 2

again

Technological dimension Outstandingly peculiar feature of silk

products is the fact that right after production the produce has to be taken

to the industries for processing in to garments At present the farmers are

majorly restricted to producing silk cocoons and selling directly to the

processors However they could add some values to their silk cocoon like

making silk threads and handmade silk garments to make additional

income if they had small scale processing technologies and the required

processing skills Furthermore the agro-industries currently working in

the sector are of cottage types They should also be strengthened to be

more competitive in the international market Therefore this is a good

start that should be pursued to consider value chain approach which in the

future will play a key role for the sub-sector to gain momentum There are

sericulture production and processing technologies developed and being

implemented by traditionally sericulture countries around the world

(India China Japan Korea etc) that can be harnessed as an opportunity

to improve the low volume of silk cocoon production and poor

productivity of the same These opportunities and challenges related to

the technological perspective were assessed and scrutinized using the

available technology (ICT) the detail of which are presented in Table 2

Environmental dimension Existence of a wide diversity of agro-

ecology in Ethiopia suits to grow feed plants of silk worms like

mulberry castor and cassava Such a diversity of ecological factors and

crop types on the other hand provides a fertile ground for range of

biotic agents such as pathogens insect pests weeds and other menaces

to coevolves with and survive on the crops The damages from these

biotic factors coupled with climatic and edaphic factors hindering

normal growth and full fruition of the crops are among the primary

issues that the research team would target to address It is therefore

rational to distinguish what opportunities these environmental factors

could offer in order to take advantage of them while at the same time to

be prepared to tackle the challenges they may pose In Table 2 are thus

presented detailed aspects of both the opportunities and challenges

surfaced as a result of the analysis of the environmental dimension

249

312 Operational external environments The stakeholder analysis

Operational external environment is by and large about analysis of

stakeholders where by identification of key stakeholders in the value

chain of the sericulture sector the role they play to strengthen the sub-

sector and their demands that they would like the research system

delivers are elaborated A list of such stakeholders with different roles

and demands were examined Different as they are the research team

recognizes that the tiny bit of the role each of these stakeholders plays is

crucially important for successful designing and implementation of the

strategy and the outputs and impacts thereof Therefore assessments were

made what opportunities the research team could make use of and by the

same token what challenges it should face up to coming from these

stakeholders by merely being involved in providing services of

agricultural extension production processing trading and research

313 Benchmarking

Sericulture industry is a backbone of many developing and developed

nations sustaining the livelihood of millions of people Large quantity of

raw silk is being produced and exported annually helping many countries

to obtain hard currency The leading raw silk producers in the world is

China followed by India producing 146000 and 28 708 metric tons of raw

silk per annum respectively (wwwworldatlascomworld leaders in silk

productionhtml) The experiences of some countries (including China and

India) are described here to be used as a reference with respect to

improvement of silk yield and quality in Ethiopia

With regard to employment In India alone about 8 million people lead their

lives being employed in sericulture sector In China this sector employs

about 1 million workers In addition approximately 500000 households

are involved in sericulture industry development activities in order to

generate their income resources in BACSA (The Black Caspian Seas and

Central Asia Silk Association) countries It was reported that silk

productivity from China is estimated from about 209 preserved silkworm

varieties on their cocoon filament properties and obtained an average

filament length of 840m longest 1273m shortest 344m and average

reliability is 794 By the same investigator the maximum cocoon weight

and shell ratio were 219 gram and 2575 respectively

250

(wwwfaoorgdocrepad108e05htmlPresent state and achievement of

research and management on silkworm germplasm maintenance)

On the other hand the sericulture industry has witnessed a quantum jump

in raw silk productivity in India In India the age old multivoltine hybrids

have been replaced by multivoltine times bivoltine and bivoltine hybrids The

average yield of 25 kgs of cocoons100 dfls in the recent past has increased

and currently the average yields are in the range of 70 ndash 80kgs100 dfls The

new technology besides doubling yields has also led to qualitative

improvements in cocoon production The reasons behind such an

improvenmt include obtaining the following research outputs

The eri silkworm lsquoC2rsquo for commercial exploitation

lsquoGhar Sodhonrsquo a fumigant room disinfectant for silkworm disease

management

The newly developed Plant growth regulator (Benzyl adenine + KCl)

Results indicated an improvement of 292 mulberry leaf yield over

the control

A new mulberry varieties known by G-2 and Victory 1 evolved

through conventional breeding technique for rain fed and irrigated

planting conditions

Three new bivoltine hybrids viz FC3 x CSR15 (Three way cross

hybrid) to rear all through the year D2 x D13 (Single hybrid) suitable

for favorable seasons and (Dl x D2) X (D13 x Dl1) (Double hybrid)

to rear all through the year were developed which are having a yield

potential of 65-70 kgl00 dfls

An improved cross breed L15 x FC2 has been developed through

conventional breeding It is having the advantages of high

survivability (gt90) shorter larval duration (22-23 days) high

productivity (178kg cocoonl0000 larvae) and shell percentage

(2155)

251

Table 1 Current and estimated silk worm and feed plant productivity in short medium and long term periods in comparison with Indian bench marking

Description

Current status

projection

Estimated status to cope with bench mark country

(India)

Ethiopia India Short term

Medium term

Long term

1 Silkworms

11 Eri (cocoon yield100 DFL in Kg)

475 734 20 570 684 821

12 Mulberry (cocoon

yield100 DFL in Kg) 291 750 30 378 491 639

2 Feed plants

21 Castor (fresh leafha (tone)

12 14 10 132 145 16

22 Mulberry(fresh leafha (tone)

40 70 20 48 576 691

Moreover silk production in East Africa has a history of more than 30

years Among 11 countries in the region production of cocoons and silk

thread from silkworms occurs in Ethiopia Kenya Madagascar and

Uganda and production of cocoons and silk using wild silk insects (wild

silkworms) is also performed However their operations are in the

extremely immature phase In Ethiopia farmers produce silk throughout the

year but commonly due to shortage of feed during dry season they tend to

reduce production in some areas Furthermore farmers with better access

to the existing market have got better economic benefits and produce on

average four times per year As per the reported productivity level

producers can get 475 kg of silk cocoon from 100 disease free layings

(DFLs) of eri silkworms or 2908 kg from 100 DFLs of mulberry

silkworms This is very low as compared to productivity of producers of

other countries

252

Table 2 External factors affecting development of sericulture research

External factors

Opportunities Challenges

Political Policy Legal

Existence of Agricultural Development Led Industrialization (ADLI) policy and its consecutive plans like Growth and Transformation Plans (I amp II)

Unavailability of specific policies in favour of sericulture development (credit incentive investment land etc)

Absence of local Universities or Higher Learning Institutes to provide sericulture courses

Economic

Huge human resource to fulfil the labor requirement for the technology

Strategic location of the country to the leading consumers Middle East and Europe

Availability of some processers who start to buy process and export products

Infrastructure improvement in the country like road

Minimum investment and land requirement to expand the sub-sector

Limited buyers and processors with enough experience on the sector and their poor linkage with stakeholders

Low cocoon quality and low production level to compete at international markets

Weak marketing network between producers and buyers and National and International markets

Socio-cultural

Long standing traditional wisdom of spinning and weaving of textile like cotton

Low level of awareness and knowledge of farmers about the technology (cultural tabu inadequate technology promotion etc)

Technological Availability of impoved

silkworm strains and feed plant varieties else where

Lack of linkage with reliable international seed sources to obtain high yielding silkworm strains and feed plant

253

External factors


Strong demand for improved seed

Existence of small scale silk processing enterprises

varieties Absence of mass seed

producing companies or organizations to satisfy the demand in the country

Lack of skill and equipments for silk processing at different level

Environmental

Existence of wide diversity of favourable agro-climatic conditions for feed plants growing and silkworm rearing

Climate change leading to unpredictable production seasons and susceptibility of silkworms to major diseases

Stakeholder analysis

Existence of strong demand for silk production by major stakeholders like Processors Exporters Ministry of Livestock and Fishery Resources Ministry of Industry amp Ministry of Trade

Existence of producers at different parts of the country

Low cocoon production and quality

The producers and production areas are less networked


Assessment of internal environments is an important process whereby

the research team examines the capacity that exists within the EIAR

system and can readily be utilized by the team to deliver outputs Such

a capacity that is readily available for the team denotes the strength of

the team while the capacity which is required to deliver the outputs but

falls short to exist symbolizes the weakness of the team Assessment of

the internal environment is thus about precise identification and

254

articulation of strengths and weakness of the research program Capacity

in this context encompasses a wide array of topics including institutional

capacity which signifies the available or lacking human physical and

financial resources technical or technological capacity and


integrations within and between disciplines to forge complementarities

and synergies Below are briefly discussed the elements of internal


Weakness provided in Table3

321 Resources

The human physical and financial resources have a decisive power on

program implementation coordination and administration Therefore

the level of human resources capacity financial capacity and the

physical resources available and lacking were assessed and tabulated as

strengths (when available) or weaknesses (when lacking)


The success of sericulture research depends on integrated and concerted


mainstream disciplines there are clear possibilities of realizing

complementarities and synergies by working together with experts of other

fields Important among these potentially potent areas of integration

include Agricultural-Biotechnology Research Agricultural and

Nutritional Research Laboratory Land and Water Resources Management

Research Agricultural Mechanization Research Technology

Multiplication and Seed Research Climate and Geospatial Crop Research

and ICT It is also imperative that within process integration of

commodities of the livestock research process (forage animal nutrition

animal health poultry and fish) is very essential Therefore assessments

were made whether or not there could be integration within and between

for complementarities and synergies with these compelling areas of

research

323 Technologies

As has been said earlier a concerted research on sericulture started recently

Some silkworm and feed plant varieties were recommended Suitable

agronomic recommendations (spacing planting date and harvesting date)

255

for castor cultivation identified Easy and economically feasible silkworm

management practices have been generated Major and minor diseases and

insect pests were identified for both silkworms and feed plants but their

management measures are being worked out Whether or not the changes

brought about by these technologies are in par with the expectations are

assessed to point out and build on the strengths and draw lessons from the

weaknesses


Lack of strong systems and procedures (ie organizational capacity) at

different levels is an area of capacity impediment that affects effectiveness

Poor intra-and inter-institutional linkages are also sources of limitation for

rapid progress Organizational strengths and weaknesses that would

correspondingly make the growth of sericulture research to take upward or

downward trend were analyzed

Table 3 Internal factors affecting development of sericulture research

Internal factors

Strengths Weaknesses

Resources

Human

Presence of organizational structure for sericulture research program and assignment of researchers and support staff

Good commitment of researchers to generate and promote sericulture technology

Inadequate researchers and support staff in number and competence (skill experience etc) at different centres (research production processing)

Lack of accountability and reporting system when working with regional structures

Physical

Existence of modest laboratories and facilities in some research centres and Higher Learning Institutes

Lack of silkworm breeding and rearing laboratories equipped with relevant basic rearing and technological facilities

256

Availability of some processing technologies

Lack of adequate post cocoon hanling and processing technologies and information

Financial Allocation of budget for

sericulture research by the government

Very low finance to satisfy the huge demand for sericulture research and development and for capacity building (human physical)

Technological

Presence of proven sericulture technologies (silkworm feed plant) and management recommendations suitable for different agro-ecologies

Some effort to multiply and avail improved technologies to users

Occurrence of inbreeding depreciation leading to yield reduction and disease susceptibility because of continuous use of available silkworm breeds

Lack of silkworm diseases preventive and control chemicals

Lack of enough seed multiplication centres (silkworm eggs feed planting materials) with required facilities

Disciplinary integration

Some efforts to work together with research extension and agricultural nutrition disciplines

Lack of aligned effort to promote the technology wisely

Intra- and inter-institutional linkages

Some linkage with Gos NGOs and development partners

Some Linkage to work together with Ministry of Livestock and Fishery Resources

Weak linkage among the different stakeholders (research extension watershed development etc)

Weak linkage with buyerstraders processors cooperatives etc)

Weak linkage with agro-industrial sectors and Higher Learning Institutions

257

4 Strategic issues

From the analysis of the external and internal environments research

issues and intervention strategies for short term (2016-2020) medium term

(2021-2025) and long term (2026-2030) are formulated in

multidisciplinary approach to address the weaknesses and challenges

limiting the production of silk production in Ethiopia Strategic issues with

respect to research disciplines are indicated below

41 Genetics and breeding

bull Limited number of silkworm breedsparental lines (eri mulberry

wild) with high yield quality disease resistance and other desirable

traits

bull Limited number of feed plant varieties (mulberry castor cassava

etc) with high yield quality disease resistance and other desirable

traits

bull Limited use of modern breeding techniques and biotechnological

tools to improve the silkworm breeds and host plants varieties

bull Inadequate maintenance of available silkworm breeds and feed

plant genotypes

42 Pest management

bull Limited basic studies on pests of silkworm host plants and

silkworms (predators vertabrates pathoges etc)

bull Limited periodical monitoring of silkworm and feed plant diseases

related to climate change

bull Limited work on different pest managment measuers

bull Limited information on pathotype and race evolution mechanisms

bull Limited molecular studies on genotyping and mapping of disease

resistance traits

258

43 Silkworm and feed plant management

bull Limited agronomic recommendation for different agro-ecologiesto

cultivate silkworm host plants

bull Limited studies on integrated soil fertility management

bull Limited soil test-based crop response information and knowledge

bull Lack of research recommendations for fertilizer use and irrigation

system

bull Lack of environmental mapping in favor of silkworm rearing and

feed plant cultivation

bull Limited studies on young and late age silkworm management with

respect to breeds spacing cleaning feeding mounting and post

cocoon production technologies

44 Seed multiplication and distribution

bull

bull Shortage of basic seeds (silkworm eggs and feed plant materials) in

sufficient quantity and quality

bull Limited technical support given to farmers private investors and

government organizations for seed multiplicationand distribution

schemes

45 Agricultural economics extension and gender

bull Limited demonstration and popularization of improved sericulture

technologies

bull Limited studies on adoption and impact assessment of sericulture

technologies

bull Inadequate studies on sericulture value chain

bull Inadequate studies on sericulture profitability and comparative

advantage in job creation income generation environmental

sustainability etc

46 Agricultural mechanization

bull Limited studies on silkworm rearing equipments

bull Lack of studies on post cocoon handling practices

bull Lack of studies on generation of small scale processing machinaries

259

47 Agriculural quality and nutrition research Laboratory

bull Lack of studies on nutrient composition of silkworm byproducts

(excreta and pupa)

bull Limited studies on nutritional composition of silkworm feed plants

48 Capacity building

bull Limited manpower and high turn-over of staff in sericulture

research

bull Low focus on human power development through short term and

on-job training longterm studies (MSc PhD) exchange visits and

mentoring or experience sharing

bull Limited facilities for sericulture research - offices laboratory and

laboratory equipments

bull Limited facilitities for silkworm seed production

bull Limited budget allocation for capacity building activities

260


Table 4 Strategic issues and interventions of the sericulture research

Strategic issues Short term strategy(5years)

2016-2020 Medium term strategy

(10 years)2021-2025 Long term strategy (15 years)2026-2030

1 1 Breeding and genetics

Limited number of silkworm varietiesparental lines with desirable traits

Introduce and evaluate silkworm breeds with high yield quality disease resistance and other desirable traits from exotic sources

Develop high yielding silkworm breeds with quality disease resistance and other desirable traits

Continue introduction and evaluation of silkworm breeds (hybridization crossing hellip) with high yield quality disease resistance and other desirable traits from exotic sources

Continue to develop high yielding silkworm breeds with quality disease resistance and other desirable traits

Initiate hybrid silkworm parental line development

Assessment and identification of wild silkworm species in Ethiopia

Continue maintenance breeding

Continue introduction and evaluation of silkworm breeds with high yield quality disease resistance and other desirable traits from exotic sources


Identification and utilization of wild silkworm species in the country for research and development

Continue hybrid silkworm variety development by integrating biotechnology tools

261




Limited number of feed plant varieties with desirable traits

Introducecollect and evaluate feed plant genotypes with high yield quality disease resistance and other desirable traits from exotic sources

Develop high yielding feed plant varieties with quality disease resistance and other desirable traits

Continue to introducecollect and evaluate feed plant genotypes with high yield quality disease resistance and other desirable traits from exotic sources

Continue to develop high yielding feed plant varieties with quality disease resistance and other desirable traits

Assessment and identification of feed plants for wild silkworm species in Ethiopia



Identification and utilization of feed plants of wild silkworm species in the country for research and development

Biotechnological tools in breeding

Build human and physical capacity for biotechnology tool utilization

Characterize silkworm and feed plant genotypes with desirable traits using molecular markers and introgression

Continue to characterize silkworm and feed plant genotypes with desirable traits using molecular markers and introgression

Continue chacterizing silkworm and feed plant genotypes with desirable traits using molecular markers and introgression

Employ genotyping and association mapping studies

Introduction and characterization of genetically engineered genotypes hellip

262




Maintenance of available silkworm breeds and feed plant genotypes

Maintenance of introduced and developed silkworm breeds for future use

Maintenance of introducedcollected feed plant genotypes for future use

Devise satisfactory procedures for maintenance of silkworm and feed plant varieties

Continue maintenance of introduced and developed silkworm breeds for future use

Continue maintenance of introducedcollected feed plant genotypes for future use

Continue maintenance of introduced and developed silkworm breeds for future use in sufficient quantity and quality at suitable research centers

Continue maintenance of introducedcollected feed plant genotypes for future use in sufficient quantity and quality at suitable research centers

Expected outputs of strategic interventions on Genetics and Breeding

Adaptable high yielder and pest resistance silkworm feed plants varieties will be developed and released

Hybrids of silkworms which are tolerant to disease and produce quality cocoon will be developed

Wider genetic bases of silkworm feed plant germplasms lines will be maintained

Available silkworm races will be maintained

Molecular breeding activities will be initiated for breeding purpose

Wild silkworm species in Ethiopia will be assessed and identified

263




2 Pest Management

Survey of pests on silkworms and feed plants

Undertake periodical pest surveys on silkworm at different seasons in different agro-ecologies

Undertake periodical pest surveys on feed plants in different agro-ecologies

Continue undertaking periodical pest surveys on silkworm at different seasons in different agro-ecologies

Continue undertaking periodical pest surveys on feed plants in different agro-ecologies

Study pest dynamics in relation to climate change



Continue studying pest dynamics in relation to changing climate

Integrated pest management

Identify effective pest management options for silkworms

Identify effective pest management options for feed plants

Continue identification of effective pest management options for silkworms

Continue identification of effective pest management options for feed plants



Race identification analysis

Build human and physical capacity on race identification

Conduct race and pathotype analysis of major pests

Continue race and patho-type analysis of major pests

Study and uncover the mechanism of pathotype or race evolution in major pests using standard procedures

264




Molecular studies on pests resistant traits

Build human and physical capacity on molecular studies in relation to pest resistance traits

Initiate identification of genes for pest resistance using appropriate biotechnology tools

Continueidentifying genes for pest resistance using appropriate biotechnology tools

Expected outputs of strategic interventions on pest management

Pests of silk worm and feed plants will be surveyed and identified and major and minor pests will be documented

Best and integrated pest management options of silk worm and feed plants will be established

Races and pathotypes of major diseases will be known

Genes for pest resistance will be identified by using biotechnology tools

3 Silkworm and Feed plant Management

Agronomic and management recommendation for different agro-ecologies

Conduct biology and management studies for silkworms at different agroecologies

Conduct agronomic practices for feed plants at different agroecologies

Conduct nutrient composition studies of feed plants and

Continue to conduct biology and management studies for silkworms at different agroecologies in relation with climate change

studies on appropriate and productive silkworm rearing methods artificial diets and feeding stimulators

Continue to conduct agronomic practices including growth regulators for

Continue to studies on appropriate and productive silkworm rearing methods artificial diets and feeding stimulators

Conducting cropping system studies for feed plants at different agroecologies in relation with climate change

265




their relationship with palatability and growth of silkworms

feed plants at different agroecologies in relation with climate change

Studies on influence of leaf defoliation of silkworm feed plants to integrate their different uses

Studies on type frequency and method of application of fertilizers and irrigation system for silkworm feed plants for different agro-ecologies

Delineation or mapping of environments in favor of silkworm rearing and feed plant cultivation in the country

Continue conducting nutrient composition studies of feed plants and their relationship with palatability and growth of silkworms

Verify available agronomic and silkworm management recommendation

Continue studies on influence of leaf defoliation of silkworm feed plants to integrate their different uses in different agro ecologies

Continue studies on type frequency and method of application of fertilizers and irrigation system for silkworm feed plants for different agro-ecologies


266




Expected outputs of strategic interventions on silkworm and feed plant management

The biology of silkworm races in relation with cocoon production and silk quality known in different production seasons

Appropriate and productive silkworm rearing methods artificial diets and feeding stimulators identified

Appropraite cropping systemsof feed plants at different agroecologiesknown

Agronomic and silkworm management recommendation generated and verified

Influence of leaf defoliation of feed plants to integrate their different uses in different agro ecologies know

Type frequency and method of application of fertilizers and irrigation system for feed plants determined

Nutrient composition of varieties of feed plants and their relationship with palatability and growth of silkworms and silk productivity known

Environments in favor of silkworm rearing and feed plant cultivation in the country will be mapped

4Seed multiplication and distribution

Communitygovernment based seed production

Support establishment of community based andor government seed multiplication system for silkworms and feed plants

Continue Supporting establishment of community based andor government seed multiplication system for silkworms and feed plants

Continue Supporting establishment of

Shortage of basic seeds in sufficient quantity and quality

Multiplication and distribution of seeds of healthy and high yielding silkworms to users

Continue multiplication and distribution of seeds of healthy and high yielding silkworms to users


Continue multiplication and distribution of high yielding and

267




Multiplication and distribution of high yielding and pest resistant silkworm feed plant varieties to users

Continue multiplication and distribution of high yielding and pest resistant silkworm feed plant varieties to users

pest resistant silkworm feed plant varieties to users

Expected outputs of strategic interventions on seed multiplication and distribution

Community based andor government seed multiplication system for silkworms and feed plants will be provided with technical support

Seeds of healthy and high yielding silkworms multiplied and distributed to users

High yielding and pest resistant silkworm feed plant varieties multiplied and distributed to users


Demonstration and popularization of sericulture technologies

Conduct participatory demonstration and popularization of silk production technologies in different areas

Develop and distribute various communication material (leaf lets fliers production manuals) and use mass media to promote dissemination of sericulture

Continue to conduct participatory demonstration and popularization of silk production technologies in different areas

Continue developing and distributing various communication material (leaf lets fliers production manuals) and use mass media to promote dissemination of sericulture technologies in local languages



268




technologies in local languages

Organize trainings field days and consultativetravelling workshops involving stakeholders to create awareness and popularization of sericulture technologies

Assess feedback on use of improved sericulture technologies

Continue organizing trainings field days and consultativetravelling workshops involving stakeholders to create awareness and popularization of sericulture technologies

Establish and effectively use innovation platforms for development and dissemination of sericulture technologies

Continue to assess feedback on use of improved sericulture technologies


Strengthen effective use innovation platforms for development and dissemination of sericulture technologies


Adoption and impact assessment

Determine the extent of adoption of

sericulture technologies and their impact

Continue to determine the extent of adoption of sericulture technologies and their impact

Sericulture value chain

Conduct sericulture value chain study and identify constraints at different stages of the value chain

Continue to conduct sericulture value chain study and identify constraints at different stages of the value chain and suggest efficient map

Economics of sericulture technologies

Conduct study on economic values and comparative advantage of sericulture

Continue to conduct study on economic values and comparative advantage of sericulture


269




Investigate policy options that can positively influence sericulture production

Continue to investigate policy options that can positively influence sericulture production


Role of Gender and youth in sericulture production

Develop working modality to strengthen the participation of women and youth in sericulture research and promotion

Promote gender main streaming in sericulture research and development

Strengthen working modality to strengthen the participation of women and youth in sericulture research and promotion

Promote and analyze gender main streaming in sericulture research and development



Expected outputs of strategic interventions on agricultural economics extension and gender

Participatory demonstration and popularization of silk production technologies carried out

Various communication materials (leaf lets fliers production manuals) developed and awareness created to the wider society through mass media

Trainings field days and consultativetravelling workshops involving stakeholders organized and effective innovation platforms for development sericulture technologies established

Feedback on use of improved sericulture technologies collected

The extent of adoption of sericulture technologies and their impact determined

Economic values and comparative advantage of sericulture technologies worked out

Policy options that can positively influence sericulture production investigated

270




Working modality to strengthen the participation of women and youth in sericulture research and promotion developed

Gender mainstreaming in sericulture research and development promoted and analyzed


Mechanization technologies

Developadopt appropriate post-harvest handling practices of silk cocoons

Developadopt suitable small scale silkworm rearing and cocoon processing equipmentsmachineries

Continue to developadopt appropriate post-harvest handling practices of silk cocoons

Continue to developadopt suitable small scale silkworm rearing and cocoon processing equipmentsmachineries

Provide prototypes to enterprises for wide multiplication and distribution


Continue to developadopt suitable cocoon silkworm rearing and silk processing methods and machineries

Developadopt suitable dyeing and finishing technologies for silk fabrics will be identified


Expected outputs of strategic interventions on Agricultural mechanization

Appropriate post-harvest handling practices of silk cocoons developedadopted

Suitable cocoon silkworm rearing and silk processing methods and machineries developedadopted

Suitable dyeing and finishing technologies for silk fabrics identified

Appropriate prototypes provided to enterprises for wide multiplication and distribution

271




7 Agricultural quality and nutrition research laboratory

Nutrient composition analysis

Conduct soil and plant tissue analysis for studies on feedplant and silkworm studies

Assess nutrient content of silkworm excreta as organic fertilizer and silkworm pupa for poultry and fish production

Continue to conduct soil and plant tissue analysis for studies on feedplant and silkworm studies

Continue to assess nutrient content of silkworm excreta as organic fertilizer and silkworm pupa for poultry and fish production

Identify ways of formulation of silkworm excreta as organic fertilizer and silkworm pupa for poultry and fish production

Continue to conduct soil and plant tissue analysis for studies on feed-plant and silkworm studies

Continue to identify ways of formulation of silkworm excreta as organic fertilizer and silkworm pupa for poultry and fish production

Expected outputs of strategic interventions on agricultural quality and nutrition research laboratory

Required composition analysis of soil and plant tissue worked out for studies on feed-plant and silkworm studies

Ways of formulation of silkworm excreta as organic fertilizer and silkworm pupa for poultry and fish production identified

272




8 Capacity building

Limited skilled human power and high staff turnover

Recruit qualified researchers

Device incentive mechanisms to retain staff

Create conducive working environment

Maintain and recruit adequate level of qualified research staff

Strengthen incentive mechanisms to retain staff

Continue to create conducive working environment




Human power development

Strengthen capacity and familiarize researchers with modern scientific tools through long and short term trainings and periodical mentorship

Organize short term and on-job trainings for support staff

Organize experience sharing and exchange visits







Facilities for conducting research experiments and seed production

Establish standard laboratories and its equipments and chemicals

Construct offices for researchers and supportive

Continue to establish standard

laboratories and its equipments and chemicals

273




staffs furnished with appropriate facility

Continue to construct offices for researchers and supportive staffs furnished with appropriate facility

Budget allocation and procurement

Allocate adequate budget for capacity building efforts

Improve the procurement process and release budget timely





Expected outputs of strategic interventions on capacity building

Adequate and qualified research staff recruited and maintained and appropriate incentive mechanisms established

Conducive working environment created to researchers and support staff

Researchers capacity built to use modern scientific tools through long and short term trainings periodical mentorship and experience sharing visits

The capacity of support staff strengthened through short term and on-job trainings

Standard laboratories with equipments and chemicals established for research and seed multiplication

Offices for researchers and supportive staffs constructed and furnished

Adequate budget allocated for capacity building efforts and released timely

The procurement process improved

274

6 The next steps





serve as the blueprint to guide the National Sericulture Research Program

for the next fifteen years (2016-2030) The major contents of the

implementation plan will revolve among others around the following

topics





In order to advance the development of the implementation plan it will be

















275

7 References

Basavaraja H K Aswath S K Kumar N S Reddy N M and Kalpana G

V (2005) Silkworm Breeding and Genetics Central Silk Board Bangalore

523pp

Bose PC Majumder SK and Sengupta K (1991) A comparative biochemical

study of six mulberry (Morusalba L) varieties Indian J Seri 30 83-87

FAO (1976) Agricultural service Bulletin (151)) Sericultural manual 1

Mulberry cultivation Rome Italy

Friend WG (1958) Nutritional requirements of phytophagous insects Ann Rev

Ent 3 57-74

Govindaiah Gupta V P Sharma D D Rajadurai S and Naik V N

(2005)Mulberry Crop Protection Central Silk Board Bangalore 459pp

Hiwar C J (2001) Agro Cottage Industry Sericulture Daya Publishing House

New Delhi 117pp

Metaferia H and Abera D (2004)Silkworm Rearing Ethiopian Agricultural

Research Organization Addis Ababa19pp

Metaferia H and Abera D (2004)Silkworm Feed Plants Production Ethiopian

Agricultural Research Organization Addis Ababa 25pp

Metaferia H and Abera D (2004)SERICULTURE A Training Manual

Ethiopian Agricultural Research Organization Addis Ababa Ethiopia 53pp

Nataraju B Sathyaprasad K Manjunath D and Kumar C A (2005)Silkworm

Crop Protection Central Silk Board Bangalore 412pp

Rajan R K and Himantharaj M T(2005) Silkworm Rearing Technology

Central Silk Board Bangalore 163pp

Rajanna L Das P K Ravindran S Bhogesha K Mishra R K Singhvi N

R Katiyar R S and Jayaram H (2005) Mulberry Cultivation and

Physiology Central Silk Board Bangalore 367pp

276

Ramesh-Babu K Ramakrishna S Harish-Kumar-Reddy Y Lakshmi G

Naidu NV Sadak-Basha S and Bhaskar M (2009) Metabolic alterations

and molecular mechanism in silkworm larvae during viral infection A rev

Afr J Biotechnol 8 899-907

Thangavelu K and Phukon JC (1983) Food Preference of Eri Silkworm

Philosamiaricini Hutt (Saturnidae Lepidoptera) Entomol8 311-315

277

8 Annexes

Annex 1 Highlights of sericulture research in Ethiopia

a) Varietal development

In Ethiopia Melkassa Agricultural Research Center (MARC) is the center

of excellence for research and most of the development activities

undertaken in the field of sericulture Successive evaluation was carried to

identify better performing silkworm strains to Ethiopian agro ecologic

condition As the result a Vietnamese eri silkworm strain known by Eri-

34 which have showed an outstanding performance compared to other eri

silkworm strains in different locations (Melkassa Wondogenet Jimma and

Hawassa) have been recommended for research and development

endeavors in Ethiopia In general eri silkworms showed wide variations in

different traits egg hatchability (6261 to 8900) larval duration

(2067days to 2583 days) total life cycle duration (5049 days to 7400

days) single weight of larva (4427 grams to 8155 grams) effective rate

of rearing (6011 to 9367) single cocoon weight (1848 grams to

2903 grams) single shell weight (0251 grams to 0418 grams) and silk

ratio (1306 to 1505)

Moreover among several mulberry silkworms introduced from abroad

(Poland Vietnam Korea and Kenya) a bivoltine mulberry silkworm strain

known by Kenya 1 (ICIPE1) have showed an outstanding performance

compared to other mulberry silkworm strains in different locations

(Melkassa Wondogenet Jimma and Alagae) and recommended for future

research and development efforts on mulberry sericulture in Ethiopia In

general mulberry silkworms showed wide variations in different traits

egg hatchability (6367 to 9100) larval duration (2167days to 3200

days) total life cycle duration (4494 days to 7967 days) single weight of

larva (1328 grams to 3567 grams) effective rate of rearing (5622 to

920) single cocoon weight (0726 grams to 1600 grams) single shell

weight (0108 grams to 0355 grams) and silk ratio (1471 to 2276)

278

Studies were conducted in field and laboratory conditions with the

objectives to evaluate the agronomic and their rearing performance of 104

genotypes of castor on eri- silkworms at Melkassa Wondogenet Hawassa

and Jimma Out of which a variety called Abaro gave superior results at all

locations in rearing performance of eri-silkworms for improving silk

production as compared to other genotypes Therefore it is recommended

for further use in the country

To adoptassess and find out appropriate silkworm and feed plants

management practices

To introduceadopt evaluate and develop appropriate harvesting a

nd post-harvesting technologies for production of quality fabrics

To assess identify pests on silkworms and their feed plants and to

find out suitable management strategies

b) Agronomic packages

Experiments were carried out at Melkassa to determine planting space

planting date and leaf harvesting date for castor (Ricinus communis L) to

find out appropriate intra and inter row spacing planting date and leaf

harvesting dates of improved castor leaf productivity Therefore a plant

and row spacing or treatment combinations of 50 cm x 75 cm or a plant

population of about 26670 plants per hectare planting interval between

3rd-4th week of June and starting of leaf harvesting at 10 weeks after

planting have been found significantly important and recommend for

optimum leaf production to enhance eri silk worm production

c) Silkworm rearing management

Study on silkworm bed cleaning frequency during larval developmental

period of different silkworm races at Melkassa Agricultural Research

Center was conducted Finally the following silkworm bed cleaning

frequencies was recommended

Three times bed cleaning frequency per instar was recommended

for Vietenameseeri-silkworm races from 2nd instar up to 5th instar

279

Two times bed cleaning per instar in 2nd instar three times bed

cleaning per instar in 3rd instar once bed cleaning per day in 4th

instar and 5th instar were recommended for Indian eri and Kenyan

mulberry silkworm races

Bed cleaning has no significant effect among all level of treatments

on larval mortality rate of Korean silkworm races until the 3rd larval

instar However three times bed cleaning frequency per instar for

4thinstar and once bed cleaning frequency per day for 5th instar were

recommended for these races

Evaluations of different mountage types and sizes on Eri and mulberry

silkworm cocoon yield and quality of silk at Melkassa Agricultural

Research Center were conducted From these studies plywood made carton

made and banana leaf made mountage followed by mango leaf mountage types

were recommended for eri and mulberry silk worms In addition a mountage size

of 4cm x 4cm and 4cm x 5cm mountage size made from ply wood

Studies on daily feed consumption rate and feeding frequencies of Eri and

mulberry silkworm at Melkassa Agricultural Research Center were

conducted

From this study two times feeding per day for 1st and 2nd instar

and 3-4 times feeding per day for 3rd 4th and 5th instars larvae of

castor feeding silkworms were recommended during all cropping

seasons

On the other hand two times feeding per day for 1st and 2nd instar

larvae and 3-4 times feeding per day for 3nd 4rd and 5th instar larvae

of mulberry feeding silkworms were recommended from

December to May production seasons However two times feeding

per day for 1st and 2ndinstar and three times feeding per day for 3nd

4rd and 5thinstars were recommended for mulberry feeding

silkworms for a period from June to November

A Silk Production and Marketing in Ethiopia

A study on the Overview of Silk Production and Marketing in Ethiopia was

carried out The result indicates the following issues which require due attention

if the sector is expected to play its role

280

There is a need to design an integrated approach to promote the sector in

a coordinated and holistic manner so that the different components of the

sector will reach the producers ie complete silk production technology

(silkworm feed plants rearing and processing equipments) appropriate

capacity building (for promoters producers traders processors)

competitive markets (enhance processing capacity and market linkage

along the value chain)

The need to empower the value chain with efficient marketing system

currently there is no considerable number of buyers for silk cocoon or

processed one where competitive prices can be set

There is a need to improve the processing capacity and encourage

different processing companies to engage in this venture for better

competition and efficiency

There is a need to further improve the human capacity to promote the

sector

Identification of a market opportunity strengthening research and

development and community empowerment would be the key factors for

future success in the sector

B Pest status of silkworm feed plants

Studies on distribution composition and economic importance of diseases

and insect pests of castor and mulberry plants were carried out in Some

Parts of EthiopiaThe study provided some clues to the understanding of the

distribution species composition and economic importance of diseases and insect

pests of silkworm feed plants From this study it can be concluded that the major

insect pests for castor plant were mealy bugs scale insects and common bugs

The most widely distributed insect pests in castor were Common bags Jassids

and Semi-looper which were recorded from most of the surveyed areas Jassids

Semi-looper Hairy caterpillar Stink bug and Grasshoppers could be considered

as minor pests for castor Common jassid and soft scale insects was found as

minor pests for mulberry The devastating effect of lepdopterous borer on castor

around Arbaminch and mulberry borer on mulberry in Alage during 2009 as

sporadic pests requires a close follow up in silkworm feed plants growing areas

of Ethiopia to take appropriate control measure The major and widely distributed

diseases of castor were Alternariasp Cercospora sp andMelampsorasp which

needs control measure whileFusarium sp and Xanthomonasspcan be treated as

minor diseases of castor that may not need control intervention The major and

widely distributed disease for mulberry plant wasCercospora sp while

Phyllactinia sp and Pseudomonas sp can be taken as minor pests Understanding

281

the situation of castor and mulberry pests will help to eventually achieve an

economically sound and efficient pest management strategy

C Promotion of proven sericulture technologies

Popularization of silk production technologies is initiated to effectively transfer

silk production knowledge and technologies to users and to create awareness

about the technology among different stakeholders (Governmental and non-

Governmental bodies buyers processors producers including farmers and town

residents women youth and elderly groups etc) Therefore demand driven

Practical training on silk production techniques and technologies (silkworm

rearing silkworm feed plant growing and post cocoon harvest processing) have

been given for many trainees from different regions Supervision and advisory

services were provided to producers by direct visiting of production sites and

other means of communication Awareness and linkage creation and promotions

have been carried out through participation and providing appropriate guidelines

andor information in different exhibitions

Moreover Participation was carried out in some exhibitions and workshops to

create linkage and awareness for wider impact among different groups of

stakeholders Therefore appropriate silk production information was shared and

important silk production guidelines and leaflets were multiplied and distributed

during such programs Improved silkworm races mulberry cuttings and castor

seeds were multiplied and disseminated to stakeholders as initial planting

materials for users to different areas of the country

Currently various studies are under way on silkworm feeding efficiency

nutrient status of feed plants varietal development of alternative feed

plants silkworm biology in different production seasons silkworm variety

development through cross breeding feed plants variety development

through successive selections control measures for major silkworm

diseases and their feed plants

282

Annex 2 Stakeholders analysis

The following stakeholders are identified in their order of importance

to sericulture research and development efforts

No Stakeholder Stakeholder roles and responsibilities Stakeholders expectationsInterests

1 Farmers ndash Commercial and Small scale farmers

Adopt improved technologies and information

Help to train and demonstrate technologies to their surrounding farmers

Supply seeds to farmers in their surroundings

Appropriate and affordable technologies and information

Technical support training and follow up

2 Ministry of Agriculture Regional bureaus of Agriculture

Formulate appropriate policies regulations directives and strategies

Organizing silk producer associations

Supervise and monitor silk producers

Multiply and distribute seeds of silkworm races and feed plants

Train farmers and other stakeholders

Develop packages and scale upout information and technologies

Co-ordinate and facilitate the partnerships among stakeholders

Facilitate for the introduction of improved silkworm seeds planting materials chemicals and others

Solicit funds and resources

Appropriate information and technology packages

Feedback on the existing police gaps and initiate policy ideas

Technical support

Initial seed

3 Federal Regional Research Centers and Universities Higher Institutes

Create enabling environment for technology and information development (infrastructures research facilitieshellipetc)

Human resource and research capacity building

Introduction and collection of important germplasm

Conduct integrated research activities


Strong partnership and linkage with stakeholders

Co-ordinating research activities

Technical support

283

Maintain and multiply seeds of silkworm races and feed plants


Demonstrate and pre-scale up technologies and information to bring wider impact

Initial seed

4 Private sectorInvestor like Buyers and Processors

Participate in manufacturing importing and distributing inputs

Take part in production collection processing packing and exporting products

Organize and support out growers

Support in training and seed multiplication distribution

Help in experience sharing

Improved technologies and information pertinent to their interest

Advisory and technical supports

5 Associations Cooperatives and Unions

Organize coordinate support and capacitate farmers

Produce products

Establish product collection centres

Facilitate and avail credit and saving facilities and market

Buy products and create market linkage

Coordinate experience sharing and learning opportunities


Proven technologies and information on production processing and handling

Advisory services on production and handling value addition and marketing

Training and follow up

6 NGOs Funding Assist farmers in finance for rearing equipments and facilities

Training follow up and evaluation

Promoting improved technologies and information

Create linkage among stakeholders

Technical capacity building on sericulture technology package

Organizing silk producers associations

Effective utilization of funds and proper implementation of project

Proven technologies and information package

Technical support


284

Annex 3 Major silk producing countries in the world (Metric tons)

Source - httpinsercoorgenq=statistics

285

Annex 4 Major silk consuming countries in the world

286

Annex 5 Major silk producing countries in Africa

6 Livestock Research Strategy Cover only 13

6 Livestock Research Strategy Cover 3

6 Table of contents 13

6a Poultry Getnet 13

7a Capture Fishery draft strategy 13

7b Aquaculture draft strategy 13

8 Apiculture staretgy final 2 13

9 Sericulture 2009 - final(1) 1 13



Research Strategies


and Sericulture

(2016 ndash 2030)

___________________________

copy EIAR July 2017 rsaquo=OacuteUrsaquo= 2009

Website httpwwweiargovet Tel +251-11-6462633 Fax +251-11-6461294 POBox 2003 Addis Ababa

Editing and design Getnet Assefa

i

Table of Contents

Foreword

iii

Acknowledgments v



Executive Summary 5

1 Introduction 9





6 The Next Steps 59

7 References 60

8 Annexes 64



69


71


1 Introduction 75




5 Benchmarking 98



8 References 107

9 Annexes 109

ii




1 Introduction 121




5 Benchmarking 141



8 References 149

9 Annexes 151




1 Introduction 159






7 References 224




1 Introduction 235






7 References 275

8 Annexes 277

iii

Foreword


































iv



















v

Acknowledgements





















research program)

1


(2016 ndash 2030)

3



5

Executive summary





































6












gases emissions)


























7






































9


(2016 - 2030)

1 Introduction

11 Background





















poverty)









10






export markets








following rationale









chicken


farms

13 Vision





14 Mission




11


markets

15 Goals





16 Objectives




by


community




consumers demand


for the future



were set





sectors






12



advantages






needs

















Adaptability






13









Genetic diversity






























14



























1 Ethiopia 41000 _


3 Africa 3082367 13



15







































16








breeds of broilers




1 Ethiopia 61840 _


3 Africa 4731771 13



y = 49608x - 957754

Rsup2 = 04735

Eg

g p

rod

uct

ion

in

to

nn

s

Years

Hen eggs production

17





long term
















2015)








a 246 increase








18
























19









23 Economy














20









2006)















poultry products


Year 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013

Value 35 36 76 534 0 0 60 59 106


21



USD Net Weight (kg)

World 329786 115550

Areas nes 155389 60580

Brazil 68061 24093

Ukraine 56582 21432

Turkey 27762 5769

France 8070 1036


USA 5585 1780

Norway 651 95

Total 65957200 231101

















World 134 80

Saudi Arabia 134 80

Total 26800 160


22






















sustainably

Source ---------------


23








internal factors
























24


























Table 6 below












25







































26





















Annexes 1and 2













necessary inputs

27


Broiler

NL FR ES UK ET



Live Weight (g) 2200 1920 2700 2300 -



Layers

NL FR ES UK ET




Egghen 363 322 345 340

Egg weight (g) 614 623 640 625 60


201 213 207 215 -

Mortality () 80 50 70 60 -









28



































29






30




Research Theme


General

















31

Research Theme























32

Research Theme










release mechanism









Nutrition and feed









33

Research Theme












control mechanism




Poultry Health









34

Research Theme

















specialists








35

Research Theme



















commercial setup





36

Research Theme



















37

Research Theme


















38

Research Theme





















39

Research Theme











40




















Short term

Medium term

Long term

41 General




x x x





x x x

41


Short term

Medium term

Long term




x x x







x x x





x x x


x x x







x x




x


42


Short term

Medium term

Long term

44 Poultry Health








x x x







x X x



x X x





x X x




and eggs

x x

43


Short term

Medium term

Long term



x x x



x x x





x



x x x




x x x





x x


x x x


Gender x x x



44















51 Research themes





















45

































46


















in the country















47










frameworks















networking

48


















-








49

























50

















51


















52




















53















524 Poultry Health










54


















-






55




















56



















57
























58













Climate Change


59

6 The next steps

































60

7 References



Nirobi Kenya




Ababa Ethiopia




2(1) 6-14



















Regional







61







































62















2683ndash2697



investment






doi101017S2078633614000484









app







63









Sciences








64

8 Annexes








Policy inputs














RARIs













balancing

65






Improved livelihood








Technical support

















66



Ethiopian Public

Health Institute

Zoonotic disease

identification

Laboratory analysis


zoonotic diseases


research

Small and micro

enterprises offices

Collaborate in

broadening poultry

enterprises


adoption



enterprises

Ethiopian poultry

producers and

processors

association





sector

Support in creating

conducive policy

environment


technologies

Cooperativesunions

and financial

institutions

Collaboration in

broadening poultry

enterprises through

input supply credit


multiplication



Insurance service

Agro processors









up take

Contribute to the


Donors


technology package


researches projects


entitled project


technologies

Higher learning

institutes

Joint research work

Technical support

Practical research

attachment



networking


gaps


Regional and

national animal

health laboratories

identification of


reemerging disease

conditions

improved disease

surveillance system

develop technical

information

67



exchange




mechanisms

Ethiopian

biodiversity

institute (EBI)

technical support

joint research



on genetic material

conservation

generate supportive

information

ILRI

joint research


technology


improve information


dissemination

Ethiopian

agricultural

transformation

agency (ATA)

joint research



improve information


dissemination

Ethiopian meat and

dairy industry

development

industry (EMDIDI)

joint research


improve intake of

technology



69



(2016 - 2030)

71








73

Executive summery




































74

















strategy


















75


(2016 - 2030)

1 Introduction

11 Background
























the document






76









































77

12 Rationale














following rationale
























78






































79























levels



community


supporting staff





80


21 Capture fishery


































81




























Length (km)







4450 26314

Total 13637 8065 94500

82


















83






























Omo-Turkana system

19 41 76-79 8

Total 70 181-200 40 10

84






































85






al 2011)













empirical models








country

86











children







for children

0

10000

20000

30000

40000

50000

60000

19

98

19

99

20

00

20

01

20

02

20

03

20

04

20

05

20

06

20

07

20

08

20

09

20

10

20

11

20

12

20

13

20

14

20

15

Tonsyear

Year

87

23 Economy












reasons






















warming

88















dimensions


















research

89








Tana and Chamo






























90





































91





















92

25 SWOC analysis




General







High staff turnover








93






Research themes











Illegal fishing









Aquatic pollution


94
























95





















Gender





96














captured


Stakeholders Roles

















97

Stakeholders Roles



Support






Financial source














Extension service

98

5 Benchmarking









separately below

Uganda








Brazil








99



Research discipline

Strategic issues




Long-term (2026-2030)

General



















100

Research discipline




Long-term (2026-2030)

















101

Research discipline




Long-term (2026-2030)






















102

Research discipline




Long-term (2026-2030)























103

Research discipline




Long-term (2026-2030)























104

Research discipline




Long-term (2026-2030)



bull







bull




bull








bull





105

Research discipline




Long-term (2026-2030)



























106

Research discipline




Long-term (2026-2030)















107

7 Next steps



strategy





8 Reference







Working Paper 123)









pp



(MOA)



108















109

9 Annexes



No Name of water

body


coordinate]

Altitude [m]

Area [m2]

Maximum depth [m]

Mean depth

[m]
























110

No Name of water

body


coordinate]

Altitude [m]

Area [m2]

Maximum depth [m]

Mean depth

[m]

12 Ardibo (Hardibo)






12o34rsquo N 39o30rsquo E 2443 25 26 14






21 Babogaya (Pawlo)

08o47rsquo N 38o59rsquo E 1870 058 65 38






08o55rsquo N 39o52rsquo E 980 40 11 6




















111

No Name of water

body


coordinate]

Altitude [m]

Area [m2]

Maximum depth [m]

Mean depth

[m]


















59 Gewani Swamps










68 Kemisse Swamps



08o45rsquo N 38o59rsquo E 1850 103 38 17










112

No Name of water

body


coordinate]

Altitude [m]

Area [m2]

Maximum depth [m]

Mean depth

[m]









07+55rsquo N 38o22rsquo E 1850 12






















113



(km2)



1 Aba-Samuel 44 234 270

2 Alwero 74 394 436



5 Dembi 72 383 425



8 Koka 255 1375 1362


10 Sorga 12 64 82

11 Tekeze 160 851 887

12 Tendaho 170 904 938

13 Koga 20 106 131

14 Wodecha 12 64 82



SrNo




FAO (2003)


1 Baro 38400 285 916a 232

2 Akobo 21890 203 653a 119

3 Gillo 13050 252 810a 182

4 Alwero 8098 321 1032a 294

5 Pibor 4300 96 309a 27

6 Blue Nile 176000 800 2133b 1792

7 Awash 112696 1200 4800b 3999

8 Wabishebele 202697 1000 3333b 2787

9 Genale 171042 480 768b 652

10 Omo 79000 760 1925b 1619

11 Tekeze 82350 608 1232b 1041

12 Mereb 5900 440 645b 549

13 Angereib 23812 220 161b 139


196259 1400 6533b 5426


and Wolf (2014)

114



(km2)



1 Abaya 1162 6182 5497

2 Abbe 113 601 644

3 Abijata 205 1091 1114

4 Adobed 24 128 155

5 Afambo 30 160 190

6 Afrera 125 665 707

7 Ardibo 21 112 137


9 Awassa 91 484 528


11 Boyo 130 692 733

12 Chamo 551 2931 2767

13 Chew Bahir 308 1639 1620


15 Gamari 70 372 415

16 Hashenge 25 133 161


18 Lugo(Hayke) 35 186 219

19 Langano 241 1282 1293

20 Tana 3500 18620 15159

21 Shalla 329 1750 1722


23 Turkana 100 532 576

24 Yardi 75 399 442

25 Ziway 442 2351 2259

Total 7740 41177 37346

115


(2016-2030)

117













EU European Union





















End Poverty


Environmental



119

Executive summary




































120



121


(2016 - 2030)

1 Introduction

11 Background






























122

12 Rationale























process














123






productivity




sustainability





















124


supporting staff




21 Aquaculture




























125










on-farm

23 Culture species


























126





































127




































2-5 g fat

128






























the human body

28 Economy





129






































130






























32 Policy dimension





131














research





















132

































133












134

SWOC analysis
























135








biotechnology tools



















136






























137


























138












Gender










139















Stakeholders Roles
















140

Stakeholders Roles



























141

5 Benchmarking
















preparation

142



Research discipline

Strategic issues




Long-term (2026-2030)

General




















143

Research discipline

Strategic issues




Long-term (2026-2030)








strategy




















144

Research discipline

Strategic issues




Long-term (2026-2030)














145

Research discipline

Strategic issues




Long-term (2026-2030)























146

Research discipline

Strategic issues




Long-term (2026-2030)
























147

Research discipline

Strategic issues




Long-term (2026-2030)


















148

Research discipline

Strategic issues




Long-term (2026-2030)





Climate change







149

6 Next Steps


the Strategy



strategy





7 Reference




















150

































98





151

Annexes





Oromia










152


Species name




Clarias garipineus


Cyprinus carpio


Carassius auratus



Salmo gairdneri


Heterotis heterotis


153


(2016 - 2030)

155



























157

Executive summary






























approach





158





159


(2016 - 2030)

1 Introduction

11 Background





























160






































161




bases

































162























to








knowledge




163








Transparency

Creativity

Accountability


Team spirit

Credibility

Responsiveness

Ethical research






stakeholders













164










information






efficiency


















165































166


No



1 Oromia 3850000 55

2 Amhara 1354500 194

3 SNNP 1053550 151

4 Tigray 347200 496


6 Gambella 121800 174

7 Somale 12600 018

8 Diredawa 1190 002

9 Harari 1120 002

10 Afar 560 001




















167

































at 100843 (GDS 2009)




168





































169














protein (FAO 2006a)























170





















P-value


Open 22 Plt005


Open 23 Plt005


Open 21 Plt005


open 22

171


Treatments


mean


2000 2001 2000 2001 Combined




CV 266 78 666 28 535 409

LSD 0654 1906 09217 0226 039 0181


24 Economy










beekeepers








annum

172





































173





















fabrics
















174










more
























175


(DAlbert 1956)
































(Paulos 2012)

176





















180

360

311

377

196

274

163197

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

2008 2009 2010 2011

Exp

ort

ed

am

ou

nt

in t

on

s

Years


Honey

Beeswax

177


biodiversity


178





























179









industrial sector






























180





















this opportunities


















181


companies




























Partners






182












service








Societies

















183



b) International

















Weakness provided





or weaknesses








184








research





























185















time








186








Involvement of NGOs












187










Staff turnover












188























189













190







Deforestation














191
















192

















193




















194







Api-mechanization










195





















196















197

















198

















199

34 Benchmarking


















20

6

6

6

5444

33

3

36


China 298 000

Turkey 82336

Argentina 80000

USA 79218

Ukraine 71462

Russia 52126

India 52000

Mexico 50631

Ethiopia 41000

Spain 37000

Canada 36109

Others 508603

200






















Madagascar 131000 3960 302


Libya 37000 800 216

Angola 1200000 24000 200

Tunisia 140000 2500 179


Tanzania 2700000 27000 100

Senegal 124600 1246 100

Guinea 60000 600 100

Zambia 50000 500 100

Ethiopia 5400000 41000 76

Source CSA 2005

201





China 1908 1881 2362 2252 3208

USA 123 120 81 308 251

Central Africa 128 103 120 104 144

Ethiopia 52 119 17 109 109

Ivory coast 33 99 70 103 124

Australia 134 136 193 110 102

Ukraine 460 426 362 170 80

Tanzania 38 193 96 57 76

Argentina 48 64 239 116 71


20

17

11

6444

33

3

33


China 298000

Argentina 128 463

Germany 80210

Hungary 42610

Mexico 31836

Spain 27595

India 26351

New Zealand 25391

Canada 25017

Australia 20337

Others 241775

202



















8


Strategic Issues

Relevance in the

Short-term

Medium-term

Long-term

41 General





X X X




X X X

203

Strategic Issues

Relevance in the

Short-term

Medium-term

Long-term






X X X






X X X





X X X






X X X

204

Strategic Issues

Relevance in the

Short-term

Medium-term

Long-term






X X X

44 Bee health






X X X





X X X





X X X

205

Strategic Issues

Relevance in the

Short-term

Medium-term

Long-term






X X X






X X X





X X X






X X X

206

Strategic Issues

Relevance in the

Short-term

Medium-term

Long-term


X X X





X X X





X X X

492 Climate change



X X X




X X X


207
















51 Research themes



















208
































breeding efficiency




209






















options














210


































networking

211










various disciplines











212






















213














214


























215





















216




524 Bee health




















217



























218



















219




















220
























221
























222






92 Climate change

















223

6 The next steps





























224

7 References



red)







pp52-58











Ethiopia


Ethiopia


Ethiopia


Ethiopia

225



ARHIV 79(4) 397-408

















Alexandria








Nations Rome Italy




226



technologies












Africa




82014


Berlin Germany













227


Rome





229


Strategy

(2016 - 2030)

231















233

Executive summary


































234































235


(2016 - 2030)

1 Introduction

11 Background





























country

236










altitudes



























237














13 Vision




14 Mission




15 Goal






16 Objectives




238



































think-thank

239







principles





sectors







implementation




advantages






240


21 Agriculture



































241




























value










242


















industry














generation

243












production

























244






























sustainability

245


































246







amp weaknesses)



























247






































248




again


































249















313 Benchmarking





















250













management



the control



planting conditions










(2155)

251


Description

Current status

projection


(India)


Medium term

Long term

1 Silkworms


475 734 20 570 684 821

12 Mulberry (cocoon

yield100 DFL in Kg) 291 750 30 378 491 639

2 Feed plants


12 14 10 132 145 16


40 70 20 48 576 691














other countries

252


External factors






Economic









Socio-cultural






253

External factors







Environmental
















254










321 Resources





















research

323 Technologies




255







weaknesses









Internal factors


Resources

Human





Physical



256






Technological















257

4 Strategic issues










traits



traits




plant genotypes

42 Pest management








resistance traits

258







system







bull





schemes



technologies


technologies




sustainability etc





259



(excreta and pupa)




research








260



















261




















262



















263




2 Pest Management






















264























265














266























267



















268
























269






















270






















271
















272




8 Capacity building


























273






















274

6 The next steps








topics






















275

7 References



523pp






Ent 3 57-74




New Delhi 117pp














276







277

8 Annexes

















ratio (1306 to 1505)













278































279


















conducted




seasons












280















sector
























281





























282























Technical support

Initial seed









Technical support

283




Initial seed











Produce products

















Technical support


284



285


286



6 Livestock Research Strategy Cover Page 13







i

Table of Contents

Foreword

iii

Acknowledgments v



Executive Summary 5

1 Introduction 9





6 The Next Steps 59

7 References 60

8 Annexes 64



69


71


1 Introduction 75




5 Benchmarking 98



8 References 107

9 Annexes 109

ii




1 Introduction 121




5 Benchmarking 141



8 References 149

9 Annexes 151




1 Introduction 159






7 References 224




1 Introduction 235






7 References 275

8 Annexes 277

iii

Foreword


































iv



















v

Acknowledgements





















research program)

1


(2016 ndash 2030)

3



5

Executive summary





































6












gases emissions)


























7






































9


(2016 - 2030)

1 Introduction

11 Background





















poverty)









10






export markets








following rationale









chicken


farms

13 Vision





14 Mission




11


markets

15 Goals





16 Objectives




by


community




consumers demand


for the future



were set





sectors






12



advantages






needs

















Adaptability






13









Genetic diversity






























14



























1 Ethiopia 41000 _


3 Africa 3082367 13



15







































16








breeds of broilers




1 Ethiopia 61840 _


3 Africa 4731771 13



y = 49608x - 957754

Rsup2 = 04735

Eg

g p

rod

uct

ion

in

to

nn

s

Years

Hen eggs production

17





long term
















2015)








a 246 increase








18
























19









23 Economy














20









2006)















poultry products


Year 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013

Value 35 36 76 534 0 0 60 59 106


21



USD Net Weight (kg)

World 329786 115550

Areas nes 155389 60580

Brazil 68061 24093

Ukraine 56582 21432

Turkey 27762 5769

France 8070 1036


USA 5585 1780

Norway 651 95

Total 65957200 231101

















World 134 80

Saudi Arabia 134 80

Total 26800 160


22






















sustainably

Source ---------------


23








internal factors
























24


























Table 6 below












25







































26





















Annexes 1and 2













necessary inputs

27


Broiler

NL FR ES UK ET



Live Weight (g) 2200 1920 2700 2300 -



Layers

NL FR ES UK ET




Egghen 363 322 345 340

Egg weight (g) 614 623 640 625 60


201 213 207 215 -

Mortality () 80 50 70 60 -









28



































29






30




Research Theme


General

















31

Research Theme























32

Research Theme










release mechanism









Nutrition and feed









33

Research Theme












control mechanism




Poultry Health









34

Research Theme

















specialists








35

Research Theme



















commercial setup





36

Research Theme



















37

Research Theme


















38

Research Theme





















39

Research Theme











40




















Short term

Medium term

Long term

41 General




x x x





x x x

41


Short term

Medium term

Long term




x x x







x x x





x x x


x x x







x x




x


42


Short term

Medium term

Long term

44 Poultry Health








x x x







x X x



x X x





x X x




and eggs

x x

43


Short term

Medium term

Long term



x x x



x x x





x



x x x




x x x





x x


x x x


Gender x x x



44















51 Research themes





















45

































46


















in the country















47










frameworks















networking

48


















-








49

























50

















51


















52




















53















524 Poultry Health










54


















-






55




















56



















57
























58













Climate Change


59

6 The next steps

































60

7 References



Nirobi Kenya




Ababa Ethiopia




2(1) 6-14



















Regional







61







































62















2683ndash2697



investment






doi101017S2078633614000484









app







63









Sciences








64

8 Annexes








Policy inputs














RARIs













balancing

65






Improved livelihood








Technical support

















66



Ethiopian Public

Health Institute

Zoonotic disease

identification

Laboratory analysis


zoonotic diseases


research

Small and micro

enterprises offices

Collaborate in

broadening poultry

enterprises


adoption



enterprises

Ethiopian poultry

producers and

processors

association





sector

Support in creating

conducive policy

environment


technologies

Cooperativesunions

and financial

institutions

Collaboration in

broadening poultry

enterprises through

input supply credit


multiplication



Insurance service

Agro processors









up take

Contribute to the


Donors


technology package


researches projects


entitled project


technologies

Higher learning

institutes

Joint research work

Technical support

Practical research

attachment



networking


gaps


Regional and

national animal

health laboratories

identification of


reemerging disease

conditions

improved disease

surveillance system

develop technical

information

67



exchange




mechanisms

Ethiopian

biodiversity

institute (EBI)

technical support

joint research



on genetic material

conservation

generate supportive

information

ILRI

joint research


technology


improve information


dissemination

Ethiopian

agricultural

transformation

agency (ATA)

joint research



improve information


dissemination

Ethiopian meat and

dairy industry

development

industry (EMDIDI)

joint research


improve intake of

technology



69



(2016 - 2030)

71








73

Executive summery




































74

















strategy


















75


(2016 - 2030)

1 Introduction

11 Background
























the document






76









































77

12 Rationale














following rationale
























78






































79























levels



community


supporting staff





80


21 Capture fishery


































81




























Length (km)







4450 26314

Total 13637 8065 94500

82


















83






























Omo-Turkana system

19 41 76-79 8

Total 70 181-200 40 10

84






































85






al 2011)













empirical models








country

86











children







for children

0

10000

20000

30000

40000

50000

60000

19

98

19

99

20

00

20

01

20

02

20

03

20

04

20

05

20

06

20

07

20

08

20

09

20

10

20

11

20

12

20

13

20

14

20

15

Tonsyear

Year

87

23 Economy












reasons






















warming

88















dimensions


















research

89








Tana and Chamo






























90





































91





















92

25 SWOC analysis




General







High staff turnover








93






Research themes











Illegal fishing









Aquatic pollution


94
























95





















Gender





96














captured


Stakeholders Roles

















97

Stakeholders Roles



Support






Financial source














Extension service

98

5 Benchmarking









separately below

Uganda








Brazil








99



Research discipline

Strategic issues




Long-term (2026-2030)

General



















100

Research discipline




Long-term (2026-2030)

















101

Research discipline




Long-term (2026-2030)






















102

Research discipline




Long-term (2026-2030)























103

Research discipline




Long-term (2026-2030)























104

Research discipline




Long-term (2026-2030)



bull







bull




bull








bull





105

Research discipline




Long-term (2026-2030)



























106

Research discipline




Long-term (2026-2030)















107

7 Next steps



strategy





8 Reference







Working Paper 123)









pp



(MOA)



108















109

9 Annexes



No Name of water

body


coordinate]

Altitude [m]

Area [m2]

Maximum depth [m]

Mean depth

[m]
























110

No Name of water

body


coordinate]

Altitude [m]

Area [m2]

Maximum depth [m]

Mean depth

[m]

12 Ardibo (Hardibo)






12o34rsquo N 39o30rsquo E 2443 25 26 14






21 Babogaya (Pawlo)

08o47rsquo N 38o59rsquo E 1870 058 65 38






08o55rsquo N 39o52rsquo E 980 40 11 6




















111

No Name of water

body


coordinate]

Altitude [m]

Area [m2]

Maximum depth [m]

Mean depth

[m]


















59 Gewani Swamps










68 Kemisse Swamps



08o45rsquo N 38o59rsquo E 1850 103 38 17










112

No Name of water

body


coordinate]

Altitude [m]

Area [m2]

Maximum depth [m]

Mean depth

[m]









07+55rsquo N 38o22rsquo E 1850 12






















113



(km2)



1 Aba-Samuel 44 234 270

2 Alwero 74 394 436



5 Dembi 72 383 425



8 Koka 255 1375 1362


10 Sorga 12 64 82

11 Tekeze 160 851 887

12 Tendaho 170 904 938

13 Koga 20 106 131

14 Wodecha 12 64 82



SrNo




FAO (2003)


1 Baro 38400 285 916a 232

2 Akobo 21890 203 653a 119

3 Gillo 13050 252 810a 182

4 Alwero 8098 321 1032a 294

5 Pibor 4300 96 309a 27

6 Blue Nile 176000 800 2133b 1792

7 Awash 112696 1200 4800b 3999

8 Wabishebele 202697 1000 3333b 2787

9 Genale 171042 480 768b 652

10 Omo 79000 760 1925b 1619

11 Tekeze 82350 608 1232b 1041

12 Mereb 5900 440 645b 549

13 Angereib 23812 220 161b 139


196259 1400 6533b 5426


and Wolf (2014)

114



(km2)



1 Abaya 1162 6182 5497

2 Abbe 113 601 644

3 Abijata 205 1091 1114

4 Adobed 24 128 155

5 Afambo 30 160 190

6 Afrera 125 665 707

7 Ardibo 21 112 137


9 Awassa 91 484 528


11 Boyo 130 692 733

12 Chamo 551 2931 2767

13 Chew Bahir 308 1639 1620


15 Gamari 70 372 415

16 Hashenge 25 133 161


18 Lugo(Hayke) 35 186 219

19 Langano 241 1282 1293

20 Tana 3500 18620 15159

21 Shalla 329 1750 1722


23 Turkana 100 532 576

24 Yardi 75 399 442

25 Ziway 442 2351 2259

Total 7740 41177 37346

115


(2016-2030)

117













EU European Union





















End Poverty


Environmental



119

Executive summary




































120



121


(2016 - 2030)

1 Introduction

11 Background






























122

12 Rationale























process














123






productivity




sustainability





















124


supporting staff




21 Aquaculture




























125










on-farm

23 Culture species


























126





































127




































2-5 g fat

128






























the human body

28 Economy





129






































130






























32 Policy dimension





131














research





















132

































133












134

SWOC analysis
























135








biotechnology tools



















136






























137


























138












Gender










139















Stakeholders Roles
















140

Stakeholders Roles



























141

5 Benchmarking
















preparation

142



Research discipline

Strategic issues




Long-term (2026-2030)

General




















143

Research discipline

Strategic issues




Long-term (2026-2030)








strategy




















144

Research discipline

Strategic issues




Long-term (2026-2030)














145

Research discipline

Strategic issues




Long-term (2026-2030)























146

Research discipline

Strategic issues




Long-term (2026-2030)
























147

Research discipline

Strategic issues




Long-term (2026-2030)


















148

Research discipline

Strategic issues




Long-term (2026-2030)





Climate change







149

6 Next Steps


the Strategy



strategy





7 Reference




















150

































98





151

Annexes





Oromia










152


Species name




Clarias garipineus


Cyprinus carpio


Carassius auratus



Salmo gairdneri


Heterotis heterotis


153


(2016 - 2030)

155



























157

Executive summary






























approach





158





159


(2016 - 2030)

1 Introduction

11 Background





























160






































161




bases

































162























to








knowledge




163








Transparency

Creativity

Accountability


Team spirit

Credibility

Responsiveness

Ethical research






stakeholders













164










information






efficiency


















165































166


No



1 Oromia 3850000 55

2 Amhara 1354500 194

3 SNNP 1053550 151

4 Tigray 347200 496


6 Gambella 121800 174

7 Somale 12600 018

8 Diredawa 1190 002

9 Harari 1120 002

10 Afar 560 001




















167

































at 100843 (GDS 2009)




168





































169














protein (FAO 2006a)























170





















P-value


Open 22 Plt005


Open 23 Plt005


Open 21 Plt005


open 22

171


Treatments


mean


2000 2001 2000 2001 Combined




CV 266 78 666 28 535 409

LSD 0654 1906 09217 0226 039 0181


24 Economy










beekeepers








annum

172





































173





















fabrics
















174










more
























175


(DAlbert 1956)
































(Paulos 2012)

176





















180

360

311

377

196

274

163197

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

2008 2009 2010 2011

Exp

ort

ed

am

ou

nt

in t

on

s

Years


Honey

Beeswax

177


biodiversity


178





























179









industrial sector






























180





















this opportunities


















181


companies




























Partners






182












service








Societies

















183



b) International

















Weakness provided





or weaknesses








184








research





























185















time








186








Involvement of NGOs












187










Staff turnover












188























189













190







Deforestation














191
















192

















193




















194







Api-mechanization










195





















196















197

















198

















199

34 Benchmarking


















20

6

6

6

5444

33

3

36


China 298 000

Turkey 82336

Argentina 80000

USA 79218

Ukraine 71462

Russia 52126

India 52000

Mexico 50631

Ethiopia 41000

Spain 37000

Canada 36109

Others 508603

200






















Madagascar 131000 3960 302


Libya 37000 800 216

Angola 1200000 24000 200

Tunisia 140000 2500 179


Tanzania 2700000 27000 100

Senegal 124600 1246 100

Guinea 60000 600 100

Zambia 50000 500 100

Ethiopia 5400000 41000 76

Source CSA 2005

201





China 1908 1881 2362 2252 3208

USA 123 120 81 308 251

Central Africa 128 103 120 104 144

Ethiopia 52 119 17 109 109

Ivory coast 33 99 70 103 124

Australia 134 136 193 110 102

Ukraine 460 426 362 170 80

Tanzania 38 193 96 57 76

Argentina 48 64 239 116 71


20

17

11

6444

33

3

33


China 298000

Argentina 128 463

Germany 80210

Hungary 42610

Mexico 31836

Spain 27595

India 26351

New Zealand 25391

Canada 25017

Australia 20337

Others 241775

202



















8


Strategic Issues

Relevance in the

Short-term

Medium-term

Long-term

41 General





X X X




X X X

203

Strategic Issues

Relevance in the

Short-term

Medium-term

Long-term






X X X






X X X





X X X






X X X

204

Strategic Issues

Relevance in the

Short-term

Medium-term

Long-term






X X X

44 Bee health






X X X





X X X





X X X

205

Strategic Issues

Relevance in the

Short-term

Medium-term

Long-term






X X X






X X X





X X X






X X X

206

Strategic Issues

Relevance in the

Short-term

Medium-term

Long-term


X X X





X X X





X X X

492 Climate change



X X X




X X X


207
















51 Research themes



















208
































breeding efficiency




209






















options














210


































networking

211










various disciplines











212






















213














214


























215





















216




524 Bee health




















217



























218



















219




















220
























221
























222






92 Climate change

















223

6 The next steps





























224

7 References



red)







pp52-58











Ethiopia


Ethiopia


Ethiopia


Ethiopia

225



ARHIV 79(4) 397-408

















Alexandria








Nations Rome Italy




226



technologies












Africa




82014


Berlin Germany













227


Rome





229


Strategy

(2016 - 2030)

231















233

Executive summary


































234































235


(2016 - 2030)

1 Introduction

11 Background





























country

236










altitudes



























237














13 Vision




14 Mission




15 Goal






16 Objectives




238



































think-thank

239







principles





sectors







implementation




advantages






240


21 Agriculture



































241




























value










242


















industry














generation

243












production

























244






























sustainability

245


































246







amp weaknesses)



























247






































248




again


































249















313 Benchmarking





















250













management



the control



planting conditions










(2155)

251


Description

Current status

projection


(India)


Medium term

Long term

1 Silkworms


475 734 20 570 684 821

12 Mulberry (cocoon

yield100 DFL in Kg) 291 750 30 378 491 639

2 Feed plants


12 14 10 132 145 16


40 70 20 48 576 691














other countries

252


External factors






Economic









Socio-cultural






253

External factors







Environmental
















254










321 Resources





















research

323 Technologies




255







weaknesses









Internal factors


Resources

Human





Physical



256






Technological















257

4 Strategic issues










traits



traits




plant genotypes

42 Pest management








resistance traits

258







system







bull





schemes



technologies


technologies




sustainability etc





259



(excreta and pupa)




research








260



















261




















262



















263




2 Pest Management






















264























265














266























267



















268
























269






















270






















271
















272




8 Capacity building


























273






















274

6 The next steps








topics






















275

7 References



523pp






Ent 3 57-74




New Delhi 117pp














276







277

8 Annexes

















ratio (1306 to 1505)













278































279


















conducted




seasons












280















sector
























281





























282























Technical support

Initial seed









Technical support

283




Initial seed











Produce products

















Technical support


284



285


286










ii




1 Introduction 121




5 Benchmarking 141



8 References 149

9 Annexes 151




1 Introduction 159






7 References 224




1 Introduction 235






7 References 275

8 Annexes 277

iii

Foreword


































iv



















v

Acknowledgements





















research program)

1


(2016 ndash 2030)

3



5

Executive summary





































6












gases emissions)


























7






































9


(2016 - 2030)

1 Introduction

11 Background





















poverty)









10






export markets








following rationale









chicken


farms

13 Vision





14 Mission




11


markets

15 Goals





16 Objectives




by


community




consumers demand


for the future



were set





sectors






12



advantages






needs

















Adaptability






13









Genetic diversity






























14



























1 Ethiopia 41000 _


3 Africa 3082367 13



15







































16








breeds of broilers




1 Ethiopia 61840 _


3 Africa 4731771 13



y = 49608x - 957754

Rsup2 = 04735

Eg

g p

rod

uct

ion

in

to

nn

s

Years

Hen eggs production

17





long term
















2015)








a 246 increase








18
























19









23 Economy














20









2006)















poultry products


Year 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013

Value 35 36 76 534 0 0 60 59 106


21



USD Net Weight (kg)

World 329786 115550

Areas nes 155389 60580

Brazil 68061 24093

Ukraine 56582 21432

Turkey 27762 5769

France 8070 1036


USA 5585 1780

Norway 651 95

Total 65957200 231101

















World 134 80

Saudi Arabia 134 80

Total 26800 160


22






















sustainably

Source ---------------


23








internal factors
























24


























Table 6 below












25







































26





















Annexes 1and 2













necessary inputs

27


Broiler

NL FR ES UK ET



Live Weight (g) 2200 1920 2700 2300 -



Layers

NL FR ES UK ET




Egghen 363 322 345 340

Egg weight (g) 614 623 640 625 60


201 213 207 215 -

Mortality () 80 50 70 60 -









28



































29






30




Research Theme


General

















31

Research Theme























32

Research Theme










release mechanism









Nutrition and feed









33

Research Theme












control mechanism




Poultry Health









34

Research Theme

















specialists








35

Research Theme



















commercial setup





36

Research Theme



















37

Research Theme


















38

Research Theme





















39

Research Theme











40




















Short term

Medium term

Long term

41 General




x x x





x x x

41


Short term

Medium term

Long term




x x x







x x x





x x x


x x x







x x




x


42


Short term

Medium term

Long term

44 Poultry Health








x x x







x X x



x X x





x X x




and eggs

x x

43


Short term

Medium term

Long term



x x x



x x x





x



x x x




x x x





x x


x x x


Gender x x x



44















51 Research themes





















45

































46


















in the country















47










frameworks















networking

48


















-








49

























50

















51


















52




















53















524 Poultry Health










54


















-






55




















56



















57
























58













Climate Change


59

6 The next steps

































60

7 References



Nirobi Kenya




Ababa Ethiopia




2(1) 6-14



















Regional







61







































62















2683ndash2697



investment






doi101017S2078633614000484









app







63









Sciences








64

8 Annexes








Policy inputs














RARIs













balancing

65






Improved livelihood








Technical support

















66



Ethiopian Public

Health Institute

Zoonotic disease

identification

Laboratory analysis


zoonotic diseases


research

Small and micro

enterprises offices

Collaborate in

broadening poultry

enterprises


adoption



enterprises

Ethiopian poultry

producers and

processors

association





sector

Support in creating

conducive policy

environment


technologies

Cooperativesunions

and financial

institutions

Collaboration in

broadening poultry

enterprises through

input supply credit


multiplication



Insurance service

Agro processors









up take

Contribute to the


Donors


technology package


researches projects


entitled project


technologies

Higher learning

institutes

Joint research work

Technical support

Practical research

attachment



networking


gaps


Regional and

national animal

health laboratories

identification of


reemerging disease

conditions

improved disease

surveillance system

develop technical

information

67



exchange




mechanisms

Ethiopian

biodiversity

institute (EBI)

technical support

joint research



on genetic material

conservation

generate supportive

information

ILRI

joint research


technology


improve information


dissemination

Ethiopian

agricultural

transformation

agency (ATA)

joint research



improve information


dissemination

Ethiopian meat and

dairy industry

development

industry (EMDIDI)

joint research


improve intake of

technology



69



(2016 - 2030)

71








73

Executive summery




































74

















strategy


















75


(2016 - 2030)

1 Introduction

11 Background
























the document






76









































77

12 Rationale














following rationale
























78






































79























levels



community


supporting staff





80


21 Capture fishery


































81




























Length (km)







4450 26314

Total 13637 8065 94500

82


















83






























Omo-Turkana system

19 41 76-79 8

Total 70 181-200 40 10

84






































85






al 2011)













empirical models








country

86











children







for children

0

10000

20000

30000

40000

50000

60000

19

98

19

99

20

00

20

01

20

02

20

03

20

04

20

05

20

06

20

07

20

08

20

09

20

10

20

11

20

12

20

13

20

14

20

15

Tonsyear

Year

87

23 Economy












reasons






















warming

88















dimensions


















research

89








Tana and Chamo






























90





































91





















92

25 SWOC analysis




General







High staff turnover








93






Research themes











Illegal fishing









Aquatic pollution


94
























95





















Gender





96














captured


Stakeholders Roles

















97

Stakeholders Roles



Support






Financial source














Extension service

98

5 Benchmarking









separately below

Uganda








Brazil








99



Research discipline

Strategic issues




Long-term (2026-2030)

General



















100

Research discipline




Long-term (2026-2030)

















101

Research discipline




Long-term (2026-2030)






















102

Research discipline




Long-term (2026-2030)























103

Research discipline




Long-term (2026-2030)























104

Research discipline




Long-term (2026-2030)



bull







bull




bull








bull





105

Research discipline




Long-term (2026-2030)



























106

Research discipline




Long-term (2026-2030)















107

7 Next steps



strategy





8 Reference







Working Paper 123)









pp



(MOA)



108















109

9 Annexes



No Name of water

body


coordinate]

Altitude [m]

Area [m2]

Maximum depth [m]

Mean depth

[m]
























110

No Name of water

body


coordinate]

Altitude [m]

Area [m2]

Maximum depth [m]

Mean depth

[m]

12 Ardibo (Hardibo)






12o34rsquo N 39o30rsquo E 2443 25 26 14






21 Babogaya (Pawlo)

08o47rsquo N 38o59rsquo E 1870 058 65 38






08o55rsquo N 39o52rsquo E 980 40 11 6




















111

No Name of water

body


coordinate]

Altitude [m]

Area [m2]

Maximum depth [m]

Mean depth

[m]


















59 Gewani Swamps










68 Kemisse Swamps



08o45rsquo N 38o59rsquo E 1850 103 38 17










112

No Name of water

body


coordinate]

Altitude [m]

Area [m2]

Maximum depth [m]

Mean depth

[m]









07+55rsquo N 38o22rsquo E 1850 12






















113



(km2)



1 Aba-Samuel 44 234 270

2 Alwero 74 394 436



5 Dembi 72 383 425



8 Koka 255 1375 1362


10 Sorga 12 64 82

11 Tekeze 160 851 887

12 Tendaho 170 904 938

13 Koga 20 106 131

14 Wodecha 12 64 82



SrNo




FAO (2003)


1 Baro 38400 285 916a 232

2 Akobo 21890 203 653a 119

3 Gillo 13050 252 810a 182

4 Alwero 8098 321 1032a 294

5 Pibor 4300 96 309a 27

6 Blue Nile 176000 800 2133b 1792

7 Awash 112696 1200 4800b 3999

8 Wabishebele 202697 1000 3333b 2787

9 Genale 171042 480 768b 652

10 Omo 79000 760 1925b 1619

11 Tekeze 82350 608 1232b 1041

12 Mereb 5900 440 645b 549

13 Angereib 23812 220 161b 139


196259 1400 6533b 5426


and Wolf (2014)

114



(km2)



1 Abaya 1162 6182 5497

2 Abbe 113 601 644

3 Abijata 205 1091 1114

4 Adobed 24 128 155

5 Afambo 30 160 190

6 Afrera 125 665 707

7 Ardibo 21 112 137


9 Awassa 91 484 528


11 Boyo 130 692 733

12 Chamo 551 2931 2767

13 Chew Bahir 308 1639 1620


15 Gamari 70 372 415

16 Hashenge 25 133 161


18 Lugo(Hayke) 35 186 219

19 Langano 241 1282 1293

20 Tana 3500 18620 15159

21 Shalla 329 1750 1722


23 Turkana 100 532 576

24 Yardi 75 399 442

25 Ziway 442 2351 2259

Total 7740 41177 37346

115


(2016-2030)

117













EU European Union





















End Poverty


Environmental



119

Executive summary




































120



121


(2016 - 2030)

1 Introduction

11 Background






























122

12 Rationale























process














123






productivity




sustainability





















124


supporting staff




21 Aquaculture




























125










on-farm

23 Culture species


























126





































127




































2-5 g fat

128






























the human body

28 Economy





129






































130






























32 Policy dimension





131














research





















132

































133












134

SWOC analysis
























135








biotechnology tools



















136






























137


























138












Gender










139















Stakeholders Roles
















140

Stakeholders Roles



























141

5 Benchmarking
















preparation

142



Research discipline

Strategic issues




Long-term (2026-2030)

General




















143

Research discipline

Strategic issues




Long-term (2026-2030)








strategy




















144

Research discipline

Strategic issues




Long-term (2026-2030)














145

Research discipline

Strategic issues




Long-term (2026-2030)























146

Research discipline

Strategic issues




Long-term (2026-2030)
























147

Research discipline

Strategic issues




Long-term (2026-2030)


















148

Research discipline

Strategic issues




Long-term (2026-2030)





Climate change







149

6 Next Steps


the Strategy



strategy





7 Reference




















150

































98





151

Annexes





Oromia










152


Species name




Clarias garipineus


Cyprinus carpio


Carassius auratus



Salmo gairdneri


Heterotis heterotis


153


(2016 - 2030)

155



























157

Executive summary






























approach





158





159


(2016 - 2030)

1 Introduction

11 Background





























160






































161




bases

































162























to








knowledge




163








Transparency

Creativity

Accountability


Team spirit

Credibility

Responsiveness

Ethical research






stakeholders













164










information






efficiency


















165































166


No



1 Oromia 3850000 55

2 Amhara 1354500 194

3 SNNP 1053550 151

4 Tigray 347200 496


6 Gambella 121800 174

7 Somale 12600 018

8 Diredawa 1190 002

9 Harari 1120 002

10 Afar 560 001




















167

































at 100843 (GDS 2009)




168





































169














protein (FAO 2006a)























170





















P-value


Open 22 Plt005


Open 23 Plt005


Open 21 Plt005


open 22

171


Treatments


mean


2000 2001 2000 2001 Combined




CV 266 78 666 28 535 409

LSD 0654 1906 09217 0226 039 0181


24 Economy










beekeepers








annum

172





































173





















fabrics
















174










more
























175


(DAlbert 1956)
































(Paulos 2012)

176





















180

360

311

377

196

274

163197

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

2008 2009 2010 2011

Exp

ort

ed

am

ou

nt

in t

on

s

Years


Honey

Beeswax

177


biodiversity


178





























179









industrial sector






























180





















this opportunities


















181


companies




























Partners






182












service








Societies

















183



b) International

















Weakness provided





or weaknesses








184








research





























185















time








186








Involvement of NGOs












187










Staff turnover












188























189













190







Deforestation














191
















192

















193




















194







Api-mechanization










195





















196















197

















198

















199

34 Benchmarking


















20

6

6

6

5444

33

3

36


China 298 000

Turkey 82336

Argentina 80000

USA 79218

Ukraine 71462

Russia 52126

India 52000

Mexico 50631

Ethiopia 41000

Spain 37000

Canada 36109

Others 508603

200






















Madagascar 131000 3960 302


Libya 37000 800 216

Angola 1200000 24000 200

Tunisia 140000 2500 179


Tanzania 2700000 27000 100

Senegal 124600 1246 100

Guinea 60000 600 100

Zambia 50000 500 100

Ethiopia 5400000 41000 76

Source CSA 2005

201





China 1908 1881 2362 2252 3208

USA 123 120 81 308 251

Central Africa 128 103 120 104 144

Ethiopia 52 119 17 109 109

Ivory coast 33 99 70 103 124

Australia 134 136 193 110 102

Ukraine 460 426 362 170 80

Tanzania 38 193 96 57 76

Argentina 48 64 239 116 71


20

17

11

6444

33

3

33


China 298000

Argentina 128 463

Germany 80210

Hungary 42610

Mexico 31836

Spain 27595

India 26351

New Zealand 25391

Canada 25017

Australia 20337

Others 241775

202



















8


Strategic Issues

Relevance in the

Short-term

Medium-term

Long-term

41 General





X X X




X X X

203

Strategic Issues

Relevance in the

Short-term

Medium-term

Long-term






X X X






X X X





X X X






X X X

204

Strategic Issues

Relevance in the

Short-term

Medium-term

Long-term






X X X

44 Bee health






X X X





X X X





X X X

205

Strategic Issues

Relevance in the

Short-term

Medium-term

Long-term






X X X






X X X





X X X






X X X

206

Strategic Issues

Relevance in the

Short-term

Medium-term

Long-term


X X X





X X X





X X X

492 Climate change



X X X




X X X


207
















51 Research themes



















208
































breeding efficiency




209






















options














210


































networking

211










various disciplines











212






















213














214


























215





















216




524 Bee health




















217



























218



















219




















220
























221
























222






92 Climate change

















223

6 The next steps





























224

7 References



red)







pp52-58











Ethiopia


Ethiopia


Ethiopia


Ethiopia

225



ARHIV 79(4) 397-408

















Alexandria








Nations Rome Italy




226



technologies












Africa




82014


Berlin Germany













227


Rome





229


Strategy

(2016 - 2030)

231















233

Executive summary


































234































235


(2016 - 2030)

1 Introduction

11 Background





























country

236










altitudes



























237














13 Vision




14 Mission




15 Goal






16 Objectives




238



































think-thank

239







principles





sectors







implementation




advantages






240


21 Agriculture



































241




























value










242


















industry














generation

243












production

























244






























sustainability

245


































246







amp weaknesses)



























247






































248




again


































249















313 Benchmarking





















250













management



the control



planting conditions










(2155)

251


Description

Current status

projection


(India)


Medium term

Long term

1 Silkworms


475 734 20 570 684 821

12 Mulberry (cocoon

yield100 DFL in Kg) 291 750 30 378 491 639

2 Feed plants


12 14 10 132 145 16


40 70 20 48 576 691














other countries

252


External factors






Economic









Socio-cultural






253

External factors







Environmental
















254










321 Resources





















research

323 Technologies




255







weaknesses









Internal factors


Resources

Human





Physical



256






Technological















257

4 Strategic issues










traits



traits




plant genotypes

42 Pest management








resistance traits

258







system







bull





schemes



technologies


technologies




sustainability etc





259



(excreta and pupa)




research








260



















261




















262



















263




2 Pest Management






















264























265














266























267



















268
























269






















270






















271
















272




8 Capacity building


























273






















274

6 The next steps








topics






















275

7 References



523pp






Ent 3 57-74




New Delhi 117pp














276







277

8 Annexes

















ratio (1306 to 1505)













278































279


















conducted




seasons












280















sector
























281





























282























Technical support

Initial seed









Technical support

283




Initial seed











Produce products

















Technical support


284



285


286










Poultry, Fisheries, Apiculture and Sericulture

Documents

Transcript of Poultry, Fisheries, Apiculture and Sericulture